Lar g e F o r m a t P r i n t e r
User Manual
ENG
Contents
Contents
Introduction
1
How to use this manual.....................................................................................1
About This User Manual...............................................................................................................1
Searching Topics..........................................................................................................................3
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing......................................................................................5
Printer Parts
13
Printer parts.....................................................................................................13
Front...........................................................................................................................................13
Back...........................................................................................................................................15
Top Cover (Inside)......................................................................................................................16
Tray Feed Area...........................................................................................................................17
Roll Feed Unit Cover (Inside).....................................................................................................18
Carriage......................................................................................................................................18
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)...............................................................................................................19
Cassette.....................................................................................................................................20
Vents..........................................................................................................................................20
Control Panel..............................................................................................................................21
Control Panel...................................................................................................23
Control Panel..............................................................................................................................23
Turning the Printer On and Off...................................................................................................25
Printer Modes.............................................................................................................................27
Switching Modes........................................................................................................................31
Printer Menu Operations............................................................................................................33
Main Menu Operations...............................................................................................................34
Menu Structure...........................................................................................................................36
Main Menu Settings....................................................................................................................51
Main Menu Settings (During Printing)........................................................................................61
Submenu Display.......................................................................................................................62
Status Print.................................................................................................................................64
Optional accessories.......................................................................................70
Stand..........................................................................................................................................70
Roll Feed Unit.............................................................................................................................70
Roll Holder Set...........................................................................................................................71
Desktop Stacker.........................................................................................................................72
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board......................................................................................................72
Printer Specifications.......................................................................................73
Specifications.............................................................................................................................73
Basic Environmental Performance.............................................................................................77
Print Area....................................................................................................................................78
Contents �
Contents
Basic Printing Workflow
80
Printing procedure...........................................................................................80
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets...................................................................................80
Loading and Printing on Rolls....................................................................................................82
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Cassette........................................................................87
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot............................................................89
Printing from Windows...............................................................................................................91
Printing from Mac OS X..............................................................................................................92
Printing from Mac OS 9..............................................................................................................94
Canceling print jobs.........................................................................................96
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel.............................................................................96
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows...........................................................................................97
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X.........................................................................................99
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9.......................................................................................101
Handling Paper
103
Paper.............................................................................................................103
Types of Paper.........................................................................................................................103
Paper Sizes..............................................................................................................................109
Handling rolls................................................................................................. 111
Selecting the Paper Source...................................................................................................... 111
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)................................................................................................ 112
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)........................................................................................... 113
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder.............................................................................................. 114
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit.......................................................................................... 116
Loading the Roll in the Printer.................................................................................................. 117
Removing the Roll from the Printer.......................................................................................... 119
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit..................................................................................120
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder......................................................................................121
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper...................................................................................................122
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot).............................................................................125
Feeding Roll Paper Manually...................................................................................................126
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper....................................................................................127
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls...................................................................................128
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls...................................................................................131
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically.............................................................135
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls............................................................................................137
Roll Holder Set.........................................................................................................................138
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder.................................................................................139
Roll Feed Unit...........................................................................................................................140
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit....................................................................................141
Removing the Roll Feed Unit...................................................................................................142
Installing the Roll Feed Unit.....................................................................................................143
Handling sheets.............................................................................................145
Selecting the Paper Source......................................................................................................145
Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette)........................................................................................146
ii Contents
Contents
Selecting the Paper Type (Tray)...............................................................................................147
Selecting the Paper Size (Cassette)........................................................................................149
Selecting the Paper Size (Tray)................................................................................................150
Loading Sheets in the Cassette...............................................................................................152
Loading Sheets Manually.........................................................................................................155
Removing Paper from the Cassette.........................................................................................166
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot.....................................................................167
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot..............................................168
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette.............................................................................169
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray....................................................................................174
Installing the Paper Tray Unit...................................................................................................177
Removing the Paper Tray Unit.................................................................................................177
Output Stacker...............................................................................................178
Desktop Stacker.......................................................................................................................178
Using the Output Stacker.........................................................................................................179
Working With Various Print Jobs
180
Printing Photos and Images...........................................................................180
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X).................................................................180
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................182
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)...................................................................................184
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X).................................................................................186
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................189
Printing CAD Drawings..................................................................................192
Printing CAD Drawings.............................................................................................................192
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X)..........................................................193
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................194
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows).............................................................................195
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)...........................................................................197
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................199
HP-GL/2 Printing......................................................................................................................201
Printing Office Documents.............................................................................202
Printing Office Documents........................................................................................................202
Printing Office Documents (Windows)......................................................................................203
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS X)....................................................................................205
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS 9)....................................................................................207
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER.............................................209
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER.............................209
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)...........209
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)......... 211
Enhanced Printing Options
213
Adjusting Images...........................................................................................213
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver...................................................................................213
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows).............................................................216
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X)...........................................................219
Contents iii
Contents
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)............................................................222
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing....................................225
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Windows)..........................................228
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS X)........................................230
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS 9)........................................233
Choosing Paper for Printing...........................................................................236
Choosing a Paper for Printing..................................................................................................236
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)................................................................................................237
Selecting the Paper Type (Tray)...............................................................................................238
Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette)........................................................................................240
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver......................................................................................241
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)....................................................................242
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)..................................................................244
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)...................................................................246
Printing enlargements or reductions..............................................................248
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size.............................................................................248
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)...........................................................249
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X).........................................................251
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)..........................................................253
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width....................................................................................256
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)..................................................................257
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)................................................................259
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9).................................................................262
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value.......................................................................265
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows).....................................................266
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X)....................................................268
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9)....................................................271
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER.............................275
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows)...........275
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X).........277
Printing at full size..........................................................................................279
Printing on Oversized Paper....................................................................................................279
Printing at Full Size (Windows)................................................................................................281
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)...............................................................................................283
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)...............................................................................................286
Borderless Printing at Actual Size............................................................................................288
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)..........................................................................290
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)........................................................................292
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9).........................................................................295
Borderless Printing........................................................................................299
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size......................................................................299
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows).......................301
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X).....................303
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9).....................306
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width................................................310
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)..............................312
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)............................314
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)............................317
iv Contents
Contents
Borderless Printing at Actual Size............................................................................................321
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)..........................................................................323
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)........................................................................325
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9).........................................................................328
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes............................................332
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing)..............................................332
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows)..............................333
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X)............................337
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9)............................340
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes....................................................................................344
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)..................................................................345
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X).................................................................349
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9).................................................................351
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet...............................................................354
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other.........................................................................354
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows).......................................................356
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X).....................................................358
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously.......................................................................................360
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows).....................................................................361
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)...................................................................363
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)...................................................................365
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet............................................................................................367
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows)..........................................................................368
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X)........................................................................370
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9)........................................................................373
Printing Posters in Sections.....................................................................................................375
Printing Large Posters (Windows)............................................................................................376
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9)..........................................................................................378
Centering originals.........................................................................................380
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls........................................................................................380
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows)......................................................................381
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)....................................................................383
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9).....................................................................386
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets.....................................................................................389
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows)...................................................................390
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X).................................................................392
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9)..................................................................394
Conserving roll paper.....................................................................................397
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees.......................................................397
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows).....................................398
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X)....................................400
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9)....................................403
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins.......................405
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows).....406
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)...408
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9).... 411
Contents Contents
Checking Images Before Printing..................................................................413
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing...................................................................413
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing (Windows).................................................415
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)....................................................................417
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9).......................................................................418
Other useful settings......................................................................................419
Printing With Watermarks.........................................................................................................419
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows)......................................420
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9).....................................422
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation..................................................424
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Windows)................................425
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X)..............................427
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9)..............................429
Using Favorites........................................................................................................................431
Using Favorites (Windows)......................................................................................................432
Using Favorites (Mac OS X).....................................................................................................434
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9).....................................................................................................435
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing...............................................................................................437
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows).............................................................................438
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)...........................................................................439
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)...........................................................................441
Windows Software
443
Printer Driver..................................................................................................443
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)............................................................................................443
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)....................................................................445
Confirming Print Settings (Windows)........................................................................................447
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing (Windows).................................................449
Using Favorites (Windows)......................................................................................................451
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)....................................453
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)..........455
Main Sheet (Windows).............................................................................................................457
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Windows)................................................................460
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows).......................................................................461
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Windows)............................................462
Color Adjustment Sheet: Color (Windows)...............................................................................463
Matching Sheet (Windows)......................................................................................................465
Color Adjustment Sheet: Monochrome (Windows)...................................................................467
Page Setup Sheet (Windows)..................................................................................................469
Paper Size Options Dialog Box (Windows)..............................................................................471
Layout Sheet (Windows)..........................................................................................................472
Page Options Dialog Box (Windows).......................................................................................474
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)...................................................................................475
Favorites Sheet (Windows)......................................................................................................476
Utility Sheet (Windows)............................................................................................................478
Support Sheet (Windows)........................................................................................................479
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)............................................................................................480
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows).............................................................................481
vi Contents
Contents
Status Monitor................................................................................................482
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)............................................................................482
Digital Photo Front-Access............................................................................483
Digital Photo Front-Access.......................................................................................................483
PosterArtist....................................................................................................484
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals.................................................................................484
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows)...............................................................485
Device Setup Utility........................................................................................487
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................................487
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................487
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility................................488
Mac OS X Software
489
Printer Driver..................................................................................................489
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)..........................................................................................489
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)..................................................................490
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS X)......................................................................................492
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)....................................................................494
Using Favorites (Mac OS X).....................................................................................................495
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X)..................................495
Main Pane (Mac OS X)............................................................................................................496
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Mac OS X)..............................................................499
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X).....................................................................500
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS X)...........................................501
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)...................................................................................502
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X).......................................................................504
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X).................................................................................................505
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)...........................................................................................................507
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X)......................................................................................508
Support Pane (Mac OS X)........................................................................................................509
Printmonitor...................................................................................................510
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)..............................................................................510
Mac OS 9 Software
511
Printer Driver.................................................................................................. 511
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)........................................................................................... 511
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)...................................................................512
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)......................................................................................514
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9).......................................................................516
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9).....................................................................................................517
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS 9)...................................519
Main Pane (Mac OS 9).............................................................................................................520
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................................523
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9)......................................................................................................525
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)............................................................................................526
Contents vii
Contents
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9).......................................................................................527
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)...................................................................................528
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9).......................................................................531
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)......................................................................533
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS 9)...........................................534
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)..................................................................................535
Printmonitor...................................................................................................536
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)..............................................................................536
Network Setting
537
Network Setting.............................................................................................537
Network Environment...............................................................................................................537
Configuring the IP Address on the Printer................................................................................539
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility................................540
Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel....................................................541
Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands................................................543
Using RemoteUI.......................................................................................................................544
Configuring the Printer's TCP/IP Network Settings..................................................................545
Configuring the Printer's AppleTalk Network Settings..............................................................547
Configuring the Printer's NetWare Network Settings................................................................548
Specifying Printer-Related Information.....................................................................................550
Configuring the Communication Mode Manually......................................................................551
Email Notification When Printing is Finished or Errors Occur..................................................553
Initializing the Network Settings...............................................................................................554
Network Setting (Windows)...........................................................................555
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)..............................................................555
Sharing the Printer in Windows................................................................................................556
Configuring the Printer's NetWare Network Settings................................................................558
Specifying the Printer's Frame Type.........................................................................................560
Specifying NetWare Print Services...........................................................................................563
Specifying NetWare Protocols..................................................................................................566
Configuring NetWare Network Settings....................................................................................568
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility......................................................................569
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility................................569
Network Setting (Macintosh)..........................................................................570
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)............................................................570
Configuring the Printer's AppleTalk Network Settings..............................................................571
Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)..............................................572
Configuring the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)..................................................576
Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network (Macintosh).................................................580
Adjustments for Better Print Quality
581
Adjusting the Printhead..................................................................................581
Correcting Print Misalignment..................................................................................................581
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically.....................................................................581
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually............................................................................583
Adjusting the Printhead Height.................................................................................................586
viii Contents
Contents
Adjusting the feed amount.............................................................................587
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically................................................................................587
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually.......................................................................................590
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy............................................................594
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets........................................................................596
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength................................................................................................598
Maintenance
599
Ink Tanks........................................................................................................599
Ink Tanks..................................................................................................................................599
Replacing Ink Tanks.................................................................................................................600
Checking Ink Tank Levels.........................................................................................................605
When to Replace Ink Tanks......................................................................................................606
Printheads......................................................................................................607
Printhead..................................................................................................................................607
Checking the Print Quality........................................................................................................607
Improving the Print Quality.......................................................................................................607
Checking for Nozzle Clogging..................................................................................................608
Cleaning the Printhead.............................................................................................................610
Replacing the Printhead........................................................................................................... 611
Maintenance Cartridge..................................................................................618
Maintenance Cartridge.............................................................................................................618
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge......................................................................................618
Checking the Maintenance Cartridge Capacity........................................................................624
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge..........................................................................625
Cleaning the Printer.......................................................................................626
Cleaning the Printer Exterior....................................................................................................626
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover.................................................................................................627
Cleaning the Paper Retainer....................................................................................................630
Cleaning the Pick Up Roller.....................................................................................................631
Cleaning the Printhead.............................................................................................................632
Other Maintenance........................................................................................633
Preparing to Transfer the Printer..............................................................................................633
Updating the Firmware.............................................................................................................637
Troubleshooting
638
Frequently Asked Questions..........................................................................638
Frequently Asked Questions....................................................................................................638
Problems Regarding Paper...........................................................................640
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot).............................................................................640
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper...................................................................................................641
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette.............................................................................644
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray....................................................................................649
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot...........................................................652
Cannot load sheets in the tray..................................................................................................652
Contents ix
Contents
Paper is not cut straight............................................................................................................652
Paper cannot be cut.................................................................................................................652
Depression on the leading edge is left.....................................................................................652
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper.............................................................652
The Front Tray Guides are in the Front Paper Feed Slot. .......................................................653
Printing does not start....................................................................................654
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up.............................................................654
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent.....................................................654
The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink.......................................................654
The printer stops during a print job................................................................655
An error message is shown on the Display Screen..................................................................655
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper.................................................................................655
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving)............................655
Problems with the printing quality..................................................................656
Printing is faint..........................................................................................................................656
Paper rubs against the Printhead.............................................................................................657
The edges of the paper are dirty..............................................................................................658
The surface of the paper is dirty...............................................................................................659
The back side of the paper is dirty...........................................................................................659
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper.............................................................659
Fine Scratches Appear on Glossy Paper from the Cassette....................................................659
Printed colors are inaccurate....................................................................................................660
Banding in different colors occurs............................................................................................661
Colors in printed images are uneven........................................................................................662
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs................................................................663
The contrast becomes uneven during printing.........................................................................663
The length of printed images is inaccurate...............................................................................663
Documents are printed crooked...............................................................................................663
Documents are printed in monochrome...................................................................................663
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows)..................................................................................664
Lines are misaligned................................................................................................................664
Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy Printing mode.......................................664
Problems with the printing quality caused by the type of paper...............................................664
Cannot print over a network...........................................................................665
Cannot connect the printer to the network...............................................................................665
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network.........................................................................................665
Cannot print over a NetWare network......................................................................................666
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks....................................................................666
Installation problems......................................................................................667
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly...............................................................667
Removing Installed Printer Drivers...........................................................................................668
HP-GL/2 problems.........................................................................................669
With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned........................................................................................669
Lines or images are missing in the HP-GL/2 data that was printed.........................................669
Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP-GL/2 Printing..................................................669
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color)................................................................669
Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During HP-GL/2 Printing...............................669
Contents
Contents
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time..........................................................................................669
Replotting with HP-GL/2 jobs is not possible...........................................................................670
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the carriage stops moving)............................670
Other problems..............................................................................................671
The printer does not go on.......................................................................................................671
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound......................................................................................671
Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge are not cleared.................................671
The printer consumes a lot of ink.............................................................................................671
Ink Level Detection...................................................................................................................672
Error Message
674
Responding to Messages..............................................................................674
Responding to Messages.........................................................................................................674
Error Messages........................................................................................................................676
Messages regarding paper............................................................................678
Paper Mismatch.......................................................................................................................678
Paper Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline.........................................................................................678
Paper Mismatch / ReplcPap:Press↓.........................................................................................678
PaprTyp Mismatch....................................................................................................................678
PaprTyp Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline.....................................................................................679
Media Check / Please Cancel..................................................................................................679
PaprSiz Mismatch....................................................................................................................679
PaprSiz Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline......................................................................................680
Paper Too Small / Please Check..............................................................................................680
Paper Too Large / Please Check..............................................................................................680
Papr Size Undetected..............................................................................................................680
Need A4/Letter Vert. or Larger.................................................................................................680
Need 10 in or Larger Roll.........................................................................................................680
Roll Paper / Please Replace....................................................................................................681
Paper Size / Please Check.......................................................................................................682
Roll Selected / Load Roll..........................................................................................................682
Sheets Loaded / Press ↓ To Eject............................................................................................682
Roll Paper Chk / Check Width/Spcr.........................................................................................683
Roll P Unit / Please Check.......................................................................................................683
Tray Selected...........................................................................................................................683
Paper Feed Slot / SpcfdPapr NotFit.........................................................................................684
Load Papr in Cas / Press Online..............................................................................................684
Cassette Selectd / Press ↑ Key................................................................................................684
Cassette Undetected................................................................................................................684
Remove paper..........................................................................................................................685
Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key..........................................................................................................685
Paper Loaded / Crooked..........................................................................................................686
Paper loaded askew.................................................................................................................686
Paper Askew / Please Reload..................................................................................................687
Paper / Please Reload.............................................................................................................687
Can't DetectPapr......................................................................................................................688
Cutting Error.............................................................................................................................688
Feed Limit.................................................................................................................................688
Check Supported Paper...........................................................................................................689
Contents xi
Contents
Messages regarding ink.................................................................................690
Not Enough Ink.........................................................................................................................690
No Ink Left................................................................................................................................690
The remaining level of the following ink cannot be correctly detected.....................................691
Ink Tank Cover / Close Please.................................................................................................691
Ink Lvl: Chk xx (xx represents an ink color)..............................................................................691
Ink Tank / Check xx (xx represents an ink color)......................................................................691
Ink Tank / Replace xx (xx represents an ink color)...................................................................692
Mist Full Soon...........................................................................................................................692
The Display Screen indicates the system is filling with ink.......................................................692
Messages regarding printing or adjusment....................................................693
Paper Type / Please Change...................................................................................................693
Online Key / and recalibrate.....................................................................................................693
Messages regarding printheads....................................................................694
Online Key / and recalibrate.....................................................................................................694
Printhead / Check Nozzles.......................................................................................................694
Check Printout..........................................................................................................................694
Printhead / Please Replace......................................................................................................694
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge............................................695
Maint Cartridge / Load Cartridge..............................................................................................695
MTCart Full Soon.....................................................................................................................695
Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart.................................................................................................695
Messages regarding HP-GL/2.......................................................................696
GL2: Unsup. papr.....................................................................................................................696
No data.....................................................................................................................................696
GL2:Wxxxx (xxxx is 0501, 0903, or 0904)................................................................................696
GL2:W0502..............................................................................................................................696
GL2:W0504..............................................................................................................................696
Other Messages............................................................................................697
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)....................................................................................697
ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number)...............................................................697
Close UpperCover....................................................................................................................697
Consumables Low....................................................................................................................697
Repl Consumables...................................................................................................................697
Power On / Again.....................................................................................................................698
Power On / Again / Multi-sensor Err.........................................................................................698
Cannot update firmware...........................................................................................................698
xii Contents
How to use this manual
Introduction
How to use this manual
About This User Manual
• Symbols
The following symbols are used in this User Manual to indicate safety information and explanations
on restrictions or precautions in use.
Important
Indicates important information that must be followed when using the printer.
Be sure to read this information to prevent printer damage or operating errors.
Caution
Indicates caution items for which operating error poses a risk of injury or
damage to equipment or property. To ensure safe use, always follow these
precautions.
Note
Indicates helpful reference information and supplemental information on
particular topics.
• Button names and user interface elements
Key and button names on the control panel and user interface elements in software (such as menus and
buttons) are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Control panel buttons
Example: Press the OK button.
Control panel messages
Example: Head Cleaning is displayed.
Software interface items
(Menus and Buttons)
Example: Click OK.
Keyboard keys
Example: Press the Tab key.
• Part names
Names of printer parts are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Printer part names
Example: Open the Top Cover.
• Cross-reference
Other pages or manuals that provide related information are indicated as follows in this User Manual.
Cross-reference in the same User Manual
Example: see “Turning the Printer On and Off”.
(→P.25)
Cross-reference in related manuals
Example: See the Paper Reference Guide.
Other cross-reference
Example: See the printer driver help.
Introduction 1
How to use this manual
• Figures and software screens
• Figures in this User Manual may be different from the actual appearance of the printer in some
cases.
• Screens depicted in this User Manual for the printer driver or other software may be different from
the actual screens because of subsequent updates.
• Windows XP screens are used in explanations of Windows operations in this User Manual.
• Trademarks
• Canon, the Canon logo, and imagePROGRAF are trademarks or registered trademarks of Canon
Inc.
• Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States
and other countries.
• Macintosh is a registered trademark of Apple Inc. in the United States and other countries.
• Other company and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective
owners.
• Copyright
© 2008 Canon Inc.
• Unauthorized reproduction of this User Manual in whole or part is prohibited.
• May we request
Thank you for understanding the following points.
• The information in this User Manual is subject to change without notice.
• We strive to ensure accuracy of information in this User Manual, but if you notice errors or
omissions, please contact us.
2 Introduction
How to use this manual
Searching Topics
You can nd information in topics of this User Manual by searching for relevant terms.
1.
Enter a term and click the Search button.
Note
• To search for multiple terms at once, enter a space between each term.
Search results are listed at left.
Introduction 3
How to use this manual
2.
Click a topic you want to read.
The terms you searched for will be highlighted in the topic.
To review multiple topics at once, select the check box of desired topics and click the Apply
button.
4 Introduction
How to use this manual
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing
You can select a group of topics in the table of contents or individual topics in this manual for printing.
The following procedure describes how to do this, using the information in Basic Printing Workow as an
example.
Printing a group of topics in the manual
When you access printable HTML versions of the content from section titles in the table of contents, you
can specify a group of topics to print.
1.
Click a section title in the table of contents. Here, Basic Printing Workow is used as an
example.
Introduction 5
How to use this manual
2.
Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area.
The topics in Basic Printing Workow are displayed together in HTML format, ready for printing.
6 Introduction
How to use this manual
3.
Clear the sections you will not print and click the Apply button.
Printing a group of individual topics in the manual
When you access printable HTML versions from subtitles in the table of contents, you can specify a group
of topics to print.
1.
Click a section title in the table of contents. Here, Basic Printing Workow is used as an
example.
Introduction 7
How to use this manual
2.
Under Basic Printing Workow, click Printing Procedure.
3.
Click Access to the HTML for printing in the title area.
8 Introduction
How to use this manual
The topics in Printing Procedure are displayed together in HTML format, ready for printing.
4.
Clear the topics you will not print and click the Apply button.
Introduction 9
How to use this manual
Printing selected topics
Print selected topics as follows.
1.
Access the printing dialog box as follows, depending on your computer’s operating system.
• Windows
In Windows, right-click anywhere in the explanation area except on a gure or a link.In the shortcut
menu, click Print to display the Print dialog box.
10 Introduction
How to use this manual
• Macintosh
On a Macintosh computer, click anywhere in the explanation area except on a gure or a link while
holding the Ctrl key. In the shortcut menu, click Print Frame to display the Print dialog box.
2.
Specify conditions as needed, and then click Print (Windows) or Print (Macintosh).
• Windows
Introduction 11
How to use this manual
• Macintosh
Note
• To print only individual topics that are displayed, use this method.
12 Introduction
Printer parts
Printer Parts
Printer parts
Front
Front of the printer with the standard Paper
Tray Unit installed (*1)
Front of the printer with the optional Roll
Feed Unit installed
*1: When the Cassette and Output Tray are removed
a. Top Cover
Open this cover to install the Printhead and remove any jammed paper from inside the printer, as
needed. (→P.16)
b. Paper Tray Unit (Standard)
A standard unit used when loading sheets manually. To print on rolls, replace this unit with the optional
Roll Feed Unit.
c. Paper Tray Cover
Open this cover to load paper in the Tray. (→P.17)
d. Roll Feed Unit (Optional)
To print on rolls, replace the Paper Tray Unit with this unit. You can also load sheets in this unit manually.
e. Roll Feed Unit Cover
Open this cover to load rolls. (→P.18)
f. Control Panel
Use this panel to operate the printer and check the printer status. (→P.21)
g. Output Tray
Printed documents are ejected into the output tray.
h. Output Tray ( Front Paper Feed Slot )
All printed documents are ejected from this slot. When loading heavyweight paper, insert it here. (→P.17)
Printer Parts 13
Printer parts
i. Vertical Paper Guides
Raise the guides before printing on rolls to prevent paper jams. The guides will support the paper after
ejection. Lifting the guides when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot will automatically raise the
Front Tray Guides, making it easier to load paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot.
j. Output Tray Extension
An extension to prevent ejected paper from falling to the oor. Pull out the extension to match the
paper size before printing on sheets.
k. Paper Alignment Line
When loading heavyweight paper, ensure the paper edge is parallel to this line.
l. Cutter Unit
A round-bladed cutter for automatic roll cutting. This cutter is retracted inside when not cutting.
m.Cassette
Load sheets in this tray.
n. Maintenance Cartridge
Absorbs excess ink.
o. Ink Tank Cover
Open this cover to replace Ink Tank. (→P.19)
p. Front Tray Guides
Lifting the Vertical Paper Guides when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot will automatically raise
the guides, making it easier to load paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot.
14 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Back
a. Expansion Board Slots
For installing an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board, as desired.
b. USB Port
Connect a USB cable to this port. This port is compatible with USB 2.0 High Speed mode.
c. Ethernet Port
Connect an Ethernet cable to this port.
d. Power Supply Connector
Connect the power cord to this connector.
e. Back Cover
Open this cover to remove any jammed paper when printing from the Cassette, as needed.
f. Carrying Handles (Four Positions)
When carrying the printer, hold it by these handles under both sides.
Printer Parts 15
Printer parts
Top Cover (Inside)
a. Carriage
Moves the Printhead. The carriage serves a key role in printing. (→P.18)
b. Carriage Shaft
The Carriage slides along this shaft.
c. Paper Retainer
Important in supplying the paper. This retainer holds paper as it is fed.
d. Platen
The Printhead moves across the platen during printing. The Vacuum holes on the platen holds
paper in place.
e. Borderless Printing Ink Grooves
For catching ink outside the edges of paper during borderless printing.
f. Cleaning Brush
When cleaning inside the printer under the Top Cover, use this brush to sweep away paper dust on
the Platen.
g. Linear Scale
The linear scale serves a key role in detecting the Carriage position. Be careful not to touch this
part when cleaning inside the Top Cover or clearing paper jams.
16 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Tray Feed Area
a. Tray
Load sheets manually in this tray.
b. Width Guide
When loading paper, move the guide to match the paper size.
c. Top Paper Feed Slot
When loading sheets, insert them here.
d. Front Paper Feed Slot ( Output Tray )
When loading heavyweight paper, insert it here. All printed documents are ejected from this slot.
Printer Parts 17
Printer parts
Roll Feed Unit Cover (Inside)
a. Roll Holder
Load rolls on this holder.
b. Holder Stopper
Secure rolls on the Roll Holder with this part.
c. Roll Holder Slot
Slide the Roll Holder into this guide slot.
Carriage
a. Printhead Fixer Cover
Holds the Printhead in place. Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement.
b. Printhead
The printhead is equipped with ink nozzles. It serves a key role in printing.
c. Printhead Fixer Lever
Locks the Printhead Fixer Cover. Do not open this part except during Printhead replacement.
18 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)
a. Ink Tank
Cartridges of ink in various colors.
b. Ink Tank Lock Lever
A lever that locks the Ink Tank in place and protects it. Lift and press down the lever when replacing
an Ink Tank.
c. Ink Lamp (Red)
Indicates the state of the Ink Tank as follows when the Ink Tank Cover is opened.
• On
The Ink Tank is installed correctly.
• Off
No Ink Tank is installed, or the ink level detection function is disabled.
• Flashing Slowly
Not much ink is left.
• Flashing Rapidly
There is no more ink.
a. Ink Color Label
Load an Ink Tank corresponding to the color and name on these labels.
b. Ink Set
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter “A” in a black circle on the
side. When purchasing Ink Tank, make sure an “A” is printed on the label. (→P.599)
Printer Parts 19
Printer parts
Cassette
a. Width Guide
Adjust this guide to hold paper widthwise.
b. Length Guide
Adjust this guide to hold paper lengthwise.
c. Guide Lever
Squeeze these levers to slide the guides.
d. Maximum Capacity Line
A guide line indicating how many sheets can be loaded. Do not load paper over this line.
Vents
The vents are on top (1), on the right (2), and on the bottom on the right (3 and 4).
Caution
• Do not block these vents when the printer is on.
• Avoid setting paper or other light objects near the vents.
20 Printer Parts
Printer parts
Control Panel
a. Data lamp (Green)
• Flashing
During printing, the Data lamp ashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs.
Otherwise, this lamp ashes when the printer is paused or updating the rmware.
• Off
There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off.
b. Message lamp (Orange)
• On
A warning message is displayed.
• Flashing
An error message is displayed.
• Off
The printer is off or is operating normally.
c. Paper Source Section
After you press the Feeder Selection button, the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit.
1. Auto Feed lamp (Green) ( Cassette or Rolls)
• On
Shows whether a Cassette or roll is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
2. Paper Tray lamp (Green)
• On
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Shows whether a Cassette or roll is selected as the paper source.
d. Display Screen
Shows the printer menu, as well as the printer status and messages.
e. Color Label
These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names. The labels correspond to the ink levels on
the Display Screen.
Printer Parts 21
Printer parts
f. Online Button
Switches the printer online and ofine. (→P.31)
• Lit (Green)
The printer is online.
• Flashing
The printer is recovering from Sleep mode.
• Off
The printer is ofine.
g. Feeder Selection Button
Switches the paper source. Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between
auto feed (when the paper source is a Cassette or roll) and manual feed (when the paper source is
the Tray or the Front Paper Feed Slot ). The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit.
h. Menu Button
Displays the main menu of the printer. (→P.51)
i. Information Button
Displays printer submenus. Press this key to display information about ink, paper, and so on.
(→P.62)
You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead ( Head Cleaning A ).
j. ◄ Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value.
k. ▲ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to rewind rolls manually. (→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level higher.
l. ► Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value.
m.▼ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection, as needed.
(→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level lower.
n. OK Button
In menu mode, press this button to conrm or execute the selected item or setting.
o. Power Button
Turns the printer on and off. (→P.25)
p. Stop/Eject Button
Stops jobs in progress or clears the menu and ejects the paper.
Note
• In Sleep mode, you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again.
22 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Control Panel
Control Panel
a. Data lamp (Green)
• Flashing
During printing, the Data lamp ashes when the printer is receiving or processing print jobs.
Otherwise, this lamp ashes when the printer is paused or updating the rmware.
• Off
There are no active print jobs when the Data lamp is off.
b. Message lamp (Orange)
• On
A warning message is displayed.
• Flashing
An error message is displayed.
• Off
The printer is off or is operating normally.
c. Paper Source Section
After you press the Feeder Selection button, the lamp for your chosen paper source is lit.
1. Auto Feed lamp (Green) ( Cassette or Rolls)
• On
Shows whether a Cassette or roll is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
2. Paper Tray lamp (Green)
• On
Shows whether the Tray or Front Paper Feed Slot is selected as the paper source.
• Off
Shows whether a Cassette or roll is selected as the paper source.
d. Display Screen
Shows the printer menu, as well as the printer status and messages.
e. Color Label
These labels indicate the Ink Tank colors and names. The labels correspond to the ink levels on
the Display Screen.
Printer Parts 23
Control Panel
f. Online Button
Switches the printer online and ofine. (→P.31)
• Lit (Green)
The printer is online.
• Flashing
The printer is recovering from Sleep mode.
• Off
The printer is ofine.
g. Feeder Selection Button
Switches the paper source. Each time you press this button, the paper source switches between
auto feed (when the paper source is a Cassette or roll) and manual feed (when the paper source is
the Tray or the Front Paper Feed Slot ). The corresponding lamp in the paper source section is lit.
h. Menu Button
Displays the main menu of the printer. (→P.51)
i. Information Button
Displays printer submenus. Press this key to display information about ink, paper, and so on.
(→P.62)
You can also hold down this button for three seconds to clean the Printhead ( Head Cleaning A ).
j. ◄ Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the previous menu item or setting value.
k. ▲ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to rewind rolls manually. (→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level higher.
l. ► Button
Menu mode: Press this button to display the next menu item or setting value.
m.▼ Button
Ofine mode: Press this button to feed the roll manually in the direction of ejection, as needed.
(→P.126)
Menu mode: Press this button to display the menu one level lower.
n. OK Button
In menu mode, press this button to conrm or execute the selected item or setting.
o. Power Button
Turns the printer on and off. (→P.25)
p. Stop/Eject Button
Stops jobs in progress or clears the menu and ejects the paper.
Note
• In Sleep mode, you can press any button except the Power button to bring the printer online again.
24 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning the printer on
1.
Press the Power button to turn on the printer.
After all lamps are lit and then go off, the printer starts up.
Initializing is displayed on the top line of the Display Screen, followed by the printer model
and version number.
Initializing
2.
The printer goes online after startup, and the Online lamp and paper source section lamp
remain lit.
The printer will not go online in the following situations. Take the appropriate action.
• The Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover.
• The Ink Tank Cover is open
Close the Ink Tank Cover.
• The Printhead is not installed
Please see “Replacing the Printhead”. (→P.611)
• Ink Tank is not installed
Please see “Replacing Ink Tanks”. (→P.600)
• If “ERROR” is shown on the Display Screen.
Turn off the printer and contact your Canon dealer.
• The Online lamp and Message lamp are not lit (even once), and nothing appears on the Display
Screen
Make sure the printer is plugged in correctly. Check the connection at the plug and electrical outlet.
Important
• Starting the printer when it is connected via the USB cable to a Macintosh computer that is off may
cause the computer to start up at the same time. To prevent this, disconnect the USB cable before
starting the printer. Connecting the printer to the computer via a USB hub may solve this issue.
Printer Parts 25
Control Panel
Turning the printer off
Important
• Never turn the printer off or unplug it during a print job. This could damage the printer.
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
If the Message lamp is ashing, check the message on the Display Screen and take action as
necessary. (→P.676)
If the Data lamp is ashing, the printer is receiving a print job. Turn off the printer only after
printing is nished.
2.
Hold down the Power button for more than a second.
After Shut Down.. is shown on the Display Screen, the printer shuts off.
Shut Down..
Please Wait..
26 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Printer Modes
Printer modes are classied as follows and described in this topic.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Modes (→P.27)
Mode transition (→P.28)
Online, and state of the Control Panel (→P.28)
Ofine, and state of the Control Panel (→P.29)
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel (→P.30)
Submenu mode, and state of the Control Panel (→P.30)
Modes
The printer has ve modes as follows:
• Online
The printer is ready to receive jobs sent from the computer. Jobs sent from the computer are processed
immediately. If jobs are received in other modes, they are printed the next time the printer goes online.
• Ofine
Any jobs sent from the computer are held without being processed.
While the printer is ofine, you can feed or cut roll paper manually.
The printer goes ofine automatically if jobs cannot be processed, such as if errors occur.
• Menu mode
Menus are displayed on the printer, and you can select, set, or execute menu items. Any jobs sent
from the computer are held without being printed.
• Submenu mode
Submenus are displayed regarding ink and paper information. Jobs can be received and printing is
possible while submenus are displayed and the printer is online. In other modes, any jobs sent from the
computer are held without being printed while submenus are displayed.
• Sleep mode
The printer is in power-saving mode. The printer automatically enters Sleep mode to conserve power if
it is idle for a specic period (by factory default, ve minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or
buttons are pressed while all covers are closed.
You can specify the period before the printer enters Sleep mode in the Sleep Timer menu. (→P.51)
If any print jobs are received when the printer is in Sleep mode (after it was originally online), the
printer goes online and prints the jobs.
Printer Parts 27
Control Panel
Mode transition
The printer mode transitions are as follows:
*1: When submenus are displayed, you can press any button other than the Information button to return
to the previous mode.
*2: In Sleep mode, you can press any button to bring the printer online again.
*3: The printer automatically enters Sleep mode if it is idle for a specic period (by factory default, ve
minutes), that is, if no print jobs are received or buttons are pressed while all covers are closed.
Online, and state of the Control Panel
Online A2
███████
• Top Line of the Display Screen
The printer status is displayed at left. At right, the size of paper loaded in the Cassette is displayed.
(→P.149)
• Bottom Line of the Display Screen
The remaining ink level is displayed at left and the Maintenance Cartridge capacity at right.
However, any warning messages are displayed here instead. In this case, take the appropriate action.
(→P.676)
• Online lamp
Lit when the printer is online.
• Data lamp
Flashes when print jobs are being received or processed.
• Message lamp
Lit when warning messages are displayed.
28 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Ofine, and state of the Control Panel
Ofine
Ofine
• Top Line of the Display Screen
The printer status is displayed here.
• Bottom Line of the Display Screen
Any warning messages are displayed here. Take the appropriate action. (→P.676)
• Message lamp
Lit when warning messages are displayed.
Error Messages (If Action Can be Taken)
Maint Cartridge
Replace Cart
• Display Screen
Error messages are displayed in two pages. The pages are displayed alternately. Take the appropriate
action. (→P.676)
• Data lamp
Flashes when print jobs are being received.
• Message lamp
Flashes when error messages are displayed.
Error Messages (If Action Cannot be Taken)
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
Call For Service
• Display Screen
Error notication (“ERROR”) is displayed with the error code and a message.
Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power.
If the message is still displayed after this, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer,
and contact the Canon dealer for assistance.
• Data lamp
Flashes when print jobs are being received.
• Message lamp
Flashes when error messages are displayed.
Printer Parts 29
Control Panel
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel
Main menu
Paper Settings
Chk Remain.Roll
• Top Line of the Display Screen
Menus and menu items are displayed here.
• Bottom Line of the Display Screen
The selected item is displayed. Other items are available if “→” is displayed at right. Lower levels are
available if “↓” is displayed at right. If other items and lower levels are both available, “↓” and “→” are
displayed alternately. (→P.34)
Menu items and settings
Chk Remain.Roll
= On
• Top Line of the Display Screen
Menu items are displayed here.
• Bottom Line of the Display Screen
Menu items or settings are displayed here. An equals sign “=” displayed at left indicates that this is
the current value. (→P.34)
Submenu mode, and state of the Control Panel
When submenus are displayed
Ink
███████
Information on ink and paper is shown on the top line of Display Screen and bottom lines of the Display
Screen. (→P.62)
30 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Switching Modes
Switching the Printer Online/Ofine
Press Online to switch the printer online or ofine.
When the printer is online, Online is shown on the Display Screen top line and the Online lamp is lit.
When the printer is ofine, Ofine is shown on the Display Screen top line and the Online lamp is off.
Depending on the status, the printer switches online and ofine as follows.
Printer Status
When Online is Pressed
Online
Switches to ofine and the Online lamp goes off.
Online (printing)
Switches ofine and printing is paused.
Ofine
Switches to online and the Online lamp is lit.
Ofine, when an error
message is displayed
If a Maintenance Cartridge error message is displayed, the error is temporarily
cleared; the printer switches to online and the Online lamp is lit.
If the following error messages are displayed, the printer goes online and printing
is resumed.
• Check Supported Paper. (→P.689)
• Roll Paper / Please Replace (→P.681)
In the case of other error messages or if paper is not loaded, the printer remains
ofine until you solve the problem. The Online lamp remains off.
Menu mode
Switches to online and the Online lamp is lit.
Menu mode (printing)
Switches to online and the Online lamp is lit.
Print is resumed.
Printer Parts 31
Control Panel
Switching to Menu Mode
Press Menu to display the main menu.
MAIN MENU is shown on the Display Screen top line.
Depending on the status, the printer switches to Menu mode as follows.
When Menu is Pressed
Printer Status
Online
Switches to Menu mode.
Online (printing)
The printer stays online. It does not switch to Menu mode.
Ofine
Switches to Menu mode.
Ofine (printing)
Menus available during printing are displayed.
Ofine, when an error
message is displayed
You cannot access Menu mode until the problem is solved.
Press the Information button to display the submenus.
Press Information to display information about ink, paper, and so on. Press Information repeatedly to
change the information displayed. (→P.62)
After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ve seconds if no print
job is received or if you do not operate the printer.
32 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Printer Menu Operations
For instructions on selecting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.34)
For details on menu levels and menu items, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.36)
The printer menu structure is made up of a main menu and submenus.
Access the main menu by pressing the Menu button on the Control Panel. The principal settings available in
the main menu are as follows:
• Paper Settings
Specify the type and size of paper.
• Print Settings
Adjust or clean the Printhead, or adjust the paper feed amount.
• Printer Settings
Congure the network settings, set the sleep timer, and specify the unit of measurement on the display.
Note
• By default, main menu settings apply to all print jobs. However, for settings that are also available in the
printer driver, the values specied in the printer driver take priority.
Access the submenu by pressing the Information button on the Control Panel. You can check the following
information in submenus.
•
•
•
•
Ink levels
Maintenance Cartridge capacity
Size and type of paper that is selected
Amount of roll paper left
Printer Parts 33
Control Panel
Main Menu Operations
Selecting Menu Items
To illustrate menu item selection, this section describes how to set the sleep timer for 10 minutes. For details
on the sleep timer, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.51)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select System Setup, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
System Setup ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Sleep Timer, and then press ▼.
System Setup
Sleep Timer ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select 10 min., and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Sleep Timer
= 10 min.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
34 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Entering Numbers in Main Menu Settings
This section describes how to enter numbers for IP address settings.
1.
2.
Display a menu item for numerical input. (→P.34)
Press ◄ or ► to move the cursor (_) to each eld for entering numbers.
IP Address
=0.0.0.0
3.
4.
Press the OK button to prepare to enter the number.
Press ◄ or ► to select the number, and then press the OK button.
IP Address
=255.0.0.0
Note
• Hold down ◄ or ► to increase or decrease the value continuously.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings is changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Selecting Submenu Items
Press the Information button to display the submenus.
Ink
███████
Press the Information button to display information about ink, paper, and so on. When you press the
Information button, the display changes. (→P.62)
After you display a submenu, the printer will revert to the previous mode in about ve seconds if no print
job is received or if you do not operate the printer.
Printer Parts 35
Control Panel
Menu Structure
Main Menu
The structure of the main menu is as follows. Values at right indicated by an asterisk “*” are the defaults.
For instructions on selecting or setting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.34)
For details on menu items, see “Main Menu Settings”. (→P.51)
First Level
Paper Cut (*1)
Second Level
Third Level
No *
Yes
Head Cleaning
(*5)
Head Cleaning
A
Head Cleaning
B
Paper Settings
Cas Paper Type Plain Paper *(*6)
Plain Paper HQ
(*6)
Plain Paper HG
(*6)
PlainP_Cons
MBK (*6)
High Resolution
(*6)
Coated Paper
(*6)
HW Coated (*6)
Premium
MatteP (*6)
Matte Photo (*6)
Glossy Photo
(*6)
Semi-Gl Photo
(*6)
HW
GlossyPhoto2
(*6)
HW
SemiGlPhoto2
(*6)
SatinPhoto 190
(*6)
Glossy Paper
(*6)
Photo Paper Pro
(*6)
36 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Photo
PaperPlus (*6)
PhotoPlus
SemiGl (*6)
Proong Paper
(*6)
CAD Trace
Paper (*6)
Special # Here,
the number is
1-5(*6)
Cas Paper Size
ISO A2
ISO A3
ISO A3+
ISO A4
JIS B3
JIS B4
ANSI C
ANSI B
ANSI B Super
ANSI Letter
ANSI Legal
ARCH B
14"x17"
12"x16"
10"x12"
10"x15"
8"x10"
16"x20"
13"x22"
Manual
Pap.Type (*10)
Plain Paper *(*6)
Plain Paper HQ
(*6)
Plain Paper HG
(*6)
PlainP_Cons
MBK (*6)
Printer Parts 37
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
High Resolution
(*6)
Coated Paper
(*6)
HW Coated (*6)
Premium
MatteP (*6)
Matte Photo (*6)
Glossy Photo
(*6)
Semi-Gl Photo
(*6)
HW
GlossyPhoto2
(*6)
HW
SemiGlPhoto2
(*6)
SatinPhoto 190
(*6)
Glossy Paper
(*6)
Photo Paper Pro
(*6)
Photo
PaperPlus (*6)
PhotoPlus
SemiGl (*6)
Proong Paper
(*6)
CAD Trace
Paper (*6)
CAD Matte Film
(*6)
POP Board (*6)
Special # Here,
the number is
1-5(*6)
Manual
Pap.Size
ISO A2
ISO A2+
ISO A3
38 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
ISO A3+
ISO A4
ISO B3
ISO B4
JIS B3
JIS B4
ANSI C
ANSI B
ANSI B Super
ANSI Letter
ANSI Legal
ARCH B
ARCH A
DIN C3
DIN C4
14"x17"
12"x16"
10"x12"
10"x15"
16"x20"
13"x22"
Roll Media Type Plain Paper HG
(*1), (*2)
(*6)
PlainP_Cons
MBK (*6)
Coated Paper
(*6)
HW Coated (*6)
Premium
MatteP (*6)
Glossy Photo
(*6)
Semi-Gl Photo
(*6)
HW
GlossyPhoto2
(*6)
Printer Parts 39
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
HW
SemiGlPhoto2
(*6)
SatinPhoto 190
(*6)
Proong Paper
(*6)
CAD Trace
Paper (*6)
Special # Here,
the number is 1-5
(*6)
Chk
On *
Remain.Roll (*2)
Off
Roll Length Set
(*2), (*3)
##.# m
### feet
Med.Detail Set.
(The paper type
is displayed
here.) (*6)
Roll DryingTime Off
30 sec.
1 min.
3 min.
5 min.
10 min.
30 min.
60 min.
Scan Wait Time
Off
1 sec.
3 sec.
5 sec.
7 sec.
9 sec.
Feed Priority
Automatic *
Band Joint
Print Length
Adjust Length
40 Printer Parts
From -0.70% to
0.70%
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Head Height
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Automatic *
Highest
High
Standard
Low
Lowest
Skew Check Lv. Standard *
Off
Loose
High Accuracy
VacuumStrngth
Automatic *
Strongest
Strong
Standard
Weak
Weakest
NearEnd
RllMrgn (*2)
3mm
20mm
Cut Speed (*2)
Fast
Standard
Slow
Trim Edge First
(*2)
Automatic
On
Off *
Cutting Mode
(*2)
Automatic
Eject
Manual
Bordless
Margin (*2)
Automatic
Fixed
CutDustReduct. Off *
(*2)
On
Nr End Sht Mrgn 3mm
Printer Parts 41
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
20mm
Tray Source
Front
Top
Return Defaults No
Yes
GL2 Settings
GL2 Replot
No
Yes
GL2 BufferClear No
Yes
Color Mode
Color *
Monochrome
Print Quality
Draft
Standard *
High
Input Reso.
600dpi *
300dpi
Media Source
Automatic *
Roll Paper
Cassette
Manual
Conserve Paper Off *
On
End Point
Shape
Software *
Rounded
Smoothing
Software *
Smooth
Line Width
1 dot
2 dots
3 dots
4 dots
5 dots
6 dots
7 dots
ThicknFine
Lines
42 Printer Parts
Off *
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
On
Adj Faint Lines
Off
On *
Adjust Printer
Auto Head Adj.
Standard Adj.
No *
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No *
Yes
Auto Print
Off
On *
Manual Head
Adj
No *
Yes
Auto Band Adj.
Standard Adj.
No *
Yes
Advanced Adj.
No *
Yes
Manual Band
Adj
Adjust Band
No *
Yes
Adj Far Ed Feed No *
Yes
Adjust Length
No *
Yes
Interface Setup
EOP Timer
10 sec.
30 sec.
1 min.
2 min.
5 min.
10 min. *
30 min.
60 min.
TCP/IP
IP Mode
Automatic
Manual *
Protocol (*4)
DHCP
On
Off *
BOOTP
On
Printer Parts 43
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Off *
RARP
On
Off *
IP Setting
NetWare
NetWare
IP Address
0.0.0.0* 255.255.255.255
Subnet Mask
0.0.0.0* 255.255.255.255
Default G/W
0.0.0.0* 255.255.255.255
On
Off *
Frame Type (*8) Auto Detect
Ethernet 2
Ethernet 802.2 *
Ethernet 802.3
Ethernet SNAP
Print Service
(*8)
BinderyPServer
RPrinter
NDSPServer *
NPrinter
AppleTalk
On
Off *
Ethernet Driver
Auto Detect
On *
Off
Comm.Mode
(*7)
Half Duplex *
Full Duplex
Ethernet Type
(*7)
10 Base-T *
100 Base-TX
Spanning Tree
Not Use *
Use
MAC Address
Init. Settings
No *
Yes
Maintenance
44 Printer Parts
Replace P.head
No
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Yes
Move Printer
No *
Yes
Clean Roller
(*12)
No
Yes
Clean Platen
No
Yes
System Setup
Warning
Buzzer
Off
On *
Detect
Mismatch
Pause
Warning
None *
Keep Media Size Off
On *
PaperSize Basis Sht Selection
ISO A3+ *
ANSI B Super
Roll Selection1
(*2)
ISO A3 (297mm)
*
300mm Roll
Roll Selection2
(*2)
10in. (254mm) *
JIS B4 (257mm)
TrimEdge
Reload
Automatic
Off
On
Nozzle Check
Off
5 pages
10 pages
Automatic *
Sleep Timer
5 min. *
10 min.
15 min.
20 min.
30 min.
Printer Parts 45
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Third Level
40 min.
50 min.
60 min.
240 min.
Length Unit
meter *
feet/inch
Time Zone
0:London (GMT)
+1:Paris,Rome
+2:Athens,Cairo
+3:Moscow
+4:Eerevan,
Baku
+5:Islamabad
+6:Dacca
+7:Bangkok
+8:Hong Kong
+9:Tokyo,Seoul
+10:Canberra
+11NewCaledonia
+12:Wellington
-12:Eniwetok
-11:Midway is.
-10Hawaii(AHST)
-9:Alaska(AKST)
-8:Oregon (PST)
-7:Arizona(MST)
-6:Texas (CST)
-5:NewYork(EST)
-4:Santiago
-3:Buenos Aires
-2:
-1:Cape Verde
Date Format
yyyy/mm/dd *
dd/mm/yyyy
mm/dd/yyyy
46 Printer Parts
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Control Panel
First Level
Third Level
Second Level
Date & Time
Date
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
yyyy/mm/dd (*9)
Time
hh:mm
Language
*
Reset
MediaType
No *
Yes
Test Print
Status Print
No
Yes
Media Details
No
Yes
Print Job Log
No
Yes
Menu Map
No
Yes
Nozzle Check
No
Yes
Information (*5)
Version
Firm
Boot
MIT
RAM
Ext. Interface
No
IEEE1394
MAC Address
000085######
Error Log
1:xxxxx
2:xxxxx
Printer Parts 47
Control Panel
First Level
Second Level
Job Log
Third Level
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
(Choose from
Document Name
information about
the latest three
print jobs.)
User Name
Page Count
Job Status
OK
CANCELED
Print Start Time
yyyy/mm/dd
hh:mm
Print End Time
yyyy/mm/dd
hh:mm
Print Time
xxx sec.
Print Size
xxxxxxxxsq.
mm
Media Type
Interface
USB
Network
IEEE1394
Ink
Consumption
Counter
*1:
*2:
*3:
*4:
*5:
*6:
xx.x ml
Cut Count
Displayed if a roll is loaded.
Displayed if the Roll Feed Unit is installed.
Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
Displayed if IP Mode is Automatic.
Only these menus are displayed during printing.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103) The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if
you change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration
Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
*7: Available only if Auto Detect is Off.
*8: Available only if NetWare is On.
*9: Follows the setting in Date Format.
*10: Displayed if paper is loaded in the tray.
*11: This menu is only displayed during printing.
*12: Not displayed if a roll or a sheet has been fed.
48 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Submenus
On the Control Panel, press the Information button to display information about ink, paper, and so on.
Each time you press the Information button on the Control Panel, different submenus are displayed in
the following order.
*1: Displayed if sheets are loaded.
*2: Displayed if a roll is loaded.
For details on submenu screens, see “Submenu Display”. (→P.62)
Printer Parts 49
Control Panel
Main menu during printing
The structure of the main menu during printing is as follows.
For instructions on selecting or setting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.34)
For details on menu items available during printing, see “Main Menu Settings (During Printing)”. (→P.61)
First Level
MAIN MENU
Second Level
Third Level
Head Cleaning
Head Cleaning
A
Fourth Level
Fifth Level
Sixth Level
Head Cleaning
B
Fine Band Adj.
From -5 to 5
Information
Version
Firm
Boot
MIT
RAM
Ext. Interface
No
IEEE1394
MAC Address
000085######
Error Log
1:xxxxx
2:xxxxx
Job Log
(Choose from
Document
information
Name
about the latest
three print jobs.)
User Name
Page Count
Job Status
OK
CANCELED
Print Start Time yyyy/mm/dd
hh:mm
Print End Time yyyy/mm/dd
hh:mm
Print Time
xxx sec.
Print Size
xxxxxxxxsq.
mm
Media Type
Interface
USB
Network
IEEE1394
Ink
Consumption
50 Printer Parts
xx.x ml
Control Panel
Main Menu Settings
Main menu items are described in the following tables.
For instructions on selecting or setting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.34)
For details on menu levels and values, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.36)
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Paper Cut
Displayed if a roll is loaded.
Choose Yes to cut the roll at the current position. The paper will be fed, if
necessary, so that the sheet is at least 10 cm (39.4 in) long after the cut. The
paper will not be cut if there is not enough paper left to feed the paper this much.
Head Cleaning
Specify Printhead cleaning options. (→P.610)
Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign
substances.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved
by Head Cleaning A.
Paper Settings
Specify the type and size of paper. (→P.55)
Med.Detail Set.
Specify detailed paper-related settings, including the ink drying time and
borderless printing options. (→P.53)
GL2 Settings
Specify settings for HP-GL/2 printing. (→P.55)
Adjust Printer
Adjust the Printhead alignment or amount of feed by printing a test pattern.
(→P.56)
Interface Setup
Congure the network settings. (→P.57)
Maintenance
Replace the Printhead, prepare to transfer the printer, and clean the Pick Up
Roller. (→P.58)
System Setup
Specify the printer system settings, including the date format and display
language. (→P.58)
Test Print
Choose Yes in Status Print to print information about the printer.
Choose Yes in Media Details to print the paper settings as specied in
Med.Detail Set..
Choose Yes in Print Job Log to print a record of print jobs, including the paper
type and size, amount of ink used, and so on.
Choose Yes in Menu Map to print a list of the main menu options.
Choose Yes in Nozzle Check to print a test pattern for checking the nozzles.
If you have selected a leading edge margin of 20mm in Nr End Sht Mrgn in the
printer menu, the test print sheet may not be printed completely.
Information
Displays the information about the printer and history of print jobs. (→P.60)
Printer Parts 51
Control Panel
Paper Settings
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Cas Paper Type (*1)
Choose the type of paper in the Cassette.
(→P.146)
Cas Paper Size
Specify the size of paper in the Cassette.
(→P.149)
Manual Pap.Type (*1)
Choose the type of paper in the tray.
(→P.147)
Manual Pap.Size
Choose the type of paper in the tray.
(→P.150)
Roll Media Type (*1)
Choose the type of roll.
(→P.112)
Chk Remain.Roll
Choose On to print a barcode at the end of a roll before you remove it. The
printed barcode can be used in managing the amount of roll paper left. Choose
Off if you prefer not to print the barcode.
Roll Length Set
Displayed if Chk Remain.Roll is On.
If a barcode is not printed on rolls, specify the roll length. The roll length is
displayed in meters (1.0-91.0 m) or feet (1-300 ft.), depending on the setting in
Length Unit.
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103) The media type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if
you change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration
Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
52 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Med.Detail Set.
Setting Item
(The paper type is
Roll DryingTime
displayed here.) (*1)
Scan Wait Time
Description, Instructions
Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry for each sheet.
Specify the time to wait for the ink to dry between each scan in
bidirectional printing, in consideration of how quickly the paper
absorbs ink. Note that printing will take longer if you specify a
wait time.
Feed Priority
Specify exact paper feeding, if desired. Normally, select
Automatic. Choose Print Length if you prefer to feed the paper
an exact amount. However, note that choosing Print Length
may result in slight banding in the direction of Carriage scanning.
Adjust Length
Displayed if Feed Priority is Print Length.
Adjustment relative to the amount of stretching or shrinkage
of the current paper. For paper that tends to stretch, increase
the feed amount by setting the adjustment value toward +. For
paper that tends to shrink, decrease the feed amount by setting
the adjustment value toward -.
The setting for the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage is
relative. If you access it again later, it will be displayed as 0.00%.
Head Height
Adjust the Printhead height. (→P.586)
Skew Check Lv.
If you print on Japanese Paper Washi or other handmade paper
that has an irregular width, choose Loose for a higher skew
detection threshold, or choose Off to disable skew detection.
However, if paper is loaded askew when detection is Off, note
that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
If strict skew detection is required, choose High Accuracy.
VacuumStrngth
Specify the level of suction that holds paper against the Platen.
(→P.598)
NearEnd RllMrgn
Specify a margin at the leading edge of roll paper to ensure
better printing quality at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 3mm, it may lower the printing quality
at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy. The printed
surface may be scratched, and ink may adhere to the leading
edge.
Cut Speed
Choose the cutting speed. For media such as lm that are more
likely to generate debris when cut, choose Fast to reduce the
amount of debris.
Trim Edge First
If a roll is loaded, the end of the paper will be cut.
Choose On to have 40 mm (1.6 in) cut off the leading edge of the
roll every time after you load the roll. Scraps are then removed.
When Automatic is selected, if the left and right side of the
leading edge of the roll are uneven (by 3 mm [0.12 in] or more),
the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a
straight edge after you load the roll. Scraps are then removed.
If the unevenness is less than 3 mm or if Off is selected, the
edge is not cut and scraps are not removed.
Printer Parts 53
Control Panel
Setting Item
(The paper type is
Cutting Mode
displayed here.) (*1)
Description, Instructions
Specify if the Cutter Unit is used for cutting.
Choose Automatic to have roll paper cut automatically after
printing. If you choose Eject, the paper will not be cut after
printing. Instead, a line will be printed at the cut position.
Bordless Margin
Choose On for margin adjustment during borderless printing.
CutDustReduct.
Choose On to reduce the amount of debris generated when
cutting lm and similar media by printing a line at the cut
position. This option reduces the amount of debris given off
after cutting. (→P.137)
Nr End Sht Mrgn
Specify a margin at the leading edge of sheets to ensure better
printing quality at the leading edge.
Note that if you choose 3mm, it may lower the printing quality
at the leading edge and affect feeding accuracy. The printed
surface may be scratched, and ink may adhere to the leading
edge.
If you have selected 20mm, the test print sheet may not be
printed completely.
Tray Source
Choose how the paper is supplied, Top for printing from the
Tray or Front for printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot.
Return Defaults
Choose Yes to restore Med.Detail Set. to the factory default
values.
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103) The media type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control
Panel ) is updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if
you change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration
Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
54 Printer Parts
Control Panel
GL2 Settings
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
GL2 Replot
Print the last printed job (still stored in the printer memory) again.
GL2 BufferClear
Delete the last job printed using HP-GL/2, still stored in the printer memory.
Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Print Quality
Choose the print quality.
Input Reso.
Choose the printer input resolution, 600dpi or 300dpi.
Media Source
Choose the media source for HP-GL/2 printing.
Conserve Paper
Conserves paper when printing.
End Point Shape
Choose the shape of the end point, determined by Software or Rounded.
• If you choose Software
Operation is determined by the application. If nothing is specied by the
application, the result is as shown in the gure.
• If you choose Rounded
Smoothing
Choose whether to print arcs as smooth curved lines or as multiple connected
line segments.
• If you choose Software
Operation is determined by the application. If nothing is specied by the
application, the result is as shown in the gure.
Note: By default, this is a 72-sided gure
• If you choose Smooth
Line Width
Choose the width for printing lines if no width is specied in the data. Dots in the
line width are 300 dpi each.
ThicknFineLines
Select On to print ne lines more distinctly.
Adj Faint Lines
If ne lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other shapes,
selecting Off may help produce the expected results. However, lines in some
colors may appear broken.
Printer Parts 55
Control Panel
Adjust Printer
Setting Item
Auto Head Adj.
Standard Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern
for automatic adjustment of the Printhead alignment relative to
the printing direction. (→P.581)
Advanced Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern for
the automatic adjustment of Printhead alignment relative to the
nozzle, ink tank, and printing direction.
Six sheets are required when printing on sheets.
(→P.581)
Auto Print
Choose On to have the printer automatically execute the
Advanced Adj. operations after you replace the Printhead.
(→P.581)
Manual Head Adj
Auto Band Adj.
Description, Instructions
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment of Printhead
alignment relative to the printing direction. Enter the adjustment
value manually based on the resulting pattern. (→P.583)
Standard Adj.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern
for band adjustment, based on which the printer automatically
adjusts the feed amount. (→P.587)
Advanced Adj.
Choose this option when using paper other than genuine Canon
paper, or paper for purposes other than checking output.
Choose Yes to have the printer print and read a test pattern
for band adjustment, based on which the printer automatically
adjusts the feed amount. Note that this function takes more
time and requires more ink than Standard Adj..
Two sheets are required when printing on sheets.
(→P.587)
Manual Band Adj
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount
based on the paper type.
Two sheets are required when printing on sheets.
(→P.590)
Adj Far Ed Feed
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjusting the feed amount
of the trailing edge of paper based on the paper type.
(→P.590)
Adjust Length
Choose Yes to print a test pattern for adjustment relative to
paper stretching or shrinkage, after which you can enter the
amount of adjustment. (→P.594)
56 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Interface Setup
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
EOP Timer
TCP/IP
Specify the timeout period for print jobs.
TCP/IP
Specify the TCP/IP protocol settings. To apply your
changes, choose Store Setting.
IP Mode
Choose whether the printer IP address is congured
automatically or a static IP address is entered
manually.
Protocol
DHCP
BOOTP
Specify the protocol used to congure the IP
address automatically.
RARP
IP Setting
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default G/W
NetWare
Specify the printer network information when using
a static IP address.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer, as well
as the network subnet mask and default gateway.
NetWare
Specify the NetWare protocol. To apply your
changes, choose Store Setting.
Frame Type
Specify the frame type to use.
Print Service
Choose the print service.
AppleTalk
Specify whether to use the AppleTalk protocol. To
apply your changes, choose Store Setting.
Ethernet Driver Auto Detect
Specify the communication method. To apply your
changes, choose Store Setting.
Choose On for automatic conguration of the
LAN communication protocol. Choose Off to use
settings values of Comm.Mode and Ethernet
Type.
Return Defaults
Comm.Mode
Choose the LAN communication method.
Ethernet Type
Choose the LAN transfer rate.
Spanning Tree
Choose whether spanning-tree packets are
supported over the LAN.
MAC Address
Displays the MAC address.
A conrmation message is displayed if you press
the ▼ button. Choose OK to restore the network
settings to the default values.
Printer Parts 57
Control Panel
Maintenance
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Replace P.head
Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining
Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low.
When replacing the left Printhead, choose Yes and follow the
instructions on the screen. (→P.611)
Move Printer
Not displayed during a warning message that the remaining
Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low.
When transferring the printer to another location, choose Yes and
follow the instructions on the screen. (→P.633)
Clean Roller
Choose Yes to clean the Pick Up Roller. (→P.631)
Clean Platen
Use this function to clean inside the Top Cover. After you select Yes,
the Carriage is moved in preparation for Platen cleaning. (→P.627)
System Setup
Setting Item
Warning
Buzzer
Set the buzzer. Choose On for the buzzer to sound in case of
errors.
Detect Mismatch
Choose Warning for notication (display of a warning message)
during printing if the paper type specied in the printer menu
does not match the paper type in the printer driver. Choose
None to continue to print without notication. Choose Pause to
have printing paused under these circumstances. In this case,
you can continue printing by pressing the Online button.
Keep Media Size
PaperSize Basis
TrimEdge Reload
58 Printer Parts
Description, Instructions
Choose On to use the paper size setting as the basis for printing
instead of other settings. The margin setting of the printer menu
will be used instead of the margin setting of the printer driver
if the latter is smaller, which may prevent text or images in the
margin from being printed. Choose Off to use the printer driver
settings instead. Even if the margin setting of the printer driver
is smaller than that of the printer driver, text or images will not
be cut off. However, this requires longer paper because the
actual margin will be equal to the margin setting of the printer
driver plus the margin setting of the printer menu.
Sht Selection
If sheet size detection is activated, choose whether ISO A3+ or
ANSI B Super is applied when an in between size is detected.
Roll Selection1
If roll size detection is activated, choose whether ISO A3
(297mm) and 300mm Roll is applied when an in between size
is detected.
Roll Selection2
If roll size detection is activated, choose whether 10in. (254mm)
or JIS B4 (257mm) is applied when an in between size is
detected.
Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it
may leave a depression on the leading edge.
When printing quality is most important, we recommend setting
this option to On so that the paper edge is automatically cut
before printing.
Control Panel
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Nozzle Check
Specify the timing for automatic checks of nozzle clogging.
Choose Off to disable checking. Choose 5 pages to check after
every 5 pages are printed. Choose 10 pages to check once
after every ten pages are printed.
Sleep Timer
Specify the period before the printer enters sleep mode.
Length Unit
Choose the unit of measurement when roll length is displayed.
You can switch the unit displayed for Roll Length Set and the
remaining paper amount displayed in the submenu.
Time Zone
Specify the time zone. Time zone options indicate a main city in
this time zone and the difference from Greenwich Mean Time.
Date Format
Specify the date format.
Date & Time
Date
Set the current date.
Time
Set the current time.
Language
Specify the language used on the Display Screen.
Reset MediaType
Restores settings that you have changed with Media
Conguration Tool to the factory default values.
Printer Parts 59
Control Panel
Information
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Version
Displays the version of the printer and rmware.
RAM
Displays the printer memory capacity.
Ext. Interface
Identies boards in the expansion slot.
MAC Address
000085######
Displays the MAC address.
Error Log
Job Log
Displays the most recent error messages (up to two).
(Choose from
Document
information
Name
about the latest
User Name
three print jobs.)
Page Count
Job Status
Displays the document name in the last print job.
Displays the name of the user who sent the print job.
Displays the number of pages in the print job.
Displays the results of the print job processed.
Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started.
Print End Time Displays the time when the print job was nished.
Counter
60 Printer Parts
Cut Count
Print Time
Displays the time required to print the job.
Print Size
Displays the paper size in the print job.
Media Type
Displays the paper type in the print job.
Interface
Displays the interface used for the print job.
Ink
Consumption
Displays the ink density of each color in the print job.
Displays the total number of cuts made by the Cutter
Unit.
Control Panel
Main Menu Settings (During Printing)
Main menu items during printing are described in the following tables.
For instructions on selecting or setting menu items, see “Main Menu Operations”. (→P.34)
For details on menu levels and values, see “Menu Structure”. (→P.36)
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Head Cleaning
Specify Printhead cleaning options. (→P.610)
Choose Head Cleaning A if printing is faint, oddly colored, or contains foreign
substances.
Choose Head Cleaning B if no ink is printed at all, or if printing is not improved
by Head Cleaning A.
Adjust Band
Displayed during print jobs. Fine-tune the feed amount manually.
Information
Displays information about the printer and record of print jobs. (→P.61)
Information
Setting Item
Description, Instructions
Version
Displays the version of the printer and rmware.
RAM
Displays the printer memory capacity.
Ext. Interface
Identies boards in the expansion slot.
MAC Address
000085######
Displays the MAC address.
Error Log
Job Log
Displays the most recent error messages (up to
two).
(Choose from
Document
information about Name
the latest three
User Name
print jobs.)
Displays the document name in the last print job.
Displays the name of the user who sent the print
job.
Page Count
Displays the number of pages in the print job.
Job Status
Displays the results of the print job processed.
Print Start Time Displays the time when the print job was started.
Counter
Cut Count
Print End Time
Displays the time when the print job was nished.
Print Time
Displays the time required to print the job.
Print Size
Displays the paper size in the print job.
Media Type
Displays the paper type in the print job.
Interface
Displays the interface used for the print job.
Ink
Consumption
Displays the ink consumption.
Displays the total number of cuts made by the
Cutter Unit.
Printer Parts 61
Control Panel
Submenu Display
Press the Information button to display the following information, one item after another: remaining ink levels
and Maintenance Cartridge capacity, size and type of the paper loaded in the Cassette, size and type of the
paper loaded in the tray, roll width and remaining length, and roll type.
Remaining ink levels and Maintenance Cartridge capacity
The remaining level of each ink is shown on the Display Screen bottom line at left. These levels shown on the
Display Screen correspond to the inks identied by the Color Label below the Display Screen.
Remaining ink is indicated in seven levels.
Note
•
•
•
•
When Ink Tank are not installed, the level is not displayed.
If error messages about Ink Tank are displayed, the level is indicated with one dot.
If you disable ink level detection, a question mark “?” is displayed.
When no more ink is left, the level indicator changes to a blank square and ashes.
The remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen bottom line at right.
The available capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge is indicated in seven levels.
Cassette type
Displays the type of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Cas Paper Type
Plain Paper
Cassette paper size
Displays the size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Cas Paper Size
ISO A4
62 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Manual Paper Type
Displays the type of paper loaded in the tray. This information is displayed only when paper is loaded
in the tray.
Manual Pap.Type
Plain Paper
Manual Paper Size
Displays the size of paper loaded in the tray. This information is displayed only when paper is loaded in the tray.
Manual Pap.Size
ISO A4
Roll: width and remaining length
Displays the width and remaining length of roll loaded in the Roll Feed Unit. This information is displayed only
when a roll is loaded and Chk Remain.Roll is On.
Roll : 17 inch
##.# m Left
Roll: width and type
Displays the width and type of roll loaded in the Roll Feed Unit. This information is displayed only when a
roll is loaded.
Roll : 17 inch
Plain Paper
Printer Parts 63
Control Panel
Status Print
You can print a Status Print report indicating the current status of the printer.
With Status Print, information is printed regarding the printer rmware version, various settings, and the
utilization level of consumables.
Note
• If you have selected 20mm in Nr End Sht Mrgn in the printer menu, the Status Print sheet may not
be printed completely.
(→P.51)
Printing Status Print Reports
1.
Load paper.
If using sheets, load paper A4/Letter-sized. You will need at least four sheets.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Test Print, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Test Print ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Status Print, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Test Print
= Status Print
Checking the information in the Status Print report
The following information is included in the Status Print report.
Canon imagePROGRAF iPFxxxx Status Print
Printer model
Firm
Firmware version
Boot
Boot version
MIT
MIT format version
S/N
Printer serial number
C,M,Y,MBK,MBK,BK
Ink levels.
The remaining ink is displayed in a ve-level scale.
MC
Maintenance Cartridge capacity (%)
64 Printer Parts
Control Panel
Media Menu
Information on the loaded paper.
Cassette Paper Type
Cassette Paper Size
Roll Media Type
Check Remain. Roll
Cut Sheet Type
Adjust Printer
Current printer settings.
Head Adjust
Printhead adjustment value.
Auto Print
A1-F1
Feed Priority
Settings related to paper feeding.
Adjust Length
Calibration
The color calibration setting value.
Execution Log
The calibration log.
Date:
Indicates the date calibration was performed and the type of paper
used.
Media:
Use Effect Value:
This value indicates whether the results of color calibration are used
or not.
Interface Setup
Current network settings.
EOP Timer
Sets the elapsed time between receiving last data and
canceling printing.
TCP/IP
Settings related to TCP/IP.
IP Mode
Protocol
DHCP
BOOTP
RARP
IP Setting
IP Setting values.
IP Address
Subnet
Mask
Default
G/W
NetWare
NetWare settings.
NetWare
Frame Type
Print Service
Printer Parts 65
Control Panel
AppleTalk
Values that specify whether AppleTalk is active or not.
Ethernet Driver
Ethernet Driver settings.
Auto Detect
Comm.Mode
Ethernet Type
Spanning Tree
MAC Address
System Setup
Warning
Current warning and error settings.
Buzzer
Detect Mismatch
Keep Media Size
Current paper-related settings.
Sheet Selection
Roll Selection 1
Roll Selection 2
Nozzle Check
Nozzle-check settings.
Sleep Timer
General printer settings.
Length Unit
Time Zone
Date Format
Language
Contrast Adj.
Information
RAM
Ext. Interface
Error Log
66 Printer Parts
System information and an error log.
Control Panel
Network (RemoteUI)
Current network settings used by RemoteUI.
TCP/IP
Frame Type
Use DHCP
Use BOOTP
Use RARP
Raw Mode Bi-direction
Enable DNS Dynamic
Update
Use Zeroconf Function
IP Address*
Subnet Mask*
Gateway Address*
LPD Printing
IPP Printing
IPP Printer URI
RAW Printing
Raw Port Number
Raw Mode Bi-direction
FTP Printing
Primary DNS Server
Address*
Secondary DNS Server
Address*
DNS Host Name*
DNS Domain Name*
Multicast DNS Service
Name
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
NetWare
Current NetWare settings.
Frame Type
IPX External Network
Number*
Node Number*
Print Service
*: Depending on the NetWare print service settings, information on one of the following four items is printed.
Printer Parts 67
Control Panel
Bindery PServer
File Server
Name*
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > Bindery PServer is
selected.
Print Server
Name*
Print Server
Password*
Polling Interval
RPrinter
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > RPrinter is selected.
Print Server
Name*
Printer Number*
NDS PServer
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > NDS PServer is selected.
Tree Name*
Context Name*
Print Server
Name*
Print Server
Password*
Polling Interval
NPrinter
Values set when NetWare > Print Service > NPrinter is selected.
Print Server
Name*
Printer Number*
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
AppleTalk
Current AppleTalk settings.
Phase Type
Name*
Network Number*
Zone*
*: Blank if the status has been saved by using Status Monitor.
HEAD LOT NUMBER
Printhead lot number.
LOT
PARTS STATUS
COUNTER A-I
68 Printer Parts
Utilization status of replacement parts that require servicing.
Control Panel
COUNTER
Utilization status of the cutter, media, and other items (indicating how
much they have been used).
CUTTER
MEDIA
MEDIA1-7
NAME
TTL
ROLL
CUTSHEET
CASSETTE
AFTER INSTALLATION
Printer Parts 69
Optional accessories
Optional accessories
Stand
The printer can be mounted on the following Stand. (Optional)
• Printer Stand ST-11
Note
• For details on assembling the Stand, refer to the instructions provided with the Stand.
Roll Feed Unit
A unit for using rolls. (Optional)
• Roll Feed Unit RU-01
For instructions on installing the Roll Feed Unit, see “Installing the Roll Feed Unit”. (→P.143)
70 Printer Parts
Optional accessories
Roll Holder Set
A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core
Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach
the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores. If you use an A2 (420 mm [16.5 in]) roll for borderless printing,
insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.
• Roll Holder Set RH2-11
• Roll Holder
• Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))
• 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
• Spacer for Borderless Printing
For instructions on installing these parts, see “Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder”. (→P.139)
Printer Parts 71
Optional accessories
Desktop Stacker
The printer can be used with the following Desktop Stacker. (Optional)
• Desktop Stacker BU-02
Note
• For Desktop Stacker installation instructions, refer to the instructions provided with the Desktop Stacker.
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board
An interface board to add an IEEE 1394 (also called "FireWire") port.
• IEEE1394 Expansion Board EB-05
For instructions on installing the IEEE 1394 expansion board, refer to the documentation provided with the
optional IEEE 1394 expansion board.
72 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Printer Specications
Specications
Important
• This information is subject to change as the printer is updated.
• The following values may vary depending on the operating environment.
Printer
Power supply
100-120 V AC (50/60 Hz), 220-240 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Power consumption In operation
100 W max.
Sleep mode
100-120 V: 5 W max.
(10 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
220-240 V: 6 W max.
(11 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
Off
1 W max. (*1)
Operating noise
Operating
environment
Approx. 52 dB (A) max.
Temperature
15-30°C (59-86°F)
Humidity
10-80%, non-condensing
Dimensions (W × D Printer only
× H)
Printer and Roll
Feed Unit
819×733×317 mm (32.2×28.9×12.5 in)
Weight
(not including the
Printhead and Ink
Tank )
Printer only
39 kg (86 lb)
Printer and Roll
Feed Unit
(not including rolls)
43 kg (94.8 lb)
Space required for
installation (*2)
Printer only
1,119×1,833×617 mm (44.1×72.2×24.3 in)
Printer and Roll
Feed Unit (not
including rolls)
1,119×1,910×644 mm (44.1×75.2×25.4 in)
Applicable standards
819×810×344 mm (32.2×31.9×13.5 in)
International Energy Star Program, Law on Promoting Green
Purchasing, GPN, RoHS, IT Eco Declaration, WEEE, U.S.
presidential directives
*1: The printer uses a trace amount of power even when turned off. To stop all power consumption,
turn off the printer and unplug the power cord.
*2: Normally, you will need to ensure an unobstructed space of 800 mm (31.5 in) in front of the printer, 300
mm (11.8 in) behind, 150 mm (5.9 in) on both sides, and 300 mm (11.8 in) above the printer. Only
when printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, leave 800 mm (31.5 in) of unobstructed space in front
of the printer and 400 mm (15.7 in) behind it.
Printer Parts 73
Printer Specications
Printing performance
Print method
Bubblejet
Maximum resolution
2400 dpi horizontally (*1) × 1200 dpi vertically
Printhead
PF-03
Number of nozzles
MBK: 5,120; Others: 2,560 each color
*1: Prints with a minimum 1/2400 inch dot pitch between ink droplets.
Interface
Expansion Board Slots
1
USB 2.0(*1)
Format
Internal port
Mode
Full-speed (12 Mbps), high-speed (480 Mbps), bulk transfer
Connector
Series B (4-pin)
Format
Internal port
Specication
IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T, IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX
/Auto-Negotiation, IEEE 802.3x Full Duplex
Protocols
IPX/SPX (Netware 4.2, 5.1, 6.0), SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP,
AppleTalk
Format
Optional boards (slot type)
Specication
IEEE 1394-1995, conforms to P1394a Specication ver. 2.0,
half duplex, Data/Strb differential serial
Transfer speed
100/200/400 Mbps
Connector
Conforms to IEEE 1394-1995 (6-pin), no power supply
Ethernet
IEEE 1394 (*2)
*1: Use in USB 2.0 High Speed mode requires the following environment:
• Computer: USB 2.0 High-Speed-compatible
• Operating system: Windows Vista/Windows Server 2003/Windows XP/Windows
2000 or Mac OS X ver. 10.3.3 or later
• USB 2.0 driver: Microsoft USB 2.0 driver (available from Windows Update or the Service Pack.)
• USB cable: Certied USB 2.0 cable
*2: One IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board can be installed.
Ink
Ink Tank
BK Ink Tank ( Black Ink )
Dye ink
PFI-102BK (user-replaceable)
MBK Ink Tank ( Matte Black Ink, or
black ink for matte paper)
Pigment ink
PFI-102MBK (user-replaceable)
C Ink Tank ( Cyan Ink )
Dye ink
PFI-102C (user-replaceable)
M Ink Tank ( Magenta Ink )
Dye ink
PFI-102M (user-replaceable)
Y Ink Tank ( Yellow Ink )
Dye ink
PFI-102Y (user-replaceable)
Capacity
*1: The provided Starter Ink Tanks contain 90 ml (3.0  oz) each.
74 Printer Parts
130 ml per color (*1)
Printer Specications
Paper (*1)
Paper width
Maximum
length per
page
203-432 mm (8-17 in)
Sheets
Cassette
594 mm (23.4 in)
Tray (top)
1,600 mm (63.0 in)
Tray (front)
914 mm (36.0 in)
Rolls
Thickness
Sheets
18 m (19.7 yd.)
Cassette
0.08-0.3 mm (0.003-0.012 in)
Tray (top)
0.08-0.8 mm (0.003-0.031 in)
Tray (front)
0.5-1.5 mm (0.02-0.06 in)
Rolls
Paper size
Print area
Sheets
0.08-0.8 mm (0.003-0.031 in)
Supported
sizes
ISO A2, ISO A2+, ISO A3, ISO A3+, ISO A4, ISO B3, ISO
B4, JIS B3, JIS B4, 17"x22" (ANSI C), 11"x17" (Ledger),
13"x19" (Super B), Letter (8.5"x11"), Legal (8.5"x14"),
12"x18" (ARCH B), 9"x12" (ARCH A), DIN C3, DIN C4,
14"x17", 12"x16", 10"x12", 10"x15", 8"x10", US Photo,
13"x22", Poster 300x900 mm
Cassette
ISO A2, ISO A3, ISO A3+, ISO A4, ISO B3, JIS B4,
17"x12" (Ledger), 13"x19" (Super B), Letter (8.5"x11"),
Legal (8.5"x14"), 12"x18" (ARCH B), 14"x17", 12"x16",
10"x12", 10"x15", 8"x10", US Photo, 13"x22"
Tray (top)
• Width: 203-432 mm (8-17 in)
• Length: 279-1,600 mm (11-63 in)
Tray (front)
• Width: 203-432 mm (8-17 in)
• Length: 520-914 mm (20.5-36.0 in)
Rolls
8 inches (203 mm), 10 inches (254 mm), JIS B4 (257 mm),
ISO A3/A4 (297 mm), Banner (300 mm), A3+ (329 mm),
14 inches (356 mm), 16 inches (407 mm), ISO A2/A3 (420
mm), 17 inches (432 mm)
Normal size
Printable area
• Sheets ( Cassette )
3 mm (0.12 in) from each side
• Sheets ( Top Paper Feed Slot )
Top: 3 mm (0.12 in); bottom: 3 or 23 mm (0.9 in); left
and right sides: 3 mm.
• Sheets ( Front Paper Feed Slot )
3 mm (0.12 in) on top, 23 mm (0.9 in) on bottom, and 3
mm (0.12 in) on both sides
• Rolls
3 mm (0.12 in) from each side
For information on the recommended print area, see “Print
Area”. (→P.78)
Borderless printing (*2)
Printable area (rolls)
Entire surface
Printer Parts 75
Printer Specications
Print area
Oversized (*2), (*3)
Supported width for borderless printing
Printable area
Entire surface
10 inches (254 mm), JIS B4 (257 mm), A3+ (329 mm), 14
inches (356 mm), 16 inches (407 mm), ISO A2/A3 (420
mm) (*4), 17 inches (432 mm),
*1: For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103)
*2: Printing may not be possible in some cases, depending on the type and size of paper.
*3: Load paper at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 6 mm higher than the size selected in Page Size for roll
paper and the Cassette. Or, load paper at least 26 mm (1.0 in) higher for the tray.
*4: Borderless printing requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing.
Paper capacity ( Cassette )
Paper Type
Paper Size
A4, Letter
13×22 in A3
17×22 in A2
Plain Paper
250 sheets
100 sheets
50 sheets
Coated Paper
200 sheets
100 sheets
50 sheets
Photo Paper Plus
20 sheets
20 sheets
-
Premium Matte Paper
30 sheets
20 sheets
-
Glossy Paper
100 sheets
50 sheets
-
• The preceding information is a guideline for the maximum capacity. Load the paper making
sure not to exceed the Maximum Capacity Line of the Cassette. (→P.20)
• The maximum paper capacity varies depending on the paper type. For more
information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Maximum stacking capacity
The Output Tray can accommodate up to 20 sheets of A2/A3+ paper or 50 sheets of A3/A4 paper.
The maximum stacking capacity varies depending on the paper type. For more information, see the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
76 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Basic Environmental Performance
Printer
Power consumption Sleep mode
Off
Resource efciency Weight
Product safety
100-120 V: 5 W max.
(10 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
220-240 V: 6 W max.
(11 W max. when an IEEE 1394 (FireWire) expansion board is
installed.)
1 W max.
Printer only: 39 kg (86 lb)
(Printer and Roll Feed Unit : 43 kg (94.8 lb)
Dimensions (W × D
× H)
Printer only: 819×733×317 mm (32.2×28.9×12.5 in.)
(Printer and Roll Feed Unit : 819×810×344 mm (32.2×31.9×13.5
in.)
Recycling
Recyclable plastic used for printer body
Toxic substances
Structural components: No prohibited brominated ame
retardants used (PBB or PBDE)
Body plastic: No heavy metals (Pb, Hg, Cr[Vl], or Cd) or
halogenated ame retardants used
Operating noise
Approx. 52 dB (A) max.
Packaging materials
Heavy metal content (Pb, Hg, Cr[Vl], and Cd)
None (none in packaging)
Printer Parts 77
Printer Specications
Print Area
A margin required by the printer is added with respect to the size of paper loaded in the printer. Except in
borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to the paper size minus the space for this margin.
Sheets
Printable Area
Recommended Print Area
Bottom
Bottom
Top Edge
Top Edge
Sides
Sides
Edge
Edge
3 mm (0.12 3 mm (0.12 3 mm (0.12
Top Paper Feed Slot
in)
in)
in)
20 mm
27 mm
5 mm (0.20
(0.79
in)
(1.06
in)
in)
Front Paper Feed 3 mm (0.12
23 mm
3 mm (0.12
Slot
Rolls
in)
(0.91 in)
in)
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
0/3 mm
(0/0.12 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
23 mm
(0.91 in)
5 mm (0.20
in)
Sheets
• Printable Area:
When printing from the Cassette or Top Paper Feed Slot, a margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides
is required.
When printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot, a margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on top, 23 mm (0.91 in) on
bottom, and 3 mm (0.12 in) on left and right sides is required.
• Recommended print area:
A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top, 27 mm (1.06 in) on bottom, and 5 mm (0.20 in) on left and right
sides is required.
Note
• Printable area: The area that can be printed.
• Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.
• To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes
the required margin. (→P.279)
• You can choose a bottom margin of 3 mm or 23 mm when printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot.
In the printer driver, choosing Manual in Paper Source sets the bottom margin at 23 mm.
• The types of paper listed above may be updated, in some cases.
For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• If you set the bottom margin at 3 mm, images in the bottom margin may be distorted.
In this case, choose Manual in Paper Source to set the bottom margin at 23 mm.
78 Printer Parts
Printer Specications
Rolls
• Printable Area:
A margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on all sides is required. A margin of 3 mm (0.12 in) on the top, bottom, and
both sides is required. During borderless printing, the margin on all sides is 0 mm. For information on
paper compatible with borderless printing, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• Recommended print area:
A margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) on top and 5 mm (0.20 in) on the bottom and left and right sides is required.
Note
• Printable area: The area that can be printed.
• Guaranteed Print Area: We recommend printing within this area.
• To print so that your original matches the print area exactly, use an oversized paper size that includes
the required margin. (→P.279)
Printer Parts 79
Printing procedure
Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets
The printer supports both rolls and sheets.
This section introduces the main features of each, as well as the main printing methods available. Select rolls
or sheets to suit your particular printing application.
Note
• For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• A variety of other ways to print are available besides those introduced here. Choose the printing
method that suits your particular printing application, referring to "Working With Various Print Jobs" and
"Enhanced Printing Options" from the table of contents.
Roll printing
Media in spooled rolls is generally called Roll Media. Rolls are loaded on the Roll Holder, which are in
turn loaded in the printer.
Rolls can be used to print large photos or create posters or banners that cannot be printed on regular sheets.
• Large-format printing
Easily print vertical or horizontal banners from familiar applications such as Microsoft Ofce applications.
(→P.332)
• Borderless printing
Print without a margin (border) around posters or photos.
(→P.299)
(→P.310)
(→P.288)
• Banner printing
You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
(→P.360)
• 90-degree rotation before printing
Originals in portrait orientation are rotated 90 degrees when possible to use paper more efciently.
(→P.397)
• Enlarged/reduced printing
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing.
(→P.248)
(→P.256)
(→P.265)
• Free Layout function
Print multiple documents from multiple applications (such as word-processing programs, spreadsheet
programs, and so on) next to each other.
(→P.354)
80 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Sheet printing
Sheets refers to individual sheets of paper in regular sizes.
Insert the sheet between the Platen and the Paper Retainer.
• Enlarged/reduced printing
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing originals before printing.
(→P.248)
(→P.256)
(→P.265)
• Free Layout function
Print multiple documents from multiple applications (such as word-processing programs, spreadsheet
programs, and so on) next to each other.
(→P.354)
Basic Printing Workow 81
Printing procedure
Loading and Printing on Rolls
These are the basic steps for loading and printing on rolls.
Follow the steps below to switch to a new roll or a roll of a different type or width before printing.
Note
• An optional Roll Feed Unit is required.
(→P.70)
(→P.143)
• If you have installed an optional Roll Feed Unit, select Roll Feed Unit on the Device Settings sheet of
the printer properties, and then click Acquire Status. This will enable roll printing.
(→P.480)
• If a sheet is loaded in the Tray, remove it before this procedure. (→P.141)
• Before printing banners or other large-format documents, spread a clean cloth or paper over the oor.
Long sheets that touch the oor after printing may become dirty.
• If you will wait for the ink to dry after printing and simply eject the document, you can deactivate
automatic cutting and print a cut line instead. (→P.131)
1.
Turn the printer on. (→P.25)
2.
Select roll paper as the paper source. (→P.111)
82 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
3.
Load a roll on the Roll Holder. (→P.114)
Note
• When switching rolls, rst remove the current roll from the Roll Holder. (→P.121)
4.
Load the roll in the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.116)
Basic Printing Workow 83
Printing procedure
5.
Load the roll in the printer. (→P.117)
6.
Select the paper type. (→P.112)
7.
Specify the paper length. (→P.113)
84 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
8.
Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.242)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.244)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.246)
Important
• Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
If the type and size do not match, an error message may be displayed and printing may not be
possible.
• PaprTyp Mismatch (→P.678)
• PaprSiz Mismatch (→P.679)
• Paper Mismatch (→P.678)
Basic Printing Workow 85
Printing procedure
9.
Send the print job.
• Printing from Windows (→P.91)
• Printing from Mac OS X (→P.92)
• Printing from Mac OS 9 (→P.94)
Start printing.
Note
• Steps 6 and 7 are not required, if a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated
automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. The paper type and amount of paper left are
automatically detected.
• Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without printing on it may leave a depression on the leading
edge.
When printing quality is most important, we recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On so that the
paper edge is automatically cut before printing.
• For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see “Paper Sizes” or the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.109) (→P.103)
• Clean the platen after you have used up a roll. (→P.627)
• When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being
advanced.
If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold the Stop/Eject button to enable feeding again.
(→P.119)
86 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Cassette
These are the basic steps for loading sheets in the cassette and then printing from the cassette.
Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets in the cassette.
1.
Turn the printer on. (→P.25)
2.
Load paper in the Cassette. (→P.152)
3.
Complete settings in the printer driver for the type of paper and other details.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.242)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.244)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.246)
Basic Printing Workow 87
Printing procedure
4.
Send the print job.
• Printing from Windows (→P.91)
• Printing from Mac OS X (→P.92)
• Printing from Mac OS 9 (→P.94)
Start printing.
Note
• For details on supported paper sizes for the Cassette, see “Paper Sizes” or the Paper Reference
Guide. (→P.109) (→P.103)
88 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot
These are the basic steps for loading sheets in the paper feed slot and then printing from this slot.
Follow the steps below to load and print on sheets in the paper feed slot.
Note
• If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure.
(→P.141)
1.
Turn the printer on. (→P.25)
2.
Complete settings in the printer driver for the type and size of paper and other details.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.242)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.244)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.246)
Basic Printing Workow 89
Printing procedure
3.
Send the print job.
• Printing from Windows (→P.91)
• Printing from Mac OS X (→P.92)
• Printing from Mac OS 9 (→P.94)
4.
Load a sheet manually. (→P.155)
(Top Paper Feed Slot)
(Front Paper Feed Slot)
Note
• If you will load a sheet before sending a print job, you must select the type and size of paper in
advance on the printer Display Screen. Follow these steps.
• Selecting the Paper Type (Tray) (→P.147)
• Selecting the Paper Size (Tray) (→P.150)
Start printing.
Note
• For details on supported sizes and types of the paper that can be loaded in the tray, see “Paper Sizes”
or the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.109) (→P.103)
90 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing from Windows
Print from the application software menu.
Important
• The Windows printer driver can be used in the following versions of Windows:
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)
• Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)
• Windows Vista
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
2.
After conrming that the printer is selected in the dialog box, click Print or OK to start printing.
Note
• The appearance of the dialog box varies depending on the application software. In most cases, the
dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the range of
pages, number of copies, and so on.
Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software
Note
• If another printer is selected, select the printer you want to use under Select Printer or in the dialog
box displayed after clicking Printer.
Settings for many printing methods (including enlarged or reduced printing, borderless printing, and so on) are
displayed in the printer driver dialog box. There are two ways to access the printer driver dialog box, as follows:
• From the application software
(→P.453)
• From the operating system menu
(→P.455)
Basic Printing Workow 91
Printing procedure
Printing from Mac OS X
Print from the application menu after registering the printer.
Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
Registering the printer
Before printing, you must register the printer in Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ).
For instructions on registering the printer, see “Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)”.
(→P.570)
Important
• During this setup process, the printer will not be listed among available printers if it is off or disconnected.
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk
protocol before using the printer in an AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk
protocol, see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.572)
Note
• When registering the printer, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, Canon FireWire(iPF) if
connected via IEEE 1394, or AppleTalk, Canon IP(iPF), or Bonjour if connected via a network.
• For Canon IP(iPF) connections, enter the printer’s IP address.
92 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing from the application software
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless
printing, and so on.
Basic Printing Workow 93
Printing procedure
Printing from Mac OS 9
After selecting the printer in Chooser from the Apple menu, print by using menus in the application software.
Important
• We recommend exiting unnecessary applications before printing. Running several applications while
printing may interrupt the transfer of print data and affect printing quality.
Selecting the printer
Before printing, you must conrm that the printer is selected in Chooser.
For instructions on selecting the printer, see “Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)”. (→P.570)
Important
• During this setup process, the printer will not be listed in Chooser if it is off or disconnected.
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer. You must enable the AppleTalk
protocol before using the printer in AppleTalk network. For instructions on activating AppleTalk protocol,
see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.572)
Note
• In Chooser, choose GARO Printer Driver.
• In Destination, choose USB if the printer is connected via USB, FireWire if connected via IEEE 1394,
or AppleTalk, IP Print, or IP Print (Auto) if connected via network.
• If the printer is connected via AppleTalk, click Active under AppleTalk in the lower-right corner of
the Chooser window.
• If the printer is connected via IP Print, click Registering IP Address under the Destination list to
register the printer’s IP address, and then click IP Print.
94 Basic Printing Workow
Printing procedure
Printing from the application software
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options for the range of pages, number of copies, and so
on. You can also specify enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, and a variety of other print
settings.
2.
Make sure the printer is selected in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
Basic Printing Workow 95
Canceling print jobs
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to cancel print jobs or ink drying in progress, and
eject the paper when the printer is online, ofine, or in menu mode.
Printer operation varies depending on the condition when you hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second
or more during printing.
• If you press the Stop/Eject button before printing starts
Holding down for a second or more the Stop/Eject button before printing cancels the print job and
brings the printer online.
If you are using a roll, the paper is fed before the printer goes online.
• If you press the Stop/Eject button during printing
Holding down for a second or more the Stop/Eject button during printing stops printing immediately.
• If you press the Stop/Eject button when printing is paused
Holding down for a second or more the Stop/Eject button when printing is paused cancels the print job
and ejects the paper.
96 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows
You can cancel print jobs in the printer window.
1.
Click the printer icon in the taskbar to display the printer window.
Note
• You can also display this window by double-clicking the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or
Printers ) folder, accessible through the Windows start menu.
2.
Right-click the job to cancel and select Cancel.
Note
• The print job is displayed on the printer screen during the transmission of print data from the
computer. When the transmission is nished, the job is not displayed even during printing.
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to stop printing.
Basic Printing Workow 97
Canceling print jobs
Do the following if no print jobs are shown in the printer window (because they have already been sent to
the printer).
1.
2.
Double-click the taskbar icon to access the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor.
On the Printer Status sheet, click Cancel Job.
98 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X
You can cancel print jobs in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
1.
2.
Click the printer icon in the Dock to display the printer window.
Click Stop Jobs to stop printing.
In this window, you can cancel jobs sent to the printer.
Note
• The print job is displayed on the printer’s screen during the transmission of print data from the
computer. When the transmission is completed, the job is not displayed even during printing.
Alternatively, you can cancel print jobs as follows.
1.
Click Utility to display imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
Basic Printing Workow 99
Canceling print jobs
2.
Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.
The job sent to the printer is canceled.
Note
• The print job is displayed on the imagePROGRAF Printmonitor window while the printer receives
the print data from the computer. It is not displayed before transmission of print data to the printer,
even if the computer has started the process of the data.
3.
Exit imagePROGRAF Printmonitor. In the printer window, click Start Jobs.
Important
• Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart job processing, the next
job cannot be printed.
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to stop printing.
100 Basic Printing Workow
Canceling print jobs
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9
How to cancel print jobs varies depending on whether you are printing in the foreground or background.
Canceling background print jobs
1.
Open the GARO Printer Extra folder, which was installed on the hard disk at the same time
as the printer driver.
2.
3.
Open imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
Choose Pause Printing in the File menu to stop print processing.
The job status changes from Sending to Send.
4.
Select the print job to cancel and click the Cancel Job button to remove the print job.
5.
Choose Resume Printing in the File menu.
Important
• Always follow these steps if you cancel print jobs. If you do not restart the print queue, the next
job cannot be printed.
To cancel print jobs from the Control Panel, follow these steps.
1.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to stop printing.
Basic Printing Workow 101
Canceling print jobs
Canceling foreground print jobs
1.
When the progress indicator is displayed, hold down the Command key and press the period
(.) key to cancel print jobs.
2.
If the Display Screen of the Control Panel still indicates that the job is in progress and the Data
lamp continues ashing, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to stop printing.
102 Basic Printing Workow
Paper
Handling Paper
Paper
Types of Paper
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide . This guide
identies supported plain paper, coated paper, photo paper (such as glossy photo paper), proong paper,
CAD paper, and other types of paper. The Paper Reference Guide identies types and specications of paper,
as well as information on printer driver settings and tips on handling paper.
You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide , on the printer Control Panel, and in the
printer driver by downloading the latest version of the Media Conguration Tool from the imagePROGRAF
website.
Note
• The media types with "†" marked in the product name are those specied as genuine Canon media.
For other media, please contact the respective media manufacturer after reading the instruction
manuals supplied with the media.
Handling Paper 103
Paper
Viewing the Paper Reference Guide
You can access the Paper Reference Guide as follows. Follow the steps for your particular operating system.
• Windows
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer
model.)
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Paper Reference Guide.
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
104 Handling Paper
Paper
• Mac OS X
1. Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock.
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Paper Reference Guide.
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
Handling Paper 105
Paper
• Mac OS 9
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Paper Reference Guide icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents
the printer model.)
The Paper Reference Guide is displayed.
106 Handling Paper
Paper
Updating paper information
You can update paper information in the Paper Reference Guide and on the printer by downloading the
latest version of the Media Conguration Tool from the imagePROGRAF website. For information about
the Media Conguration Tool, see the Media Conguration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration
Tool Guide (Macintosh).
Follow these steps to access the imagePROGRAF website.
Important
• When you update paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool, the paper type setting on the
Control Panel, in the printer driver, and in related software is updated.
• Windows
1. Double-click the iPFxxxx Support icon on the desktop. (Here, iPFxxxx represents the printer
model.)
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Stay Informed.
The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.
Handling Paper 107
Paper
• Mac OS X
1. Click the iPF Support icon in the Dock.
The online support window is displayed.
2. Select Stay Informed.
The default browser is started, and the imagePROGRAF webpage is displayed.
Note
• In Windows, you can also access the imagePROGRAF webpage by clicking the start menu, selecting
Programs > iPFxxxx Media Conguration Tool (here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > iPFxxxx
Media Conguration Tool to start the Media Conguration Tool, and clicking Extra Information.
• On a Macintosh computer, you can also access the imagePROGRAF website from the Finder by
selecting Applications (in Mac OS X or OS 9) > Canon Utilities > iPFxxxx Media Conguration Tool
(here, iPFxxxx represents the printer model) > MCTxxxx to start the Media Conguration Tool and
then clicking Extra Information.
108 Handling Paper
Paper
Paper Sizes
Roll
If the Roll Feed Unit is installed, rolls that meet the conditions below are supported.
• Outer diameter: up to 150 mm (6 in)
• Inner diameter of paper core: 2 or 3 inches
• Printing side out
431.8 mm (17.00 in)
Roll Paper Width Settings in
Printer Driver (*1)
17-in. Roll (431.8mm)
Yes
420.0 mm (16.54 in)
ISO A2/A3 Roll (420.0mm)
Yes (*2)
406.4 mm (16.00 in)
16-in. Roll (406.4mm)
Yes
355.6 mm (14.00 in)
14-in. Roll (355.6mm)
Yes
329.0 mm (12.95 in)
A3+ Roll (329.0mm)
Yes
300.0 mm (11.81 in)
300mm Roll (300.0mm)
No
297.0 mm (11.69 in)
ISO A3/A4 Roll (297.0mm)
No
257.0 mm (10.12 in)
JIS B4 Roll (257.0mm)
Yes
254.0 mm (10.00 in)
10-in. Roll (254.0mm)
Yes
203.2 mm (8.00 in)
8-in. Roll (203.2mm)
No
Custom Paper Size
203.2 mm (8.00 in) - 431.8 mm
(17.00 in)
Roll width
Borderless Printing (*1)
*1: For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, see the Paper Reference
Guide (→P.103)
*2: Requires the Spacer for Borderless Printing.
Sheets
Sheets of the following sizes are supported.
ISO A2
420.0 × 594.0 mm (16.54 × 23.39 in)
Feeding from
Cassette
Yes
ISO A2+
431.8 × 609.6 mm (17.00 × 24.00 in)
No
ISO A3
297.0 × 420.0 mm (11.69 × 16.54 in)
Yes
ISO A3+
329.0 × 483.0 mm (12.95 × 19.02 in)
Yes
ISO A4
210.0 × 297.0 mm (8.27 × 11.69 in)
Yes
ISO B3
353.0 × 500.0 mm (13.90 × 19.69 in)
No
ISO B4
250.0 × 353.0 mm (9.84 × 13.90 in)
No
JIS B3
364.0 × 515.0 mm (14.33 × 20.28 in)
Yes
JIS B4
257.0 × 364.0 mm (10.12 × 14.33 in)
Yes
17"x22"(ANSI C)
431.8 × 558.8 mm (17.00 × 22.00 in)
Yes
11"x17"(Ledger)
279.4 × 431.8 mm (11.00 × 17.00 in)
Yes
13"x19"(Super B)
330.2 × 482.6 mm (13.00 × 19.00 in)
Yes
Letter(8.5"x11")
215.9 × 279.4 mm (8.50 × 11.00 in)
Yes
Paper Size
Dimensions
Handling Paper 109
Paper
Legal(8.5"x14")
215.9 × 355.6 mm (8.50 × 14.00 in)
Feeding from
Cassette
Yes
12"x18"(ARCH B)
304.8 × 457.2 mm (12.00 × 18.00 in)
Yes
9"x12"(ARCH A)
228.6 × 304.8 mm (9.00 × 12.00 in)
No
DIN C3
324.0 × 458.0 mm (12.76 × 18.03 in)
No
DIN C4
229.0 × 324.0 mm (9.02 × 12.76 in)
No
14"x17"
355.6 × 431.8 mm (14.00 × 17.00 in)
Yes
12"x16"
304.8 × 406.4 mm (12.00 × 16.00 in)
Yes
10"x12"
254.0 × 304.8 mm (10.00 × 12.00 in)
Yes
10"x15"
254.0 × 381.0 mm (10.00 × 15.00 in)
Yes
8"x10" (*1)
203.2 × 254.0 mm (8.00 × 10.00 in)
Yes
US Photo 16"x20"
406.4 × 508.0 mm (16.00 × 20.00 in)
Yes
13"x22"
329.0 × 558.0 mm (12.95 × 21.97 in)
Yes
Poster 300x900mm
300.0 × 900.0 mm (11.81 × 35.43 in)
No
Paper Size
Dimensions
Custom Paper Size Top Paper Feed Slot 203.2 × 279.4 mm (8.00 × 11.00 in) 431.8 × 609.6 mm (17.00 × 24.00 in)
Front Paper Feed
Slot
No
203.2 × 520.0 mm (8.00 × 20.47 in) 431.8 × 609.6 mm (17.00 × 24.00 in)
*1: 8"x10" is only supported when printing from the Cassette. This size is not supported when printing
from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot.
Note
• In the printer driver, paper sizes are categorized into groups based on the “size system” such as ISO
A or ANSI.
In Windows and Mac OS 9, some size systems are not available by default. Follow the steps below to
make them available.
Windows:
1. Display the printer driver dialog box.
2. Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
3. Click Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box.
4. Select the Display Series check box.
Mac OS 9:
1. In Chooser, choose GARO Printer Driver.
2. Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the dialog box for page settings.
3. Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.
4. Select the Display Series check box.
• For details on non-standard paper sizes, see “Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes”. (→P.344)
• Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.
110 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Handling rolls
Selecting the Paper Source
When advancing paper, press the Feeder Selection button and select the source.
You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit-either the Auto Feed lamp (a) or the Paper
Tray lamp (b).
• Auto Feed lamp : Selected when printing on Roll Media or the Cassette.
• Paper Tray lamp : Selected when printing on Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper
Feed Slot.
Note
• If any paper is loaded that will not be used, a message is shown on the Display Screen (either Remove
RllMedia? or Remove CutSheet? ) when you press the Feeder Selection button.
To remove the paper, press the OK button. (→P.141)
• You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:
• If the Message lamp is ashing
Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (→P.674)
• If the Data lamp is ashing
Select the paper source after printing.
• If a printer menu operation is in progress
Select the paper source after the menu operation.
• When in the process of loading paper
Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.
• When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks
Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.
• If the Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.
Handling Paper 111
Handling rolls
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Note
• After you load the roll, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the
Display Screen, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection
of the remaining roll paper.
• Select the paper length, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have deactivated the
automatic detection function of the remaining roll paper. (→P.113)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Roll Media Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Roll Media Type ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Roll Media Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
112 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll)
When changing the length of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the length as follows.
Note
• When you specify the roll length in the printer menu, Chk Remain.Roll must be set to On. If it is
Off, the Roll Length Set menu is not shown.
• After you load a roll and specify the roll type, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of
the roll length on the Display Screen if no barcode has been printed on the roll and you have activated
automatic detection of the remaining roll paper. In this case, follow step 4. The printer will automatically
go online.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Roll Length Set, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Roll Length Set ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper length, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Roll Length Set
=30.0 m
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 113
Handling rolls
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder
When printing on rolls, attach the Roll Holder to the roll. Attach the 2-inch or 3-inch paper core attachment to
the Roll Holder, depending on the size of the paper core of the roll you will use. The printer is delivered with
the 2-inch paper core attachment installed. (→P.139)
Important
• Align the edges of the paper on both ends of the roll.This may cause feeding problems.
• If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, use the Paper Cutting operation of the printer to cut the edge of
the paper manually. (→P.131)
• If the paper is badly creased or bent, cut the edge of the roll with scissors before loading the roll in
the printer, and then cut the edge of the paper manually using the Paper Cutting operation of the
printer. (→P.131)
• To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the roll holder and
attach the 3-Inch Paper Core Holder Stopper. (→P.139)
Caution
• Set the roll on a table or other at surface so that it does not roll or fall. Rolls are heavy, and dropping a
roll may cause injury.
Note
• For details on supported sizes and types of the roll that can be loaded, see “Paper Sizes” or the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.109) (→P.103)
• If you use a roll A2 or larger for Borderless Printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless
Printing on the Roll Holder.
Follow the steps 3 and 4 below.
1.
Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.
114 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
2.
With the Roll Holder sideways and the edge of the roll paper facing forward as shown, insert
the roll in the Roll Holder from the left. Insert the roll rmly until it touches the ange (a) of
the Roll Holder.
Important
• Always put the Roll Holder sideways when loading rolls. If you accidentally load a roll when the Roll
Holder is upright, it may damage the Roll Holder.
3.
Insert the Holder Stopper from the left in the Roll Holder as shown, pushing it rmly in until the
ange (a) of the Holder Stopper touches the roll.
Handling Paper 115
Handling rolls
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit
Once a roll is in the Roll Holder, follow these steps to load the roll in the Roll Feed Unit.
1.
Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover with one hand, as shown.
2.
With the edge of the roll facing up toward you, insert the Roll Holder shaft into the guide grooves
(a) of the Roll Holder Slot on both sides. Make sure that the colors of the Roll Holder shaft ends
(b) and the guide grooves match.
Caution
• Be careful not to pinch your ngers between the guide grooves (a) and the Roll Holder shaft
(b) when loading rolls.
Note
• If it is difcult to load rolls from the front, load them from behind the printer.
At this point, to advance the roll, see “Loading the Roll in the Printer”. (→P.117)
116 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Loading the Roll in the Printer
Follow these steps to load rolls in the printer.
Note
• Remove any loaded paper that will not be used.
• Rolls: (→P.119)
• Sheets: (→P.167)
• If the Platen is dirty, clean inside the Top Cover. (→P.627)
• If the Output Tray Extension is extended, push it in.
1.
Insert your ngers under the Vertical Paper Guides on the Output Tray at the positions shown
(a) and lift the guides.
2.
Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover with one hand, as shown.
Handling Paper 117
Handling rolls
3.
Insert the edge of the roll paper into the Paper Feed Slot (a) and feed it manually until you
hear the paper feed tone.
Important
• Be careful not to soil the printing surface of roll paper as you insert it in the slot. This may affect
the printing quality. We recommend wearing clean cloth gloves when handling rolls to protect the
printing surface.
• If the paper is wrinkled or warped, straighten it out before loading it.
• Load paper straight so it is not fed askew.
The printer now starts advancing the paper.
4.
Close the Roll Feed Unit Cover with one hand, as shown.
118 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Note
• How the printer operates after the paper is fed varies depending on the setting for automatic
detection of the remaining roll paper, as well as the barcode printed on rolls.
Automatic Detection
of the Remaining
Roll Paper
On
Off
Barcodes
Printer Operation After the Paper is Fed
Printed
The type and amount of paper left is automatically
detected based on the barcode printed on the roll.
There is no need to specify the type and length of
the paper.
Not printed
You must specify the type and length of the paper.
A menu for selection of the paper type and length
is automatically shown on the Display Screen.
(→P.112)
(→P.113)
Printed
You must specify the type of paper.
(→P.112)
Not printed
• If the edge of the roll is bent or soiled, cut the edge of the paper. (→P.131)
Removing the Roll from the Printer
Remove rolls from the printer as follows.
1.
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more to rewind the roll.
Important
• When a roll has been advanced, do not pull it out by force. This will prevent the paper from being
advanced.
If you accidentally pull out the paper, hold down the Stop/Eject button to enable feeding.
Next, when removing rolls from the Roll Feed Unit, see “Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed
Unit”. (→P.120)
Handling Paper 119
Handling rolls
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit
Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit as follows.
Note
• If the Output Tray Extension is extended, push it in.
1.
Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover with one hand, as shown.
2.
Using both hands, rotate the Roll Holder toward the back to rewind the roll.
3.
Remove the Roll Holder from the Roll Holder Slot.
120 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
4.
Close the Roll Feed Unit Cover.
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder
1.
Remove the Holder Stopper from the Roll Holder.
2.
Remove the roll from the Roll Holder.
Important
• After removal, store the roll in the original bag or box, away from high temperature, humidity, and
direct sunlight. If paper is not stored properly, the printing surface may become scratched, which
may affect the printing quality when you use it again.
Note
• How to remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment : (→P.139)
• How to remove the Spacer for Borderless Printing : (→P.139)
Handling Paper 121
Handling rolls
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper
If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is shown on the Display Screen of the
Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
Note
• For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed
Slot, see “Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)”. (→P.125)
1.
Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the
loaded roll.
Caution
• When cutting paper, be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer.
2.
Press ▲ button.
3.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
122 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot
1. Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper
is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, (→P.124) remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the
paper jam.
Handling Paper 123
Handling rolls
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
4.
Press ▼.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
2.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (→P.142)
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (→P.143)
124 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)
Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or
roll paper.
1.
2.
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Paper Tray lamp.
Press ◄ or ► to select POP Board, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Type
= POP Board
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select ISO A2, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Size
= ISO A2
A conrmation message is displayed notifying you that the printer is changing the media source.
Please Wait..
4.
After the following message is displayed, press the OK button.
Chk Back Space
Press OK
5.
After the following message is displayed, open the Top Cover.
Open UpperCover
6.
Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the
scrap out toward the Platen.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.
If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.
Close the Top Cover.
Turn the printer off. (→P.25)
Handling Paper 125
Handling rolls
Feeding Roll Paper Manually
When the printer is ofine and roll paper is selected as the paper source, you can feed or retract the roll
paper by pressing ▲ or ▼.
Press ▲ to retract the roll paper manually.
Press ▼ to feed the roll paper manually.
If you hold down ▲ or ▼ for less than a second, the roll paper will move about 1 mm (0.04 in).
If you hold down ▲ or ▼ for more than a second, the paper will move until you release the button. Release
the button if Feed Limit.. is shown on the Display Screen.
126 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper
If you have activated automatic detection of the remaining roll paper, when the roll is ejected, a barcode with text is
printed on the roll paper that identies the type of paper and amount left. If this function is activated and barcodes
are printed on the roll paper, the type of paper and amount left are automatically detected when you load a
roll. The barcode will be cut off after it has been read.
Note
• If the document is not cut but kept in the printer, only the text message is printed. This is also the
case when printing on 8-inch rolls or clear lm.
Important
• If the barcode on the roll is not detected, enter the type and length of paper on the Control Panel.
Follow these steps to activate detection of the remaining roll paper.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press the ▼ button.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Chk Remain.Roll, and then press the ▼ button.
Paper Settings
Chk Remain.Roll ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the On, and then press the OK button.
Chk Remain.Roll
On
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Chk Remain.Roll
= On
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 127
Handling rolls
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls
When you are using paper that takes longer for ink to adhere, if the Cutter touches printed surfaces that are still
wet, it may damage the paper or cause rough cut edges. Also, ink may be transferred onto the paper surface during
ejection, soiling it. You can prevent problems by adjusting the drying time after printing before the paper is cut.
Windows
1.
Display the printer driver dialog box.
(→P.455)
2.
Select the Main sheet and click C Advanced Settings in A Media Type.
3.
In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.461)
128 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Mac OS X
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Select the Main pane and click C Settings in A Media Type.
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.500)
Handling Paper 129
Handling rolls
Mac OS 9
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
In the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box displayed next, select C Between Pages and D
Select the Main pane and click D Settings in A Media Type.
Between Scans in B Drying Time, and then click OK.
(→P.533)
Note
• By factory default, Drying Time is deactivated ( Off ) for all paper types.
• To have the printer wait for ink to dry immediately after printing without releasing paper, set Cutting
Mode to Eject in the printer menu.
(→P.131)
130 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls
How a roll is cut after ejection varies depending on the printer settings.
Cutting Method
Automatic
Rolls are automatically cut by the Cutter
Unit.
Eject
(→P.132)
Menu Settings
Cutting
Mode
Driver Setting
Automatic Auto
Cut
Yes
Choose this setting if you prefer not to
have documents dropped immediately after
printing, as when waiting for ink to dry.
To cut the roll paper using the Cutter Unit,
hold down the Stop/Eject button for a
second or more.
Eject
Yes
Manual
(→P.133)
Choose this setting when using paper or
media that cannot be cut using the Cutter
Unit.
Cut each page from the roll using scissors.
For continuous printing (if you will cut each
page later), in Auto Cut, select Yes, or
select Print Cut Guideline.
(→P.437)
Manual
NoYesPrint
Cut Guideline
Paper
Cutting
(→P.134)
Choose this option if you want to cut pages Paper Cut
by pressing Cutter Unit buttons for manual
cutting after printing when the printer driver
is congured to Auto Cut > No or Print
Cut Guideline.
Otherwise choose this option if you want to
cut the roll edge after loading a roll.
Yes
NoPrint Cut
Guideline
Note
• Automatic and Eject are valid only when you have specied Auto Cut > Yes in the printer driver.
• With Eject, printing does not resume after a series of jobs have been printed continuously until the
roll is cut.
Cut roll paper manually in the following cases:
Handling Paper 131
Handling rolls
Eject (waiting for ink to dry after printing)
1.
Select Eject as the Cutting Mode in the printer menu, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Cutting Mode
= Eject
2.
Starts printing.
Roll paper is fed to the specied cut position and then automatically stopped.
3.
To cut the roll paper, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more.
132 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Manual (when using paper or media that cannot be cut using the
Cutter Unit )
1.
Select Manual as the Cutting Mode in the printer menu, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Cutting Mode
= Manual
2.
Starts printing.
Complete the print settings.
3.
Press the Online button.
Roll paper is fed to the specied cut position and then automatically stopped.
4.
Use scissors to cut the roll paper along the cut line.
5.
Press the Online button.
After the roll is rewound, it stops automatically.
Handling Paper 133
Handling rolls
Paper Cutting (to have the roll cut at your specied position)
1.
If the printer stops operating after printing, press the Online button.
The printer goes ofine, and the following screen is displayed.
Ofine
FeedPaper ↑↓
2.
Press ▲ or ▼ to feed the roll paper to the position for cutting.
3.
Select Yes as the Paper Cut in the printer menu, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Paper Cut
= Yes
After the roll paper is cut, it is rewound automatically.
Caution
• If paper would be short when cut at a particular position, the roll may automatically be advanced in
some cases before cutting.
134 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper Automatically
If the leading edge of a roll is crooked or warped, it may cause an error message or printing problems. In this
case, set Trim Edge First to Automatic or On on the Control Panel to have the printer cut the leading edge to
make the edge straight after you load a roll.
Trim Edge First offers the following options.
• Automatic
If the left and right side of the leading edge of the roll ((a) and (b)) are uneven by 3 mm (0.12 in) or more
when you load the roll, the edge is cut an amount relative to the slant to ensure a straight edge, and
scraps are removed. The edge is not cut if the unevenness is less than 3 mm.
• Off
The edge is not cut and scraps are not removed. This setting is Off for most types of paper, by default.
For more information, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• On
The leading edge is cut off when you load a roll, and scraps are removed. The amount of paper cut
off from the leading edge varies depending on the paper type. For more information, see the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Note
• If you print on paper that has an irregular width, set Skew Check Lv. to Loose for a higher skew
detection threshold or to Off to disable skew detection. However, if paper is loaded askew when
detection is Off, note that paper jams or Platen soiling may occur.
Follow these steps to change the Trim Edge First setting.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Med.Detail Set. ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the ▼ button.
Med.Detail Set.
= Plain Paper ↓
Handling Paper 135
Handling rolls
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Trim Edge First, and then press the ▼ button.
Plain Paper
Trim Edge First ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select the desired setting option, and then press the OK button.
Trim Edge First
On
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Trim Edge First
= On
6.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
136 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls
The printer is equipped with a function to reduce cutting dust for media such as Backlit Film that are more likely to
generate debris when cut. This may improve printing quality and help prevent Printhead damage. You can set up
this function to be activated for some types of paper.
When this function is activated, black lines are printed at the leading and trailing edges of documents.
Important
• Do not activate the function to reduce cutting dust for paper that wrinkles easily, such as Plain Paper or
lightweight paper. This may impair cutting and cause paper jams.
• Borderless printing is not available when this function is activated. Deactivate this function before
borderless printing.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Med.Detail Set. ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press ▼.
Med.Detail Set.
Backlit Film ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select CutDustReduct., and then press ▼.
Backlit Film
CutDustReduct. ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select On, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
CutDustReduct.
= On
The function to reduce cutting dust is now activated.
Handling Paper 137
Handling rolls
Roll Holder Set
A set of parts including a Roll Holder, Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores), 3-Inch Paper Core
Attachment, and Spacer for Borderless Printing (used for both 2- and 3-inch paper cores).
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder and attach
the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores. If you use an A2 (420 mm [16.5 in]) roll for borderless printing,
insert the Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll Holder.
• Roll Holder Set RH2-11
• Roll Holder
• Holder Stopper (for 2- and 3-inch paper cores (a) and (b))
• 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
• Spacer for Borderless Printing
For instructions on installing these parts, see “Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder”. (→P.139)
138 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder
Mounting the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
To load a roll with a 3-inch paper core, insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment on the Roll Holder.
Align the triangular part (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment (a) with the triangular groove (c) of the Roll
Holder as shown, and insert the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment into the Roll Holder.
Use the Holder Stopper for 3-inch paper cores.
Removing the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment
Spread the tips (b) of the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment that protrude by the triangular label (a) of the Roll
Holder as shown, and remove the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment.
Handling Paper 139
Handling rolls
Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing
If you use an A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll
Holder.
Insert the protrusions (b) of the Spacer for Borderless Printing (a) into the holes (c) of the Roll Holder, as
shown.
Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing
Pull out the Spacer for Borderless Printing from the Roll Holder, as shown.
Roll Feed Unit
A unit for using rolls. (Optional)
• Roll Feed Unit RU-01
For instructions on installing the Roll Feed Unit, see “Installing the Roll Feed Unit”. (→P.143)
140 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit
The Paper Feed Slot used to feed roll paper is the same as the Paper Feed Slot used by the Tray, so both
methods of feeding paper cannot be used at the same time.
Thus, if a roll has been advanced when you wish to print from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed
Slot, change the paper source.
1.
2.
Select the tray as the paper source. (→P.111)
After Remove RllMedia? is displayed, press the OK button.
The roll is rewound automatically.
Similarly, if a sheet is in the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper Feed Slot when you wish to print on a
roll, you will need to remove the sheet from the slot and reinsert the roll paper (which has been rewound)
in the Paper Feed Slot.
1.
2.
Select the roll as the paper source. (→P.111)
After Remove CutSheet? is displayed, press the OK button.
The sheet is ejected automatically.
Handling Paper 141
Handling rolls
Removing the Roll Feed Unit
Important
• Always make sure the printer is off before removing the Roll Feed Unit.
1.
2.
Remove any rolls in the Roll Feed Unit. (→P.120)
Use a coin to loosen the screws on both sides of the back of the Roll Feed Unit (a) and remove
the unit from the printer.
3.
Hold the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying Handles (a) as you remove the Roll Feed Unit from
the printer.
142 Handling Paper
Handling rolls
Installing the Roll Feed Unit
Important
• Always make sure the printer is off before attaching the Roll Feed Unit.
1.
If the Paper Tray Unit is installed, remove the Paper Tray Unit. (→P.177)
2.
Holding the Roll Feed Unit by the Carrying Handles (a), insert the two pins of the Roll Feed Unit
(b) into the each hole on the back of the printer (c).
Handling Paper 143
Handling rolls
3.
Use a coin to tighten the two screws on the back of the Roll Feed Unit (a) to secure it to the printer.
Important
• After installing the Roll Feed Unit, you may not be able to select rolls in the printer driver unless you
complete the Roll Feed Unit device settings.
In the printer properties, select Roll Feed Unit on the Device Settings sheet, and then click
Acquire Status. (→P.480)
144 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Handling sheets
Selecting the Paper Source
When advancing paper, press the Feeder Selection button and select the source.
You can determine the selected source by checking which lamp is lit-either the Auto Feed lamp (a) or the Paper
Tray lamp (b).
• Auto Feed lamp : Selected when printing on Roll Media or the Cassette.
• Paper Tray lamp : Selected when printing on Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot or Front Paper
Feed Slot.
Note
• If any paper is loaded that will not be used, a message is shown on the Display Screen (either Remove
RllMedia? or Remove CutSheet? ) when you press the Feeder Selection button.
To remove the paper, press the OK button. (→P.141)
• You cannot switch the paper source in the following situations:
• If the Message lamp is ashing
Check the message on the Display Screen and take action as necessary. (→P.674)
• If the Data lamp is ashing
Select the paper source after printing.
• If a printer menu operation is in progress
Select the paper source after the menu operation.
• When in the process of loading paper
Finish loading the paper before selecting the paper source.
• When in the process of replacing Ink Tanks
Finish replacing the Ink Tanks before selecting the paper source.
• If the Top Cover is open
Close the Top Cover before selecting the paper source.
Handling Paper 145
Handling sheets
Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Cas Paper Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Cas Paper Type ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Cas Paper Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
By factory default, Plain Paper is selected.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
146 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Selecting the Paper Type (Tray)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Note
• After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Paper Tray lamp, a screen is displayed for
selection of the paper type.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection
of the paper size. (→P.150)
• If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection
is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Manual Pap.Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Manual Pap.Type ↓
Note
• Manual Pap.Type is not displayed unless paper is loaded in the Tray.
4.
Check the paper type.
To use this type of paper without changing it, press the OK button. To change the paper type,
press ◄ or ► to select another type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper.
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect printing quality.
Handling Paper 147
Handling sheets
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
148 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Selecting the Paper Size (Cassette)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Cas Paper Size, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Cas Paper Size ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper size, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Cas Paper Size
= ISO A4
Important
• When printing originals centered on the paper, specify the correct size of the paper actually loaded in
the printer menu and printer driver.
If the size setting does not match the size of paper actually loaded, the original will not be printed
correctly in the center.
Note
• For details on paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 149
Handling sheets
Selecting the Paper Size (Tray)
To change the paper size after paper has been advanced, select the paper size as follows.
Note
• After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Paper Tray lamp, a screen is displayed for
selection of the paper type. Press ◄ or ► to select the paper type, and then press the OK button. Next,
a screen is displayed for selection of the paper size. Press ◄ or ► to select the size of paper, and then
press the OK button. The printer is now ready to advance the paper.
• If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection
is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Manual Pap.Size, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Manual Pap.Size ↓
Note
• Manual Pap.Size is not displayed unless paper is loaded in the Tray.
4.
Check the paper size.
To use the paper size without changing it, press the OK button. To change the paper size, press
◄ or ► to select another size, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Size
= ISO A4
If you selected Manual Input in Manual Pap.Size, enter the paper size and press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Input
=297.0 mm
Important
• When centering originals on the paper and during HP-GL/2 printing, always specify the same type
and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
Jobs will not be printed correctly if the type and size do not match.
150 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Note
• For details on paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Handling Paper 151
Handling sheets
Loading Sheets in the Cassette
Note
•
•
•
•
•
Load the paper, making sure not to exceed the Maximum Capacity Line of the Cassette. (→P.20)
For details on the paper capacity, see “Specications” or the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.73) (→P.103)
Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.
Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam. If necessary, straighten the paper and reload it.
Load the paper straight. Loading paper skewed will cause an error.
1.
Push in the Output Tray Extension.
2.
Grasp the handle (a) on the front of the Cassette and pull it forward a little. Holding the Cassette
on both sides with both hands, remove the cassette.
Caution
• When removing the Cassette, do not drag it on the table. This may damage the table.
3.
Fan the stack before loading. Load the stack printing-side down and aligned lengthwise against
the far right corner of the Cassette.
152 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
4.
Squeeze the Guide Lever of the Width Guide (a) and slide it to the right until it touches the
edge of the paper lightly.
5.
Similarly, squeeze the Guide Lever of the Length Guide (b) and slide it back until it touches the
edge of the paper lightly.
Important
• Do not set the Width Guide and Length Guide away from the paper or too tight against it. This
may cause feeding problems.
6.
Holding the Cassette in the middle on both sides with both hands, insert it rmly into the printer.
Caution
• When removing the Cassette, do not drag it on the table. This may damage the table.
Handling Paper 153
Handling sheets
7.
Pull out the Output Tray Extension.
Note
• When changing the type or size of paper, select the new type or size in the menu on the Control Panel.
• Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette) (→P.146)
• Selecting the Paper Size (Cassette) (→P.149)
• When printing from the Cassette, always make sure the Vertical Paper Guides are stored out of the way.
If the Vertical Paper Guides are up and a printed document is left in the Output Tray, the Front Tray
Guides may become caught inside the Front Paper Feed Slot. (→P.653)
154 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Loading Sheets Manually
When using the tray, load the paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot (→P.155). However, if you have specied
POP Board, insert the sheet in the Front Paper Feed Slot (→P.163).
Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot
The procedure varies depending on use of the following accessories.
• If the standard Paper Tray Unit is installed (→P.155)
• If the optional Roll Feed Unit is installed (→P.159)
Note
• You can load only one sheet in the Top Paper Feed Slot. Do not load more than one sheet at a time.
This may cause paper jams.
•
•
•
•
Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.
Paper that is wrinkled or warped may jam. If necessary, straighten the paper and reload it.
Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.
Before feeding paper or printing, make sure the sheet is at against the Paper Tray Cover. The sheet
may jam if it curls before feeding or printing and the trailing edge drops toward the front.
• If a roll is loaded, rewind the roll before this procedure. (→P.141)
If the standard Paper Tray Unit is installed
1.
If you send a print job specifying a paper other than POP Board from a computer beforehand,
the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen.
Note
• If you will load paper before sending a print job, press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the
Paper Tray lamp. A screen is shown on the Display Screen for selection of the paper type. Press
◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of
the paper size is shown on the Display Screen. Press ◄ or ► to select the size of paper, and
then press the OK button.
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the type of paper loaded, it
may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
2.
Open the Paper Tray Cover.
Handling Paper 155
Handling sheets
3.
Slide the Width Guide (a) to align it with the mark for the size of paper you will load.
4.
Load the paper in the Tray with the printing side face-up.
Insert the paper until its edge touches the far end of the tray lightly.
Feeding may not be possible and feeding errors may occur if the edge of the paper does not
touch the tray.
Caution
• If you load A2 or larger in the printer, the paper goes down on the back of the printer under its own
weight. Therefore, place your hands on the paper till the paper is fed.
156 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
5.
Move the Width Guide (a) to match the size of paper loaded.
Set the Width Guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked
or wrinkled.
6.
Press the OK button to start feeding the paper.
Load Top Tray
Press OK
If you hear a warning tone and the message Push in Paper Slightly is displayed on the Control
Panel, push in the paper a little until it is pulled automatically.
After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.
If no print job was received beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.
Handling Paper 157
Handling sheets
7.
Pull out the Output Tray Extension.
Note
• When printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot, always make sure the Vertical Paper Guides are stored
out of the way. If the Vertical Paper Guides are up and a printed document is left in the Output Tray,
the Front Tray Guides may become caught inside the Front Paper Feed Slot. (→P.653)
158 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
If the optional Roll Feed Unit is installed
1.
If you send a print job specifying a paper other than POP Board from a computer beforehand,
the type and size of paper are shown on the Display Screen.
Note
• If you will load paper before sending a print job, press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the
Paper Tray lamp. A screen is shown on the Display Screen for selection of the paper type. Press
◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button. Next, a menu for selection of
the paper size is shown on the Display Screen. Press ◄ or ► to select the size of paper, and
then press the OK button.
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
2.
3.
Open the Paper Tray Cover.
4.
Load the paper in the Tray with the printing side face-up.
Slide the Width Guide (a) to align it with the mark for the size of paper you will load.
Insert the paper until its edge touches the far end of the tray lightly.
Caution
• If you load A2 or larger in the printer, the paper goes down on the back of the printer under its own
weight. Therefore, place your hands on the paper till the paper is fed.
Handling Paper 159
Handling sheets
5.
Move the Width Guide (a) to match the size of paper loaded.
Set the Width Guide against the edge of the paper to prevent the paper from becoming crooked
or wrinkled.
6.
Press the OK button to start feeding the paper.
Load Top Tray
Press OK
After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.
If no print job was received beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.
7.
Pull out the Output Tray Extension.
Note
• When printing from the Top Paper Feed Slot, always make sure the Vertical Paper Guides are stored
out of the way. If the Vertical Paper Guides are up and a printed document is left in the Output Tray,
the Front Tray Guides may become caught inside the Front Paper Feed Slot. (→P.653)
160 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot
Important
• Before loading heavyweight paper, change the media type setting to POP Board. When POP Board is
selected as the type of paper, Front Paper Feed Slot is automatically selected.
• Always load a POP Board in the Front Paper Feed Slot. Loading it another way may damage the
printer or cause malfunction.
Note
•
•
•
•
•
1.
You can load only one sheet of paper at a time.
Store unused paper in the original package, away from high temperature, humidity, and direct sunlight.
If the paper is warped, straighten it before loading it.
Load the paper straight. Loading paper askew will cause an error.
After loading the paper, you cannot move it laterally to reposition it. Be sure to load the paper straight.
If you send a print job specifying POP Board from a computer beforehand, the type and size
of paper are shown on the Display Screen.
Note
• If you will load paper before sending a print job, press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate
the Paper Tray lamp. A screen is shown on the Display Screen for selection of the paper type.
Press ◄ or ► to select POP Board, and then press the OK button.Next, a menu for selection of
the paper size is shown on the Display Screen. Press ◄ or ► to select the size of paper, and
then press the OK button.
• For details on types of paper, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the type of paper loaded, it
may cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
2.
Check the space behind the printer when the following message is displayed, and then press
the OK button.
Chk Back Space
Press OK
Note
• Sufcient space behind the printer is required when loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot. For
details on the space required for installation, see “Specications”. (→P.73)
Handling Paper 161
Handling sheets
3.
Push the handles of the Vertical Paper Guides (a) back to raise the Vertical Paper Guides.
4.
After the following message is displayed, open the Top Cover.
Open UpperCover
162 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
5.
If the following message is displayed, load a sheet printing-side up on the Vertical Paper Guides.
Keeping the sheet against the Front Paper Feed Slot and keep it at as you insert it into the
Vertical Paper Guides.
Load Front Tray
Load Paper
Caution
• When loading paper in the Front Paper Feed Slot, keep it at as you insert it into the slot. If you
do not, the printing surface may be damaged.
Handling Paper 163
Handling sheets
6.
As you look in the Top Cover, align the right edge of the paper with the left edge of the Paper
Alignment Line (a) on the Platen. Insert the leading edge of the paper between the Platen and
Paper Retainer (b), keeping it parallel to the Paper Retainer (b), and align the paper with the
Paper Alignment Line (c) of the Output Tray.
Important
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b). This may stain your hands and damage
the printer.
164 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
7.
After the following message is displayed, close the Top Cover.
Close UpperCover
8.
After the following message is displayed, press the OK button.
Load Front Tray
Press OK
The paper is held between the Platen and Back Cover as it is fed.
Ofine
Loading..
After the paper is advanced and the printer goes online, printing starts automatically.
If no print job was received beforehand, the printer enters Standby mode.
9.
10.
Pull out the Output Tray Extension.
After printing, the printer will temporarily stop advancing the paper while the trailing edge is still in
the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the ▲ button to release the sheet. After
pulling it straight out, press the ▼ button. (→P.168)
Note
• Remove the printed document on the Output Tray after printing from the Front Paper Feed Slot. If
you print while a document is still there, the Front Tray Guides may become caught inside the Front
Paper Feed Slot. (→P.653)
Handling Paper 165
Handling sheets
Removing Paper from the Cassette
Caution
• When printing from the Cassette, do not remove the Cassette. This also may cause paper jams.
• When printing from the Cassette, do not remove the Back Cover. This also may cause paper jams.
1.
Push in the Output Tray Extension.
2.
Grasp the handle (a) on the front of the Cassette and pull it forward a little. Holding the Cassette
on both sides with both hands, remove the cassette.
Caution
• When removing the Cassette, do not drag it on the table. This may damage the table.
3.
Squeeze the Guide Lever of the paper Width Guide (a) and slide it to the left. Similarly, squeeze
the Guide Lever of the paper Length Guide (b) and slide it toward you. You can now remove
the paper.
166 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot
Press the Stop/Eject button to eject the sheet.
Note
• Before ejecting paper during print jobs or while ink is still drying, press the Stop/Eject button to cancel
printing, print job processing, or ink drying.
The paper is ejected from the front of the printer.
Handling Paper 167
Handling sheets
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper Feed
Slot
If you are printing heavyweight paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot, the printer will stop advancing the paper while
the trailing edge is still in the rollers to prevent the sheet from dropping. In this case, remove the paper as follows.
1.
Press the ▲ button.
Note
• If you load paper from the Front Paper Feed Slot but press the ▲ button without printing, the printer
will eject the paper and stop advancing it momentarily while the trailing edge is still in the rollers to
prevent the sheet from dropping. Press the ▲ button again when you are ready to remove the paper.
2.
Remove the sheet by pulling it forward, keeping it at.
Caution
• If you do not remove POP Board by pulling it straight forward and keeping it at, the printed surface
may become scratched.
3.
Press the ▼ button.
Caution
• Always remove the sheet before pressing the ▼ button. If you do not remove the sheet before step
3, the sheet may go back inside the printer, leaving roller marks across the trailing edge of the sheet.
168 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette
If paper from the Cassette becomes jammed, the following messages are shown on the Display Screen of the
Control Panel. How to clear the paper jam varies depending on the message.
• Can’t DetectPapr / Remove Paper (→P.169)
• Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key (→P.171)
If Can’t DetectPapr / Remove Paper is displayed
If paper is jammed in the paper feed slot of the cassette
1.
Grasp the handle (a) on the front of the Cassette and pull it forward a little. Holding the Cassette
on both sides with both hands, remove the cassette.
2.
Clear any jammed paper from the paper feed slot of the Cassette.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Holding the Cassette on both sides with both hands, insert it rmly into the printer.
Handling Paper 169
Handling sheets
If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
1.
While squeezing the two levers (a) at two positions on the Back Cover, remove the Back Cover
from the printer.
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Caution
• Do not touch the areas in the printer indicated by (a). If the grease that coats these parts is
accidentally wiped away, it may cause feeding problems.
170 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
3.
After attaching the Back Cover, push the lower part of the levers at two positions so that the
levers are aligned with the marks on the Back Cover.
If Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is displayed
1.
Press ▲.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Handling Paper 171
Handling sheets
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b). This may stain your hands and damage
the printer.
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
1. While squeezing the two levers (a) at two positions on the Back Cover, remove the cover
from the printer.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
172 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
3. After attaching the Back Cover, push the lower part of the levers at two positions so that the
levers are aligned with the marks on the Back Cover.
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray.
1. Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press ▼.
Handling Paper 173
Handling sheets
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray
If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is shown on the Display Screen of
the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
1.
Press ▲.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
174 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is
jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.176), remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit and
clear the paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Handling Paper 175
Handling sheets
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press ▼.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit and clear the
paper jam as follows.
1.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit from the printer.
(→P.142)
(→P.177)
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit on the printer again.
(→P.143)
(→P.177)
176 Handling Paper
Handling sheets
Installing the Paper Tray Unit
Hold the Paper Tray Unit at the position indicated by (a) and hang it on the printer using the two hooks.
Removing the Paper Tray Unit
1.
Remove any paper from the Tray.
2.
Close the Paper Tray Cover.
3.
The Paper Tray Unit is attached to the printer by hooks at two positions. Lift the Paper Tray Unit
with your hand at the position indicated by (a) to remove it.
Handling Paper 177
Output Stacker
Output Stacker
Desktop Stacker
The printer can be used with the following Desktop Stacker. (Optional)
• Desktop Stacker BU-02
Note
• For Desktop Stacker installation instructions, refer to the instructions provided with the Desktop Stacker.
178 Handling Paper
Output Stacker
Using the Output Stacker
The Output Stacker can be used in two positions, as shown.
Regular position
Extended position
Use the Output Stacker in the normal position.
For some types of media, you can use the stacker in the extended position. Squeeze the wires of Basket Wire
#2 (a) and pull them toward the front (b). Peel off the Velcro Tape (c) of the Basket Band and fasten it in
the middle of Basket Rod #2 (d) to put the stacker in the extended position. This position enables printed
documents to be removed more easily.
For information on the position for easy removal, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Important
• The Output Stacker can hold one sheet. When printing multiple pages, remove each sheet after it
is printed.
Handling Paper 179
Printing Photos and Images
Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for photos and images
Print Target
Description
Highest Quality
Setting optimized for printing at the highest level
of quality.
Photo
Setting optimized for printing photographic
images from digital cameras.
Poster (Photos)
Settings optimized for printing posters mainly
composed of photos.
Poster (Text, Illustrations)
Setting optimized for printing vivid, eye-catching
store posters combining images and text.
Scanned Image
Setting optimized for printing scanned images
with accurate color reproduction to match the
original images.
Draft
Setting optimized for high-speed draft printing.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
180 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. ( Advanced Settings )
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.225)
• For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Photos and Images (Windows) (→P.184)
• Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (→P.186)
Working With Various Print Jobs 181
Printing Photos and Images
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the print target.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for photos and images
Print Target
Description
Highest Quality
Setting optimized for printing at the highest level
of quality.
Photo (from digital camera)
Setting optimized for printing photographic
images from digital cameras.
Poster (Graphic Image)
Settings optimized for printing posters mainly
composed of photos.
POP Ad
Setting optimized for printing vivid, eye-catching
store posters combining images and text.
Scanned Image
Setting optimized for printing scanned images
with accurate color reproduction to match the
original images.
Draft
Setting optimized for high-speed draft printing.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
182 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. ( Advanced Settings )
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.225)
• For instructions on printing photos and images, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.189)
Working With Various Print Jobs 183
Printing Photos and Images
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Photo Paper.
In the A Media Type, choose the type of paper used for printing, such as Glossy Paper, Coated
Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. (See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).)
5.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photos in the E Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
184 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click 10"x12".
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 10-in.
Roll (254.0mm), and then click OK.
10.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Working With Various Print Jobs 185
Printing Photos and Images
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page Size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper Type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper Width: 10 inches (254 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Photo Paper.
Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
186 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
8.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Photo in the E Print Target list.
Note
• For information on settings optimized for printing photos and images, see “Printing Photos and
Images (Windows, Mac OS X)”. (→P.180)
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Working With Various Print Jobs 187
Printing Photos and Images
12.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.489)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
188 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print photos based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Photo image from a digital camera
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Glossy Photo Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Working With Various Print Jobs 189
Printing Photos and Images
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy
Photo Paper.
In the C Media Type setting, choose the type of paper for printing, such as Glossy Paper,
Coated Paper, and so on. Make sure the paper you select is loaded in the printer.
Note
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you
change paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. See the Media Conguration Tool
Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Photo (from digital camera) in the
F Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
190 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Photos and Images
11.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Working With Various Print Jobs 191
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing CAD Drawings
Using this printer, you can print ne lines and text clearly and sharply. It’s easy to produce highly precise
drawings from CAD applications.
Note
• In Windows, you can print highly precise drawings using the provided imagePROGRAF HDI Driver for
AutoCAD/AutoCAD LT.
For details on the HDI driver, see the HDI Driver Guide .
For instructions on CAD printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (→P.195)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (→P.197)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.199)
192 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for line drawings and text
Print Target
Description
CAD (Line Drawing)
Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
CAD (Fast)
Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD
drawings.
CAD (Monochrome Line Drawing )
Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
CAD (High Accuracy)
Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly
precise documents such as CAD drawings with
smooth lines and small text.
Poster (Notice Announcement)
Settings optimized for printing announcements
such as wall newspapers and other notices with
a large amount of text.
3D CAD, GIS
Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings,
perspective drawings, and maps, including GIS
maps.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. ( Advanced Settings )
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.225)
For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows) (→P.195)
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X) (→P.197)
Working With Various Print Jobs 193
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for line drawings and text
Print Target
Description
CAD (Line Drawing)
Settings optimized to print intricate lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
CAD (Fast)
Settings optimized for fast printing of CAD
drawings.
CAD (Monochrome Line Drawing )
(Windows)
CAD (B/W Line Drawing) (Mac OS 9)
Settings optimized to print black lines in CAD
drawings clearly.
CAD (High Accuracy)
Settings optimized for attractive printing of highly
precise documents such as CAD drawings with
smooth lines and small text.
Poster (Notice Announcement)
Settings optimized for printing announcements
such as wall newspapers and other notices with
a large amount of text.
3D/GIS Map
Settings optimized for printing 3D CAD drawings,
perspective drawings, and maps, including GIS
maps.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. ( Advanced Settings )
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.225)
For instructions on printing line drawings and text, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.199)
194 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) or CAD
(Monochrome Line Drawing ) in the E Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Working With Various Print Jobs 195
Printing CAD Drawings
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this
case, click ISO A3.
8.
9.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
10.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
196 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page size: A3 (297.0 × 420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A3.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) or CAD
(Monochrome Line Drawing ) in the E Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..
Working With Various Print Jobs 197
Printing CAD Drawings
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size on the Page Setup pane shows the original size as specied in C
Paper Size in the Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A3.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.489)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
198 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing CAD Drawings
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print line drawings based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: CAD drawing
Page Size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click CAD (Line Drawing) or CAD
(Monochrome Line Drawing ) in the F Print Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..
Working With Various Print Jobs 199
Printing CAD Drawings
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
12.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
200 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing CAD Drawings
HP-GL/2 Printing
This printer supports the original Canon GARO printer control language as well as HP-GL/2 and HP
RTL(*1) emulation.(*2) When printing from applications that support HP-GL/2 output, specify HP-GL/2 in
the application’s plotter output settings.
Note
• For instructions on conguring these settings, refer to the software documentation.
The printer automatically switches to the corresponding processing depending on whether a GARO,
HP-GL/2, or HP RTL job is received. Congure the optional settings for HP-GL/2 emulation on the printer
control panel. (→P.51)
This printer can emulate the following printers using HP-GL/2 emulation.
Emulated Printers
Canon
W3000 and W3050(*3)
Hewlett-Packard
Designjet 450c, Designjet 750c Plus, and Designjet 750c
*1: HP-GL/2: Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language 2; HP RTL: Hewlett-Packard Raster Transfer Language
*2: It may not be possible to print jobs with excessively large amounts of data correctly.
*3: Layout templates are not supported.
Working With Various Print Jobs 201
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing is easy when you simply choose the type of original to print.
Easy Settings
Simply choose the printing application in the list for optimal printing results.
Print Target
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Print targets for ofce documents
Print Target
Ofce Document
Description
Settings optimized for clear printing of ofce
documents such as handouts.
Note
• You can check the settings values for each print target by clicking View Settings.
• You can also ne-tune these values as needed. (Advanced Settings)
For details on Advanced Settings, see “Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing”. (→P.225)
For instructions on printing ofce documents, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Printing Ofce Documents (Windows) (→P.203)
• Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS X) (→P.205)
• Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS 9) (→P.207)
202 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing Ofce Documents (Windows)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing software or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setupsheet.
Working With Various Print Jobs 203
Printing Ofce Documents
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
10.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Caution
• Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may not be available.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
204 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3×11.7 in)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View set..
Working With Various Print Jobs 205
Printing Ofce Documents
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.489)
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
206 Working With Various Print Jobs
Printing Ofce Documents
Printing Ofce Documents (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the F Print Target
list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..
Working With Various Print Jobs 207
Printing Ofce Documents
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
12.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
208 Working With Various Print Jobs
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER, refer to the
following topic.
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows) (→P.209)
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X) (→P.211)
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Windows)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.455)
Working With Various Print Jobs 209
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
2.
Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.
3.
Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER
Enlargement Copy utility.
4.
Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for the Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button, refer to the setting
manual, displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility, or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy .
210 Working With Various Print Jobs
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box, either double-click the
Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane.
2.
In Enlarged Copy Settings, click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
Working With Various Print Jobs 211
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button, refer to the Color
imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
212 Working With Various Print Jobs
Adjusting Images
Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver
Color settings specied in the application for your documents are essentially given priority over other settings
for each print job, but further color adjustment is possible in the printer driver.
Color Mode
Choose how the printer driver processes color, as desired.
The available options vary depending on the color mode.
Description
Color Mode
Color Adjustment
Color
Print in color.
You can adjust the color balance and
color-matching method.
Monochrome
Print in grayscale.
You can adjust the color balance.
Color (CAD)
A color mode optimized for line drawings You can adjust the color balance.
(2D-CAD). Lines in red, yellow, and other
colors are printed especially clearly.
Color (CAD) Light
Another color mode optimized for line
drawings (2D-CAD). Black lines are
printed especially clearly when ink of
many colors is used, as for colored
backgrounds.
You can adjust the color balance.
Monochrome (BK
ink)
A color mode for printing line drawings.
Only Black ink is used.
You can adjust the color balance.
Monochrome Bitmap Print in a color mode for CAD, using
Color Ink, with all non-white portions
printed in black.
No color adjustment is supported.
Enhanced Printing Options 213
Adjusting Images
Color Adjustment
You can adjust colors separately for images, graphics, and text documents.
Adjustment Item
Cyan
Description
Fine-tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Magenta
Yellow
Gray Tone
Adjust gray tones to suit the images of monochrome photos. Choose cool black
(tinged with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged with red), and so on.
Select the color tone in the color region or from the list.
Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and lightest
portions intact.
Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard gradation, increase the
contrast.
Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from subdued to vivid.
Matching
You can choose the color-matching mode and method.
By adjusting the color-matching mode and method, you can make printed colors match the colors of
on-screen images more closely.
Matching Mode
Description
Notes
Driver Matching Mode
Color adjustment based on the
original color prole of the printer
driver
This is the default color-matching
method. Normally, use Driver
Matching Mode.
ICC Matching Mode
Color adjustment based on ICC
color proles (an international
standard) using the printer driver
You can select the printer prole in
the Printer Prole Settings list.
Driver ICM Mode
Color adjustment based on the
standard Windows ICM function.
The printer driver adjusts the
colors.
Available when using Windows
2000, Windows XP, Windows
Server 2003, Windows Vista, or
Windows Server 2008.
Host ICM Mode
Color adjustment based on the
standard Windows ICM function.
Windows adjusts the colors.
ColorSync
Color adjustment based on the
standard Mac OS ColorSync
function. Mac OS adjusts the
colors.
Available when using Mac OS X
10.2.8-10.4.
Off (No Correction)
No color-matching
Choose this option for
color-matching by the software
application or with your own color
prole, when you want to disable
color-matching by the printer driver.
214 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Matching Method
Description
Auto
Color-matching optimized for
images, graphics, or text
Perceptual
Color-matching optimized for
photos. Print images with smooth
gradations and colors closer to
those as displayed on the screen.
Colorimetric
Color-matching with adjustment
to remove color from white area.
Colors in data are reproduced
accurately.
Colorimetric (No Wht-pnt Corr)
Color-matching without white
adjustment to reect the prole of
original data. Colors in data are
reproduced accurately. Without
white adjustment, colors are added
to white areas.
Saturation
Color-matching optimized for
graphics. This option emphasizes
color saturation.
Notes
The available options and their
display order vary depending on
your selection in Color-Matching
Mode, as well as the operating
system.
Note
• Be sure to calibrate your monitor colors correctly if you adjust the colors for printing. If monitor colors
are not calibrated correctly, you may not obtain the desired printing results. For instructions on monitor
calibration, refer to the documentation for your monitor and operating system.
For instructions on color adjustment, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and
operating system.
• Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows) (→P.216)
• Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X) (→P.219)
Enhanced Printing Options 215
Adjusting Images
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Windows)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
Click Color in the G Color Mode list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
216 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
7.
Click H Color Settings to display the Color Settings dialog box.
8.
On the Color Adjustment sheet, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
D Cyan
E Magenta
Description
Fine-tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan, Magenta, and
Yellow.
F Yellow
9.
G Gray Tone
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos. Choose
cool black (tinged with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the color region or from
the list.
H Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and
lightest portions intact.
I Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard gradation, increase
the contrast.
J Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from subdued to vivid.
Close the Color Settings dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 217
Adjusting Images
10.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
11.
12.
Conrm the settings of A Page Size, L Paper Source, and so on.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
218 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS X)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 219
Adjusting Images
8.
9.
10.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
Click I Set to display the Color Settings dialog box.
220 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
11.
On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
D Cyan
E Magenta
Description
Fine-tune color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan, Magenta, and
Yellow.
F Yellow
G Gray Tone
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos. Choose
cool black (tinged with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the color region or from
the list.
H Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and
lightest portions intact.
I Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard gradation, increase
the contrast.
J Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from subdued to vivid.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
14.
15.
Conrm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 221
Adjusting Images
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images (Mac OS 9)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. This topic describes how
to ne-tune the color tone of photos before printing.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
222 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
8.
9.
10.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Color in the H Color Mode list.
Click I Set to display the Color Settingsdialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 223
Adjusting Images
11.
On the Color Adjustment pane, adjust the color tones, brightness, and so on as desired.
Adjustment Item
C Cyan
D Magenta
Description
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of Cyan, Magenta, and
Yellow.
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the brightness of printed images while keeping the darkest and
lightest portions intact.
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other.
For soft gradation, decrease the contrast. For hard gradation, increase
the contrast.
H Saturation
Adjust the level of color saturation, in a range from subdued to vivid.
I Gray Tone
Adjust the gray tone to suit the images of monochrome photos. Choose
cool black (tinged with blue), pure black (neutral), warm black (tinged
with red), and so on. Select the color tone in the color region or from
the list.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Color Settings dialog box.
14.
15.
Conrm the selection in A Media Source.
Access the Finishing pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
224 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors
for Printing
You can specify detailed print settings as desired for the quality level, colors, and other criteria.
Advanced Settings
For printing results that appear just as expected for your original, you can specify which graphic elements and
colors to prioritize for printing.
Note
• Easy Settings are also available, providing convenient presets. To use the presets, simply choose
the printing application.
For details on Easy Settings, refer to the following topics.
•
•
•
•
•
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.180)
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.182)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.193)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.194)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.202)
Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Print Priority (*1)
Description
Image
A setting for posters or other documents made up mainly of photos or images, or for
emphasizing photos or images in printed documents.
Line Drawing/Text
Choose this setting for CAD drawings made up mainly of intricate lines, or wall
newspapers and other notices with a large amount of text. Suitable for emphasizing
detailed text in printed documents.
However, the quality may not be sufcient when printing photos or images that
require a lot of color coverage. In this case, choose “Image” instead.
Ofce Document
Choose this setting for better legibility of documents combining text and graphics,
such as documents and presentation material created with typical ofce applications.
*1: Options suitable for the selected type of paper are listed under Print Priority.
Enhanced Printing Options 225
Adjusting Images
Print Quality
Choose the print quality.
The printing mode is determined by a combination of the print quality and resolution.
Print Quality (*1)
Print Priority
Description
Highest
A setting for printing at the highest resolution when quality is
most important. Printing takes longer and consumes more
ink than in other modes, but this mode offers superior printing
quality.
Image
High
Choose this setting to print at high resolution when quality is
most important.
Printing takes longer and consumes more ink than in
“Standard” or “Draft” modes, but this mode offers exceptional
printing quality.
Image
Line Drawing/Text
Standard
Choose this setting to print at standard resolution when quality Image
and speed are both important.
Line Drawing/Text
Printing takes less time than in “Highest” or “High” mode.
Ofce Document
Draft
Choose this setting to print faster.
Image
Printing in draft mode can help you work more efciently when Line Drawing/Text
checking layouts.
*1: Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Print Quality.
Color settings
Setting Item
Options
Description
Color Mode (*1)
Color
Monochrome
Color (CAD)
Color (CAD) Light
Monochrome (BK ink)
Monochrome Bitmap
Choose whether to print in color or monochrome.
(→P.213)
Color Adjustment
Cyan
Magenta
Yellow
Gray Tone
Brightness
Contrast
Saturation
You can adjust the levels of cyan, magenta, and yellow
as well as the brightness, contrast, saturation, and gray
tones.
If you choose Monochrome or Monochrome (BK ink)
in Color Mode only Brightness and Contrast can be
adjusted.
Image, Graphics, and Text are available as Object
Adjustment options. (In Windows and Mac OS X 10.5
only.)
Color-Matching
Modes
Driver Matching Mode
ICC Matching Mode
Driver ICM Mode
Host ICM Mode
Off
Choose the color-matching mode. Other color-matching
modes may be provided by the computer operating
system, such as ICM and ColorSync.
Color-Matching
Method (*2)
Auto
Perceptual
Colorimetric
Saturation
other
Choose the color-matching method. The available options
vary depending on your selection in “Color-Matching
Mode.”
*1: Options suitable for the selected Print Priority are listed under Color Mode.
*2: The order of options displayed varies depending on the operating system.
226 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Enhancing printing quality
Setting Item
Description
Unidirectional Printing
Choosing unidirectional printing can improve printing results if
lines are printed crooked or images are uneven. However, this
takes more time than regular printing.
Thicken Fine Lines (Windows)
Thicken Fine Lines (Mac OS X)
Choose this option to make ne lines clearer in CAD drawings
or similar documents.
Sharpen Text (*1)
Choose this option to print intricate text more distinctly.
Reduce Print Unevenness (*2)
Choose this option to counteract uneven printing.
Economy Printing
When this mode is selected, less ink is consumed than in
regular printing, but the quality is diminished.
Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking
drawings, for example. Depending on the Media Type and Print
Quality settings, this mode may not be available.
*1: Displayed in Windows and Mac OS X 10.5.
*2: Displayed in Mac OS X.
Note
• To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and
choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.
• For instructions on specifying the print quality and color settings before printing, refer to the following
topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Windows) (→P.228)
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS X) (→P.230)
• Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions (Mac OS 9) (→P.233)
Enhanced Printing Options 227
Adjusting Images
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Windows)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. As an example, this topic
describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible, with sharp lines and text.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
Click Line Drawing/Text in the E Print Priority list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click High (1200dpi) in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
8.
Click Color (CAD) in the G Color Mode list.
228 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
9.
To adjust the color, click H Color Settings.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting color, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
10.
11.
Select the K Sharpen Text check box.
12.
13.
Conrm the settings of A Page Size, L Paper Source, and so on.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 229
Adjusting Images
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Mac OS X)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. As an example, this topic
describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible, with sharp lines and text.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
230 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
8.
9.
10.
Click D Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Line Drawing in the E Print Priority list.
Click High(1200dpi) in the F Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the F Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
11.
12.
Click Color (CAD) in the H Color Mode list.
To adjust the color, click I Set.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting color, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 231
Adjusting Images
14.
15.
Conrm the settings of A Media Source and C Page Size.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
232 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
Choosing the Document Type and Printing Conditions
(Mac OS 9)
You can specify your own print settings instead of using the Print Target presets. As an example, this topic
describes how to print CAD drawings as clearly as possible, with sharp lines and text.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 233
Adjusting Images
8.
9.
10.
Click E Advanced Settings to switch the print mode.
Click Line Drawing in the F Print Priority list.
Click High(1200dpi) in the G Print Quality list.
Note
• Options displayed in the G Print Quality list vary depending on the paper type.
11.
12.
Click Color (CAD) in the H Color Mode list.
To adjust the color, click I Set.
Note
• For instructions on adjusting color, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
13.
14.
Select the O Sharpen Text check box.
Access the Finishing pane.
234 Enhanced Printing Options
Adjusting Images
15.
16.
Conrm the selection in A Media Source.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 235
Choosing Paper for Printing
Choosing Paper for Printing
Choosing a Paper for Printing
Choosing the right paper for your particular printing application will give you the best printing results.
Media type
The printer and printer driver offer print settings optimized for various paper characteristics.
Note
• For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• The paper type setting in the printer driver and related software (as well as on the Control Panel ) is
updated when you install the Media Conguration Tool from the User Software CD-ROM or if you change
paper information by using the Media Conguration Tool. For information about the Media Conguration
Tool, see the Media Conguration Tool Guide (Windows) or Media Conguration Tool Guide (Macintosh).
• An error message is displayed on the printer Control Panel if the paper type as specied in the printer
driver does not match the type specied on the printer. Although you can print under these conditions,
the printing results may not be suitable.
If the paper type is not listed for selection
If the type of paper loaded is not listed among the options for selection, try printing on Special 1, Special 2,
and so on. Note that higher numbers in this setting enable more vivid colors but may also cause colors to
run together.
For instructions on specifying the paper type before printing, refer to the following topics.
• Selecting the Paper Type (Roll) (→P.237)
• Selecting the Paper Type (Tray) (→P.238)
• Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette) (→P.240)
236 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Note
• After you load the roll, the printer automatically shows a menu for selection of the paper type on the
Display Screen, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll or you have activated automatic detection
of the remaining roll paper.
• Select the paper length, unless a barcode has been printed on the roll and you have deactivated the
automatic detection function of the remaining roll paper. (→P.113)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Roll Media Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Roll Media Type ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Roll Media Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103) By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect the printing quality.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Enhanced Printing Options 237
Choosing Paper for Printing
Selecting the Paper Type (Tray)
When changing the type of paper after the paper has been advanced, specify the type of paper as follows.
Note
• After you press the Feeder Selection button to illuminate the Paper Tray lamp, a screen is displayed for
selection of the paper type.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the OK button to display a screen for selection
of the paper size. (→P.150)
• If you have sent the print job from a computer beforehand, the screen for paper type and size selection
is not displayed. Printing will start after the paper is advanced.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Manual Pap.Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Manual Pap.Type ↓
Note
• Manual Pap.Type is not displayed unless paper is loaded in the Tray.
4.
Check the paper type.
To use this type of paper without changing it, press the OK button. To change the paper type,
press ◄ or ► to select another type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• Select POP Board when loading heavyweight paper.
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)By factory default, Plain
Paper is selected.
• Be sure to select the correct paper type. If this setting does not match the loaded paper, it may
cause feed errors and affect printing quality.
238 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
Enhanced Printing Options 239
Choosing Paper for Printing
Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette)
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Paper Settings, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Paper Settings ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Cas Paper Type, and then press ▼.
Paper Settings
Cas Paper Type ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper type, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Cas Paper Type
= Plain Paper
Note
• For details on paper types, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
By factory default, Plain Paper is selected.
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
240 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
If you replace the paper, complete the printer driver settings for the paper type and size.
For instructions on conguring paper settings in the printer driver, refer to the following topics, as appropriate
for your computer and operating system.
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows) (→P.242)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X) (→P.244)
• Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9) (→P.246)
Enhanced Printing Options 241
Choosing Paper for Printing
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
Important
• Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, select the size of the original as specied in the application.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the L Paper Source list, select how paper is supplied.
242 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
8.
If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source, select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll
Paper Width.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
Enhanced Printing Options 243
Choosing Paper for Printing
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
244 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Media Source, make sure the size as selected in
Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size. If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source,
make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.489)
Enhanced Printing Options 245
Choosing Paper for Printing
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
246 Enhanced Printing Options
Choosing Paper for Printing
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source, make sure the width of the loaded roll is
displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
Enhanced Printing Options 247
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Fit Paper Size
Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.
For instructions on resizing originals to match the paper size, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (→P.249)
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (→P.251)
• Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.253)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
248 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: B4 (257.0×364.0 mm [10.1 × 14.3 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7 × 16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 249
Printing enlargements or reductions
8.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case, click
JIS B4.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click D Fit Paper Size.
Click ISO A3 in the G Paper Size list.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
250 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: B4 (257.0×364.0 mm) [10.1 × 14.3 in]
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper Type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm) [11.7 × 16.5 in]
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click JIS B4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 251
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, JIS B4.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Make sure E Fit Media Size is selected.
Click ISO A3 in the I Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
252 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the paper size, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: B4 (257.0×364.0 mm [10.1×14.3 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A3 (297.0×420.0 mm [11.7×16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click JIS B4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 253
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
Access the Finishing pane.
10.
11.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
12.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Access the Page Setup pane.
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, JIS B4.
13.
14.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Make sure D Fit Media Size is selected.
254 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
15.
16.
Click ISO A4 in the H Media Size list.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 255
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Fit Roll Paper Width
Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width, as desired.
For instructions on resizing originals to match the roll paper width, refer to the following topics, as appropriate
for your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (→P.257)
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (→P.259)
• Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (→P.262)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
256 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
Enhanced Printing Options 257
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Note
• If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the
B Borderless Printing check box.
10.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Note
• After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed. Select the width of
the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list and click OK.
• Make sure the roll paper width you specify matches the width of the loaded roll.
11.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
258 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 259
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
260 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
15.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 261
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll paper width, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
262 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 263
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
13.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
15.
16.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
264 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
You can freely adjust the size of originals by enlarging or reducing them as desired.
Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Enlarge or reduce the original in the printer driver, as desired.
Scaling
Enlarge or reduce originals by a particular amount, as desired.
For instructions on entering a scaling value to resize originals, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows) (→P.266)
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS X) (→P.268)
• Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS 9) (→P.271)
Note
• For better printing results when enlarging photos from a digital camera in TIFF or JPEG format, use
an image-editing application software such as Adobe Photoshop to specify an image resolution of
150 dpi or more at actual size.
Enhanced Printing Options 265
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paperr width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
266 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
9.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
10.
11.
12.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click ISO A4 in the G Paper Size list.
Click F Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is
printed in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting G Print Centered
on the Layout sheet.
13.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 267
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS
X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
268 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 269
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click G Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is printed
in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting the J Print Centered
check box.
15.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
270 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (Mac OS
9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing by entering a scaling value, based on the following
example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
Important
• In borderless printing, you cannot resize originals by entering a scaling value.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 271
Printing enlargements or reductions
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, ISO
A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
272 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
13.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Enhanced Printing Options 273
Printing enlargements or reductions
15.
Click F Scaling and enter “120.”
Note
• You can specify enlargement that exceeds the paper size, but in this case, the portion off the edge of
the paper will not be printed.
• If the original size after enlargement or reduction is smaller than the paper size, the original is printed
in the upper-left corner. In this case, you can center originals by selecting F Print Centered on
the Finishing pane.
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
274 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
For instructions on printing enlargements of scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER, refer to the
following topic.
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Windows) (→P.275)
• Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X) (→P.277)
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Windows)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
2.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.455)
Click the Utility tab to display the Utility sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 275
Printing enlargements or reductions
3.
Click B Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy to start the Color imageRUNNER
Enlargement Copy utility.
4.
Use the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility to register or modify hot folders.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for the Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility.
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning settings and destinations to a Favorites button, refer to the setting
manual, displayed by clicking Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy Setup Manual button of Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy utility, or refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, refer to Color imageRUNNER Enlargement
Copy .
276 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing enlargements or reductions
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color
imageRUNNER (Mac OS X)
Scanned originals from a Color imageRUNNER can be enlarged and printed automatically.
Originals you create by scanning with a Color imageRUNNER are transferred to a "hot folder" and printed
automatically after enlargement according to printing conditions you specify for that folder.
This processing sequence is called the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy function.
To use Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, rst complete these settings in the following order.
1. Register a hot folder on your computer.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER
and complete the settings for enlargement copy.
2. Complete the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder.
After these settings are complete, you can print enlarged copies of scanned originals from the Color
imageRUNNER.
Registering a hot folder on your computer
Folders used for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy) are called hot folders.
Register a hot folder on your computer for storing scanned originals from the Color imageRUNNER. You can
specify printing conditions (such as the image quality and paper size), based on which originals transferred to
the hot folder will be printed. Follow these steps to register and modify hot folders.
1.
To display the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy dialog box, either double-click the
Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.app icon after navigating to Canon Utilities imagePROGRAF in the Applications folder or click C Set in the Utility pane.
2.
In Enlarged Copy Settings, click Add or Edit and either create or modify the hot folder.
For instructions on registering and modifying hot folders, refer to the help le for Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
Enhanced Printing Options 277
Printing enlargements or reductions
Completing the scanning settings on the Color imageRUNNER.
Congure the Color imageRUNNER to send scanned originals to the hot folder. It is easy to send scanned
originals to the hot folder if you assign the scanning settings and destination to a Favorites button on the
Color imageRUNNER.
For instructions on assigning scanning and sending settings to the Favorites button, refer to the Color
imageRUNNER manual.
Scanning the original and print an enlargement
Follow the steps below to scan an original on the Color imageRUNNER for enlarged printing on the printer.
For detailed instructions, refer to the Color imageRUNNER manual.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the original on the platen glass or document feeder of the Color imageRUNNER.
Press Send to display the screen for transmission.
Press Favorites, and then press the Favorites button assigned to the hot folder.
Press Start on the control panel. If you scan originals on the platen glass, after scanning all
originals, press Done on the touch-panel display.
Scanned originals are sent to the hot folder and automatically enlarged and printed following the
conditions you specied for the folder.
Note
• For details on Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
278 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Printing at full size
Printing on Oversized Paper
Except in borderless printing, the actual printing area corresponds to your selected paper size minus the
space for a margin. (→P.78) To print documents or images you prepare without a margin at actual size,
use an oversized paper size.
For example, to print a A4-sized original without a margin at A4 size, print it on paper larger than A4 size and
cut away the excess margin.
Note
• If you prepare an original for printing without a margin and print it on paper of regular size, the image
near the edge will not be printed.
Oversize
The margin required by the printer is added around the “outside” of a regular paper size. For example, when
printing a A4-sized original (210×297 mm), you have the following options.
a. Regular paper size: Gray area not printed
b. Page Size
c. Oversized paper size: Print area matches the page size (b)
Important
• When printing on oversize paper, load paper larger than the page size-a size that includes the margin
required by the printer.
• Sheets: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 26 mm (1 in) higher than the page size
• Rolls: Load paper that is at least 6 mm (0.24 in) wider and 6 mm (0.24 in) higher than the page size
• Paper larger than the maximum size supported by the printer cannot be used as paper for oversized
printing. (→P.109)
Enhanced Printing Options 279
Printing at full size
Note
• Oversized printing (selecting Oversize in Page Size ) is only available in Windows. For oversized
printing on sheets, choose Cut Sheet as the media source.
• To perform oversized printing on a Macintosh computer, you must specify a non-standard page size and
print on it.
• To specify a non-standard paper size in oversized printing, register the paper size as a Custom Paper
Size. Oversized printing is not available with “Custom Size.” (→P.344)
For instructions on oversized printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and
operating system.
• Printing at Full Size (Windows) (→P.281)
• Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X) (→P.283)
• Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.286)
280 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page Size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the Paper Size Options dialog box, select the Oversize check box in Display Series.
Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Click Oversize - ISO A4 in the A Page Size list.
Enhanced Printing Options 281
Printing at full size
10.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A2/A3 Roll
(420.0mm).
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Note
• You can select Oversize in Display Series to make all oversized versions of paper in the selected
Display Series available for printing. These sizes are displayed in the Page Size list in the format
Oversize - xxxxxx.
282 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4 - Oversize.
Note
• For oversized printing, choose paper identied by the regular paper name followed by “- Oversize.”
4.
5.
6.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 283
Printing at full size
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
284 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
12.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4 - Oversize.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 285
Printing at full size
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print at full size based on the following example. (Oversized Printing)
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A2/A3 roll (420.0 mm [16.5 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In D Print Area Setting, click G For printing oversizes.
8.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
286 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A2/A3 (420.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 287
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• If you use an A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
288 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Print Image with Actual Size
Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that
exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.
Note
• Not all page sizes are available.
• Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size, the originals are automatically enlarged
when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size. This may
affect image quality. When image quality is most important, make the original 3 mm longer on each side
than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (→P.290)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (→P.292)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.295)
Enhanced Printing Options 289
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0×304.8
mm (10 × 12 in) -that is, 260.0×310.8 mm (10.2 × 12.2 in)
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
• The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ts inside the
paper area to be printed on.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
290 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the source application.
In this case, click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 291
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
292 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 293
Printing at full size
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, 10"x12" - Borderless.
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
294 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
5.
6.
7.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Enhanced Printing Options 295
Printing at full size
8.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
10.
11.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
296 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing at full size
13.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 297
Printing at full size
15.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
298 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• If you use an A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 299
Borderless Printing
Fit Paper Size
Enlarge or reduce the original to match the size of the paper you are using.
Note
• The printer driver automatically enlarges originals 3 mm (0.12 in) past the dimensions of the paper on
each side. The 3 mm portion beyond the edge on each side is not printed.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the paper size, refer
to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Windows) (→P.301)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS X) (→P.303)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.306)
300 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 301
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
15.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click D Fit Paper Size.
Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
302 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.
4.
5.
6.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Enhanced Printing Options 303
Borderless Printing
7.
Access the Main pane.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
304 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
12.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the H Borderless Printing check box.
Click E Fit Media Size under D Enlarged/Reduced Printing.
In I Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 305
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match the
Paper Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the paper size, based on the
following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click 10"x12".
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to match the paper size.
4.
5.
6.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
306 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
7.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 307
Borderless Printing
12.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
308 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
14.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the G Borderless Printing check box.
Click D Fit Media Size under C Enlarged/Reduced Printing.
In H Media Size, click the paper size. In this case, click 10"x12" - Borderless.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 309
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• If you use an A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
310 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Scale to t Roll Paper Width
Enlarge or reduce the original as a whole to match the roll paper width.
Note
• You can combine this function with rotating pages 90 degrees before printing so that the original width
(relative to portrait orientation) matches the roll paper width in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos, images, and other documents to match the roll paper width,
refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Windows) (→P.312)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS X) (→P.314)
• Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (Mac OS 9) (→P.317)
Enhanced Printing Options 311
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Windows)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before borderless printing to match the roll width, based on the
following example.
If you use n A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the Roll
Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
312 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, make sure E Scale to t Roll Paper Width is selected.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 313
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to t the roll width.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
314 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-here, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 315
Borderless Printing
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
14.
15.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the H Borderless Printing check box.
This ensures that F Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in D Enlarged/Reduced
Printing.
16.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
316 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll
Width (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to enlarge originals before printing to match the roll width, based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Note
• All sizes are available in borderless printing if you resize originals to t the roll width.
4.
5.
6.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Enhanced Printing Options 317
Borderless Printing
7.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
318 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
12.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
13.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 319
Borderless Printing
14.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
15.
16.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Select the G Borderless Printing check box.
This ensures that E Fit Roll Paper Width is automatically selected in C Enlarged/Reduced
Printing.
17.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
320 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
Take advantage of borderless printing to print documents such as posters (made up mainly of photos or
images) without a surrounding margin, or border.
Borderless Printing
In regular printing, a margin required by the printer is added around the original. With borderless printing, you
can print documents without the margin, so that the printed image covers the entire surface of the paper.
Important
• Borderless printing is only available with rolls.
• Paper you can use for borderless printing is restricted to particular types of paper and rolls of particular
widths. For information on types of paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
• If you use an A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
• Paper incompatible with the printer’s auto cut function can be printed without borders on the left and
right sides only.
• These features cannot be used in combination with borderless printing: special page layouts, centering
originals, and printing cut lines on rolls.
• You cannot have pages rotated 90 degrees to conserve paper if you have set up borderless printing at
actual size or in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size.
• When borderless printing is used, the edge of the paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may be
uneven at the edges. If you require higher image quality, specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver. In
this case, the paper can be printed without borders on the left and right sides only. After ejecting and
cutting the printed document, use scissors to cut away the top and bottom edges.
• By factory default, the ink drying time is disabled for all paper. When you are using paper that takes
longer for ink to adhere for borderless printing and the Cutter Unit touches printing surfaces that are not
dry yet, it may damage the paper or the edge of the document that is cut, depending on frequency of
use. In this case, follow these steps to change the ink drying time.
1. On the Main sheet of the printer driver, click Settings in Media Type.
2. Select the ink drying time in the Between Pages list of Drying Time.
Borderless Printing Method
Choose the method of borderless printing that suits the original, as desired.
Enhanced Printing Options 321
Borderless Printing
Print Image with Actual Size
Prints originals at actual size, without enlarging or reducing them. Originals must be prepared in a size that
exceeds the dimensions of the paper by 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side.
Note
• Not all page sizes are available.
• Even if you prepare originals of the same size as the paper size, the originals are automatically enlarged
when you print borderlessly in combination with resizing originals to match the paper size. This may
affect image quality. When image quality is most important, make the original 3 mm longer on each side
than the paper size so that the image can be printed at actual size in borderless printing.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows) (→P.323)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X) (→P.325)
• Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9) (→P.328)
322 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Windows)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
Document: Any type
Page size: 10×12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
Create the original in the source application 3 mm (0.12 in) larger on each side than 254.0×304.8
mm (10 × 12 in) -that is, 260.0×310.8 mm (10.2 × 12.2 in)
Note
• If you can specify the margin, as in Microsoft Word, set the margin at 0 mm. For instructions on
specifying the margin, refer to the software documentation.
• The extra 3 mm (0.12 in) on each side will not be printed. Create the original so that it ts inside the
paper area to be printed on.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Coated Paper.
6.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 323
Borderless Printing
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the source application.
In this case, click 10"x12".
9.
10.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
11.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list-in this case, click 10-in. Roll
Select the B Borderless Printing check box to display the Information dialog box.
(254.0mm).
12.
13.
14.
Click OK to close the Information dialog box.
In C Borderless Printing Method, click F Print Image with Actual Size.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
324 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
The platen may be soiled from borderless printing if you do not attach it.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
In the C Paper Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
4.
5.
6.
7.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 325
Borderless Printing
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
9.
10.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
11.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
326 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
13.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, 10"x12" - Borderless.
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 327
Borderless Printing
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print borderlessly at actual size based on the following example.
If you use an A1 or A2 roll for borderless printing, insert the provided Spacer for Borderless Printing on the
Roll Holder. (→P.139)
If you do not attach the Spacer for Borderless Printing, the Platen may be soiled from borderless printing.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: 10 × 12 inches (254.0×304.8 mm)-Borderless
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Heavyweight Coated Paper
Roll width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
In D Print Area Setting, click H For Broderless Printing.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, choose a paper size supported for borderless printing. Here, click
10"x12" - Borderless.
Note
• Paper sizes supported for borderless printing are indicated by “-Borderless.”
5.
6.
7.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application, create an original that takes up the entire space of the paper size.
Choose Print in the application menu.
328 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
8.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Heavyweight
Coated Paper.
10.
11.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
12.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 329
Borderless Printing
13.
Conrm that the roll paper width matches the paper size.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
Access the Page Setup pane.
330 Enhanced Printing Options
Borderless Printing
15.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, 10"x12".
16.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 331
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing banners or at other non-standard
sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing)
You can create vertical or horizontal banners by printing originals that are in banner format on rolls.
Originals created in Microsoft Word or other applications in your preferred size can be enlarged to ll the width
of roll paper by completing simple printer driver settings.
Fit Roll Paper Width
You can easily create vertical or horizontal banners by automatically enlarging or reducing originals to t the
full width of rolls.
Note
• The maximum supported roll length is 18.0 m or 19.7 yd (when printing in Mac OS X).
For instructions on printing vertical or horizontal banners, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Windows) (→P.333)
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X) (→P.337)
• Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9) (→P.340)
Important
• Before printing, check how much of the roll paper is left. If you have activated automatic detection of the
remaining roll paper, a warning message is displayed when there is not enough roll paper left.
• If not much ink is left, prepare replacement ink tanks.
• To print at a higher level of quality, in the printer driver, choose High or Highest in Print Quality, and
choose Unidirectional Printing as the direction of printing.
332 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Windows)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: A horizontal banner created in Microsoft Word
Page size: Non-standard (100×500 mm [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 in (406.4 mm)
Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.
1. Register a Custom Paper Size.
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Paper Size. In this example, 100×500
mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
2. In the application, create an original in the size you registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Registering a Custom Paper Size
This example describes how to register a paper size that is horizontally elongated and suitable for banners in
either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
Display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.455)
3.
4.
5.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name. “My Horizontal Banner” is used
in this example.
6.
7.
8.
9.
In Units, click mm.
Under Paper Size, enter “100” in Width and “500” in Height.
Click Add to add the paper size of “My Horizontal Banner.”
Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 333
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
10.
Close the printer driver dialog box.
Note
• You can also specify a Custom Size as the paper size. Note that Custom Size settings are not
available after you exit the application.
For more information, see “Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)”. (→P.345)
Creating the banner in the application
Follow the steps below to create the banner in Microsoft Word using the Custom Paper Size you registered.
1.
2.
3.
Start Microsoft Word.
Choose Page Setup from the File menu to display the Page Setup dialog box.
Under Paper Size, click the Custom Paper Size you registered-"My Horizontal Banner" in this
example.
Important
• If "My Horizontal Banner" is not listed, make sure this printer is selected as the printer to use.
• In applications such as Microsoft PowerPoint that do not enable you to choose registered paper
sizes, use the custom paper size setting in “Custom” and specify 100×500 mm (3.9×19.7 in)
4.
5.
Set the printing orientation to horizontal.
Create the banner.
Printing the banner
Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the Microsoft Word menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Poster (Text, Illustrations) in the
E Print Target list.
334 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
8.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you registered, "My Horizontal Banner."
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Note
• If the Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box is not displayed on the Page Setup sheet, clear the
B Borderless Printing check box.
9.
10.
11.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
After you click E Fit Roll Paper Width, the Information dialog box is displayed.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the Roll Paper Width list. In this case, click 16-in. Roll
(406.4mm), and then click OK.
Enhanced Printing Options 335
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Note
• If printing is unsuccessful, you may be able to print after completing the following setting.
1. On the Layout sheet, click M Special Settings to display the Special Settings dialog box.
2. In the FineZoom Settings list, click Yes.
336 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner
Page Size: Non-standard (100×500 mm [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 16 inches (406.4 mm)
Follow the steps below to print a banner in either horizontal or vertical format.
1. In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.
2. Register a “Custom Page Size.”
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a “Custom Page Size” in Page Setup. In this
example, 100×500 mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper
sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
Register a Custom Page Size
This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable
for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
Create the document in the application.
3.
4.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes
dialog box.
5.
Double-click Untitled in the list at left, and then enter a name for the page size you want
to register. Here, enter “100*500.”
If the Untitled size is not listed at left, click + below the list.
6.
Under Page Size, enter “10” in Width and “50” in Height. Here, measurements are entered
in centimeters.
7.
Specify the margins by entering “0.3” in Printer Margins. Here, too, measurements are entered
in centimeters.
8.
Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 337
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
9.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click "100*500", the size
you registered.
10.
11.
In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Print the banner
Follow the steps below to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
6.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Access the Main pane.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
338 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
7.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 16
in. (406.4mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
8.
9.
10.
11.
In C Page Size, make sure "100*500" is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.
Select the D Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click F Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 339
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format
Printing; Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print a banner about ve times as long as the roll width based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original designed for a horizontal banner
Page size: Non-standard (100×500 mm, [3.9×19.7 in])
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: 10 inches (254.0 mm)
The steps to print a vertical or horizontal banner are as follows.
1. In the application, create an original in the format of a horizontal or vertical banner.
2. Register a Custom Paper Size in Media Design.
Banners tend to be in non-standard sizes, so register a Custom Paper Size. In this example, 100×500
mm (3.9×19.7 in) is registered.
3. Print the banner, using the settings that correspond to banners.
Register a Custom Paper Size
This example describes how to register and print using a page size that is horizontally elongated and suitable
for banners in either horizontal or vertical format.
1.
2.
3.
Create the document in the application.
4.
Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.
5.
6.
7.
Enter a desired paper name in B Custom Name. “My Horizontal Banner” is used in this example.
Select the printer in Chooser.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In C Units, click D mm.
Under F Media Size, enter “100” in G Wid. and “500” in H Hght.
340 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Click J Add to add the paper size of “My Horizontal Banner.”
Access the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, “My Horizontal Banner.”
In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Print the banner
Follow these steps to print the banner using the corresponding banner settings.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
4.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click POP in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 341
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
5.
Access the Finishing pane.
6.
7.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case, 10
in. (254.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
342 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Access the Page Setup pane.
In B Page Size, make sure “My Horizontal Banner” is displayed, as registered in Media Design.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
Click E Fit Roll Paper Width.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 343
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
By specifying the paper size, you can print on non-standard sizes of paper.
There are two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes, as follows.
Registering non-standard paper size in the printer driver
After you register non-standard paper sizes, they are listed with standard sizes so that you can choose
them anytime as needed.
Note
• These non-standard paper sizes you register on the printer are called Custom Paper Size in Windows
and Mac OS 9. In Mac OS X, paper sizes you register in the printer driver are called “Custom Sizes.”
• Non-standard sizes cannot be registered on the printer when the media source is set to Cassette.
Specifying custom media sizes for temporary use
Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you
exit the application. If you want to set up a non-standard paper size so that it will always be available, we
recommend registering the paper size in the printer driver.
Note
• These temporary paper sizes you register on the printer are called “Custom Sizes” in Windows.
• Non-standard sizes cannot be registered on the printer when the media source is set to Cassette.
For instructions on specifying non-standard paper sizes for printing, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows) (→P.345)
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X) (→P.349)
• Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9) (→P.351)
344 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Windows)
This topic describes two ways to print on non-standard paper sizes.
• Printing by using Custom Size (→P.345)
• Printing by using Custom Paper Size (→P.346)
Printing by using Custom Size
This section describes how to print using Custom Size based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: Square of non-standard dimensions (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
1.
2.
3.
4.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Print in the source application menu.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
Enhanced Printing Options 345
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
7.
8.
9.
10.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click Manual in the L Paper Source list.
Click Custom Size in the A Page Size list to display the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
1. Select mm or inch in Units.
2. Enter “430” [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.
11.
12.
Click OK to close the Custom Size Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Printing by using Custom Paper Size
This section describes how to print using Custom Paper Size based on the following example. First, register
a non-standard paper size called “430 mm Square” as a Custom Paper Size.
•
•
•
•
•
1.
2.
3.
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Choose Print in the source application menu.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
346 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
4.
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
7.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
8.
9.
Click O Size Options to display the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Paper Size Options dialog box.
1. Enter a desired paper name in Custom Paper Size Name. “430 mm Square” is used in this example.
2. Select mm or inch in Units.
3. Enter “430” [16.9 in] in both Width and Height.
Note
• If you select the Fix the Ratio of the Width to Height check box, after you enter a value in either
Width or Height, the other value will be automatically applied based on the original aspect ratio.
10.
11.
Click Add to register “430 mm Square.”
Click OK to close the Paper Size Options dialog box.
Enhanced Printing Options 347
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
12.
13.
14.
Click Manual in the L Paper Source list.
In the A Page Size list, click the size you added, "430 mm Square."
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
348 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print after registering “Custom Media Size” based on the following example. Here, you
will register a non-standard paper size named “430*430” in “Custom Media Size”.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of setting up non-standard paper
sizes varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
1.
2.
3.
Create the document in the application.
4.
5.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
Click Manage Custom Sizes in the C Paper Size list to display the Custom Page Sizes
dialog box.
6.
In Page Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter “43.00 cm” in Height and
Width.
7.
In Printer Margins, enter “0.3” for the top and side margins and “2.3” for the bottom margin.
Here, measurements are entered in centimeters.
8.
Double-click Untitled in the list at left in the Custom Page Sizes dialog box and enter the
paper name-in this case, “430*430”.
9.
10.
Click OK to close the Custom Page Sizes dialog box.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click “430*430”, the size
you registered.
11.
12.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Enhanced Printing Options 349
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
13.
Access the Main pane.
14.
15.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the E Print Target
list.
16.
Access the Page Setup pane.
17.
18.
19.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
In D Easy Settings, make sure “430*430” is displayed, as registered in Page Setup.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
350 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print using Custom Paper Size based on the following example. Here, you will
register a non-standard paper size named “430*430” in Custom Paper Size.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Scanned image
Page size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A square sheet (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in])
1.
2.
3.
4.
Create the document in the application.
5.
Click Media Design in the Page Attribute list to display the Media Design pane.
6.
7.
Enter a paper name of your choice in B Custom Name. “430*430” is used in this example.
Load the square paper (430×430 mm [16.9×16.9 in]) in the Top Paper Feed Slot.
Select the printer in Chooser.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In F Media Size, enter the height and width of the original. Here, enter “430” in H Hght and G
Wid..
8.
Click J Add to add the paper size named “430*430”.
Enhanced Printing Options 351
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
9.
10.
Access the Page Attribute dialog box.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click “430*430”, the size
you registered.
11.
12.
13.
14.
In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.
15.
16.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Scanned Image in the F Print Target list.
352 Enhanced Printing Options
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes
17.
Access the Finishing pane.
18.
19.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 353
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
By arranging originals from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or web browser screen shots next to
each other on single sheets, you can create highly expressive presentation materials, easy-to-understand
meeting materials, and a variety of other printed documents.
Free Layout (Windows)
Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple les-even
multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.
354 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Macintosh)
Besides combining multiple pages in a single-page layout, you can combine originals from multiple les-even
multiple source applications-in a single-page layout.
Important
• The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.
For instructions on arranging originals from multiple applications, refer to the following topics.
• Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows) (→P.356)
• Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X) (→P.358)
Enhanced Printing Options 355
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Windows)
This topic describes how to arrange multiple originals using the Free Layout function.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
5.
6.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click Free Layout in the B Page Layout list.
356 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
When you attempt to print, the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed. (At this
point, the document will not be printed yet.)
8.
Edit and rearrange the image in the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.
Important
• Without closing the imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange originals
from multiple applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the imagePROGRAF Free Layout
help topic.
9.
Print from the imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout .
Enhanced Printing Options 357
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to use the Free Layout function to arrange multiple originals next to each other before
printing.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
The Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window is displayed.
4.
Edit and rearrange the image in the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window as desired.
Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout.
Important
• Without closing the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout window, repeat steps 1-7 to arrange
originals from multiple applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the Canon imagePROGRAF Free
Layout help topic.
358 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
5.
Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout menu.
Note
• For details on Canon imagePROGRAF Free Layout functions, refer to Free Layout .
Enhanced Printing Options 359
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously
You can print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Roll paper (banner)
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
For instructions on borderless printing of photos and images at actual size, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows) (→P.361)
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X) (→P.363)
• Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9) (→P.365)
360 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 361
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
8.
9.
10.
Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box.
Select the B Banner Printing check box.
Click OK.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
362 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
Click the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
Make your selection in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 363
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
364 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print multiple pages as a single continuous image, without margins between pages.
Important
• This feature is only available with rolls. It cannot be used when printing on sheets.
• During banner printing, settings for conserving paper, number of copies, borderless printing,
enlargement or reduction, and other layout-related settings are disregarded.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Click the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, click the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Make your selection in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 365
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper (Banner) in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
366 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet
To conserve paper, you can print several pages of the original on a single sheet by reducing the original
and dividing the sheet into areas for each page.
Page Layout
Specify a number of pages of the original to print on a single sheet, in a layout of multiple pages per sheet.
Note
• You can print up to 16 pages of the original on a single sheet.
• You can also change the page layout order and print page boundary lines, as desired.
Important
• This function cannot be combined with the following options.
• Borderless Printing
• Resizing to Fit the Roll Width (Windows)
• Scaling Originals (Windows)
• Banner Printing (Windows)
For instructions on printing multiple pages per sheet, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows) (→P.368)
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X) (→P.370)
• Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9) (→P.373)
Enhanced Printing Options 367
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows)
This topic describes how to print four pages of originals together on a single sheet based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper Type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case, click
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the type of document in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
368 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Click 4 Pages/Sheet in the B Page Layout list.
Note
• You can select the layout order for placing four pages on a sheet and a frame border in the Page
Layout Printing dialog box by clicking C Set.
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 369
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print four pages of an original on a single sheet, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any Type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
Click 4.0 in the A Pages per Sheet list.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Layout pane.
Note
• You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in B Layout
Direction and C Border (or Border ).
370 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
11.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
12.
13.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
Enhanced Printing Options 371
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
372 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print four pages of an original on a single sheet based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 373
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Select the I Page Layout check box.
Click 4 Pages/Sheet in the I Page Layout list.
Note
• You can choose the layout order and specify a boundary line for the four pages in J Layout
Direction and K Page Border.
12.
Access the Finishing pane.
13.
14.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
374 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Posters in Sections
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you
can create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer.
Page Layout
Choose poster printing.
For instructions on printing large posters, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Printing Large Posters (Windows) (→P.376)
• Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9) (→P.378)
Note
• This method of poster printing is supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.
Enhanced Printing Options 375
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Large Posters (Windows)
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can
create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge
an A2 original for printing it in sections on four sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Poster
Page size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper Type: Glossy Paper
Paper size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click Poster (Photos) or Poster (Text, Illustrations) in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
376 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case, click
ISO A2.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Click Manual in the L Paper Source list.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Click Poster (2 x 2) in the B Page Layout list.
Note
• Follow the steps below to print only a portion of the poster as divided for printing.
1. Click C Set under B Page Layout to display the Pages to Print dialog box.
2. On the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of the portion you do not want to print.
3. Click OK to close the Pages to Print dialog box.
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 377
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9)
You can enlarge an original to print it in sections on several sheets. By assembling the printed sheets, you can
create a poster larger than the maximum supported paper size of the printer. This topic describes how to enlarge
an A2 original for printing on four sheets of paper based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Poster
Page size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Glossy Paper
Paper size: A2 (420.0×594.0 mm [16.5 × 23.4 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A2.
8.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Glossy Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In D Print Area Setting, click F For Manual printing.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Poster (Graphic Image) in the F Print
Target list.
378 Enhanced Printing Options
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Select the I Page Layout check box.
15.
16.
Click Paper Tray Feed in the A Media Source list.
Click Poster (2 x 2) in the I Page Layout list.
In the Pages to Print dialog box, clear the check boxes of any portion you do not want to print.
Access the Finishing pane.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 379
Centering originals
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls
You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you
are reducing the original.
Centering originals relative to roll paper width
If you use originals smaller than the roll paper width, you can center them relative to the width when printing.
Print Centered
Aligns the center of the original with the center of the roll, relative to the width.
For instructions on centering originals when printing on rolls, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows) (→P.381)
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X) (→P.383)
• Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9) (→P.386)
380 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
Enhanced Printing Options 381
Centering originals
8.
9.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
10.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
11.
12.
Select the G Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
382 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.00 mm [11.7 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
7.
8.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the print target in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 383
Centering originals
9.
10.
11.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
10-in. Roll.
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
384 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
12.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
14.
Select the J Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Enhanced Printing Options 385
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to center originals before printing on rolls based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
8.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the print target in the F Print Target list.
386 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Make sure the B Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in A Page Size in the
Page Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
11.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 387
Centering originals
12.
13.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
14.
15.
Select the F Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
388 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
You can print originals centered on a page-for example, if the paper is larger than the original, or if you
are reducing the original.
Centering originals on sheets
If you use paper larger than the original size or print originals after reduction, the printed images may be
aligned in the upper-left corner of the paper. In this case, you can center originals on sheets when printing.
Print Centered
Aligns the center of the original with the center of the sheet.
For instructions on centering originals when printing on sheets, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for
your computer and operating system.
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows) (→P.390)
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X) (→P.392)
• Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9) (→P.394)
Enhanced Printing Options 389
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Windows)
This topic describes how to reduce an original 50 0.000000or printing centered on a sheet.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper Type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application software. In this case,
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the type of document in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
Select the C Enlarged/Reduced Printing check box.
390 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
9.
10.
11.
12.
Click Match Page Size in the G Paper Size list.
13.
14.
Select the G Print Centered check box.
Click F Scaling and enter “50.”
Click Manual in the L Paper Source list.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Important
• If you have selected Cut Sheet as the media source, follow the instructions on the printer control
panel to enter the paper size.
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
Enhanced Printing Options 391
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4/Letter
Paper: Sheets
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: Non-standard
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
6.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
In the application software menu, choose Print.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
392 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
11.
12.
Select the J Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
Important
• If you have selected Cut Sheet as the media source, follow the instructions on the printer control
panel to enter the paper size.
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
Enhanced Printing Options 393
Centering originals
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to center originals for printing on sheets, based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4/Letter
Paper: Sheets ( Manual )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: Non-standard
1.
Choose Page Setup from the source application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
6.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the source application menu, choose Print.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
394 Enhanced Printing Options
Centering originals
8.
Access the Page Setup pane.
9.
Make sure B Page Size shows the original size as specied in Page Setup in the Page
Attribute dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 395
Centering originals
11.
12.
13.
Click Manual in the A Media Source list.
Select the F Print Centered check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Important
• If you have selected Cut Sheet as the media source, follow the instructions on the printer control
panel to enter the paper size.
• If you have selected Manual as the media source but have not loaded the paper yet, follow the
instructions on the printer control panel to complete the size setting before loading the paper.
396 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.
Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper)
When originals are printed in portrait orientation, the original is rotated 90 degrees before printing if it ts
within the roll width. This enables you to conserve paper.
Important
• If the page would exceed the roll paper width after rotation, use this function with Scale to t Roll
Paper Width to print rotated pages.
For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Windows) (→P.398)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS X) (→P.400)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (Mac OS 9) (→P.403)
Enhanced Printing Options 397
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Windows)
This topic describes how to conserve paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3×11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3×11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll paper (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to
conserve paper.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
398 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
9.
10.
Select the K Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper) check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 399
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page Size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve
paper.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
400 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 401
Conserving roll paper
11.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
13.
Select the L Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
402 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees
(Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper by rotating originals 90 degrees before printing, based on the
following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
This example illustrates how to rotate an A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in) original in portrait
orientation 90 degrees to t within the width of A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in]), which enables you to conserve
paper.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 403
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in the B Roll Paper Width list-in this case,
ISO A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
11.
12.
Select the I Rotate Page 90 degrees check box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
404 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins
You can conserve roll paper by specifying particular settings as suitable for your original.
No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper)
You can print without feeding the paper for blank portions of originals if there are top and bottom margins in
originals. This enables you to conserve as much paper as the size of the margins.
Important
• Printing without the top and bottom margins is not supported in the following cases.
• Banner printing
• If you have chosen poster as the type of page layout
Note
• Even during borderless printing, you can print without the top and bottom margins.
• Printing without the top and bottom margins may cause inconsistency in the size of printed documents,
depending on the layout of images or text in your originals.
For tips on conserving roll paper, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer and operating
system.
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Windows) (→P.406)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X) (→P.408)
• Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9) (→P.411)
Enhanced Printing Options 405
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Windows)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
406 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
7.
8.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
Select the width of the loaded roll in the M Roll Paper Width list-in this case, ISO A3/A4 Roll
(297.0mm).
9.
10.
11.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the I No Spaces at Top or Bottom (Conserve Paper) check box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 407
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the print target in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In C Paper Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
408 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer Information on
the Main pane and update the printer information.
Enhanced Printing Options 409
Conserving roll paper
11.
Make sure the C Page Size setting matches the original size as selected in C Paper Size in the
Page Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
12.
13.
Select the K No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
410 Enhanced Printing Options
Conserving roll paper
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top
and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to conserve roll paper when printing originals that have a top and bottom margin,
based on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Any type
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Roll
Paper type: Plain Paper
Roll paper width: A3/A4 roll (297.0 mm [11.7 in])
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Enhanced Printing Options 411
Conserving roll paper
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width -in this case, ISO
A3/A4 (297.0mm).
Note
• If the width of the loaded roll is not displayed in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer on the Main
pane and update the printer information.
11.
12.
Select the H No Spaces at Top or Bottom check box.
Conrm the print settings, and click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
412 Enhanced Printing Options
Checking Images Before Printing
Checking Images Before Printing
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing
You can check the print layout on the preview screen.
Open Preview When Print Job Starts (Windows)
While viewing the preview screen, you can also adjust orientation or other settings, and your changes will be
instantly applied on the preview screen.
Note
• Under some settings and in some environments, PageComposer may be started.
Enhanced Printing Options 413
Checking Images Before Printing
Preview (Macintosh)
While viewing the preview screen, you can also adjust layout or size settings, and your changes will be
instantly applied on the preview screen.
Important
• The driver must be installed from the User Software CD-ROM to use this function.
For instructions on how to check the layout before printing, refer to the following topics:
• Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing (Windows) (→P.415)
• Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X) (→P.417)
414 Enhanced Printing Options
Checking Images Before Printing
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing
(Windows)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After you click OK, when you print a job, the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be displayed.
Note
• If PageComposer is running, access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and
clear Enable Preview Switching.
Enhanced Printing Options 415
Checking Images Before Printing
6.
7.
On the main window, you can check the layout and change settings as needed.
To print, click Start Printing in the File menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, see Preview .
416 Enhanced Printing Options
Checking Images Before Printing
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed.
4.
5.
Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired.
Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview.
Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, refer to Preview .
Enhanced Printing Options 417
Checking Images Before Printing
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Click Preview to open the preview window.
Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print this page
to start printing.
Note
• “Preview” is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS
documentation.
418 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Other useful settings
Printing With Watermarks
You can add watermarks (background images) to documents that require special handling.
Watermark
Watermarks are applied to all pages of your document.
Important
• Watermarks are not printed if you select poster as the type of page layout.
The following watermarks are provided:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
CONFIDENTIAL (Windows)
COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
DRAFT (Windows and Mac OS 9)
FILE COPY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
FINAL (Windows)
PRELIMINARY (Windows and Mac OS 9)
PROOF (Windows)
TOP SECRET (Windows and Mac OS 9)
You can also create your own watermarks. Specify the following options to customize your watermark.
• Watermark string: Specify the font, size, color, and so on. Surround the watermark with a frame,
if desired.
• Watermark position: Specify the position on the page, the angle, and so on.
• Watermark printing method: Specify whether to print the watermark superimposed or under the
document image. You can also print the watermark only on the rst page, if desired.
Note
• Watermarks are supported in Windows and Mac OS 9.
• In addition to the provided watermarks, you can create up to 50 original watermarks in Windows. In Mac
OS 9, you can use up to 50 original watermarks including the watermarks provided.
For detailed instructions on printing with watermarks, refer to the following topics:
• Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Windows) (→P.420)
• Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on (Mac OS 9) (→P.422)
Enhanced Printing Options 419
Other useful settings
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on
(Windows)
This topic describes how to print ofce documents with a watermark (in this case, “FILE COPY”) based on
the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing software or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper Type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After conrming that D Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the E Print
Target list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the E Print Target list by clicking F View Settings.
420 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
6.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
7.
In A Page Size, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case, click
ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
10.
11.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
Select the D Watermark check box.
Click FILE COPY in the E Watermarks list.
Note
• To create your own, original watermark, click F Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for
instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.
12.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 421
Other useful settings
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and so on
(Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print with watermarks, based on the following example of printing with a “FILE COPY”
watermark.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: Ofce document created using word-processing or spreadsheet programs
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
422 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
8.
After conrming that E Easy Settings is selected, click Ofce Document in the F Print Target
list.
Note
• You can check the settings values selected in the F Print Target list by clicking G View set..
9.
10.
11.
12.
Access the Finishing pane.
Click A Media Source in the Cassette list.
Select the C Watermark check box.
Click FILE COPY in the D Watermarks list.
Note
• To create your own, original watermark, click E Edit Watermark. Refer to the printer driver help for
instructions on modifying watermarks to create your own.
13.
Specify additional printing conditions.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
14.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
Enhanced Printing Options 423
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation
You can specify the original orientation to match the orientation of the paper for printing.
Orientation
Paper is usually loaded in the printer in portrait orientation. When you have an original in landscape
orientation, you can specify the printing orientation so that the original is printed in landscape orientation.
Rotate 180 degrees
The original is rotated 180 degrees to print it upside down.
Mirror
A mirror image of the original is printed.
For instructions on specifying the original orientation before printing, refer to the following topics, as
appropriate for your computer and operating system.
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Windows) (→P.425)
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS X) (→P.427)
• Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation (Mac OS 9) (→P.429)
424 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Windows)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
6.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Select the type of document in the E Print Target list.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Enhanced Printing Options 425
Other useful settings
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original as specied in the application. In this case,
click ISO A4 or Letter (8.5"x11").
8.
9.
10.
In H Orientation, click J Landscape.
Click Cassette in the L Paper Source list.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
426 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
8.
9.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
In the C Paper Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
In D Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
Select the printing application in the E Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 427
Other useful settings
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
11.
12.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Make sure C Page Size shows the original size as specied in C Paper Size in the Page
Attributes dialog box-in this case, ISO A4.
13.
Conrm the print settings, and then click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
428 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to print an original in landscape orientation after matching the paper orientation, based
on the following example.
•
•
•
•
•
Document: An original in landscape orientation
Page size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
Paper: Sheets ( Cassette )
Paper type: Plain Paper
Paper size: A4 (210.0×297.0 mm)/Letter (8.3 × 11.7 in)
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, click the size of the original. In this case, click ISO A4.
8.
9.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded. In this case, click Plain Paper.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
In B Orientation, click the icon of the document in landscape orientation.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
Select the printing application in the F Print Target list.
Enhanced Printing Options 429
Other useful settings
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
11.
12.
Click Cassette in the A Media Source list.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
430 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Using Favorites
You can register print settings as “favorites” to reuse settings from a particular job that met your expectations,
or settings for a particular page size that you will use repeatedly.
Favorites
Registering a favorite for later use. You can choose the settings you have registered from a list before printing,
and you can check the settings details.
Note
• You can also save the favorite settings as les. Using these les is a convenient way to print under the
same conditions on another computer. (In Windows and Mac OS 9.)
For instructions on using favorites to print, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your computer
and operating system.
• Using Favorites (Windows) (→P.432)
• Using Favorites (Mac OS X) (→P.434)
• Using Favorites (Mac OS 9) (→P.435)
Enhanced Printing Options 431
Other useful settings
Using Favorites (Windows)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
6.
Click H Add to display the Add dialog box.
7.
Click OK to close the Add dialog box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Complete the print settings.
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• Choose a tting icon for these print settings in the Icon list.
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added, as desired.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites.
Note
• To save a favorite as a le, click J Export and specify the le to save.
432 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Favorites, choose the favorite you registered.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Note
• To import a favorite, click I Import and specify the favorite le.
5.
6.
Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Enhanced Printing Options 433
Other useful settings
Using Favorites (Mac OS X)
You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite-based printing.
Note
• In the printing dialog box, click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings. This is a
standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS documentation.
434 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the printer in Chooser.
6.
Click OK to close the Add Favorite dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Complete the print settings.
In the Favorites list, click Add Favorite to display the Add Favorite dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Add Favorite dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in Favorites.
Note
• To edit the name of an existing favorite or comment, click Edit Favorite in the Favorites list to
display the Edit Favorite dialog box.
• To save a favorite as a le, click Export and specify the le to save.
Enhanced Printing Options 435
Other useful settings
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application menu, choose Print.
In the Favorites list, choose the favorite you registered.
Note
• To import a favorite, click Import and specify the favorite le.
• If you select a favorite and edit it, an icon is displayed at left of the name to indicate that the settings
have been changed. For details, refer to the printer driver help.
7.
Conrm the print settings, and then click Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
436 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing
Roll paper can be automatically cut after printing.
Note
• It may not be possible to cut certain types of paper, such as adhesive paper. For details on types of
paper that cannot be used with the auto cut feature, see the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Automatic Cutting
Roll paper is cut automatically after printing. If you prefer, you can print continuously without cutting the
roll, or you can print a cut line.
For instructions on cutting roll paper after printing, refer to the following topics, as appropriate for your
computer and operating system.
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows) (→P.438)
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X) (→P.439)
• Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9) (→P.441)
Enhanced Printing Options 437
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically after printing (using the auto cut function), as well as
how to print a cut line for manual cutting.
Note
• The auto cut function is activated on the printer by default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function if it is disabled, or to select the setting for printing a
cut line instead.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
Click Roll Paper in the L Paper Source list.
6.
To enable automatic cutting, click Yes in the A Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer to cut the
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
Click N Roll Paper Options to display the Roll Paper Options dialog box.
paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
7.
8.
Click OK to close the Roll Paper Options dialog box.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
Roll paper will be automatically cut after printing.
438 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how
to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.
Note
• The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled, or select the setting for printing a
cut guideline instead.
1.
Choose Page Setup in the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
Click Roll Paper in the A Media Source list.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Page Setup pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 439
Other useful settings
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
11.
To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer
Click C Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.
to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
Important
• If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the
printer Control Panel.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings, and click M Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.492)
440 Enhanced Printing Options
Other useful settings
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to cut roll paper automatically (using the auto cut function) after printing, as well as how
to print a cut line to cut the paper manually.
Note
• The auto cut function is activated on the printer by factory default and when the printer driver is installed.
Follow the steps below to reactivate the function once disabled, or select the setting for printing a
cut guideline instead.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
Make sure Roll Paper is selected in A Media Source.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Finishing pane.
Enhanced Printing Options 441
Other useful settings
8.
Access the Main pane.
9.
10.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
11.
To enable automatic cutting, click Printer Default in the H Automatic Cutting list. If you prefer
Click D Set to display the Media Detailed Settingsdialog box.
to cut the paper later yourself, click Print Cut Guideline.
Important
• If the automatic cut function has been deactivated on the printer, change the auto cut setting on the
printer Control Panel.
12.
13.
Click OK to close the Media Detailed Settings dialog box.
Conrm the print settings, and then click N Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
442 Enhanced Printing Options
Printer Driver
Windows Software
Printer Driver
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)
For instructions on accessing the Windows printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows) (→P.453)
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows) (→P.455)
For information on the Windows printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Sheet (Windows) (→P.457)
You can specify the type of paper, color processing, print quality, print preview, and other settings.
Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced
Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.461)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Windows) (→P.462)
Color Adjustment Sheet: Color (Windows) (→P.463)
Matching Sheet (Windows) (→P.465)
Color Adjustment Sheet: Monochrome (Windows) (→P.467)
• Page Setup Sheet (Windows) (→P.469)
You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the
orientation, the paper size and feed source, and automatic cutting.
• Paper Size Options Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.471)
• Layout Sheet (Windows) (→P.472)
You can specify the page layout, watermarks, the orientation, the number of copies, and print processing
options.
• Page Options Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.474)
• Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows) (→P.475)
Windows Software 443
Printer Driver
• Favorites Sheet (Windows) (→P.476)
Groups of print settings you select on each sheet can be saved as a favorite. Favorites you have added
can be edited or used at the time of printing as desired.
• Utility Sheet (Windows) (→P.478)
You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings
for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
• Support Sheet (Windows) (→P.479)
You can view support information and the user manual.
• Device Settings Sheet (Windows) (→P.480)
You can display settings for optional equipment installed on the printer and see the printer driver version.
imagePROGRAF Free Layout is a feature for freely arranging originals from various source applications on a
single page as desired before printing. For details, see Free Layout .
Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy is a feature for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned
originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
444 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Windows)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
Important
• Always specify the same type and size of paper in the printer menu and printer driver.
If the type and size do not match, an error message will be displayed and printing is not possible.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
6.
7.
In the A Page Size list, select the size of the original as specied in the application.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click the Page Setup tab to display the Page Setup sheet.
In the L Paper Source list, select how paper is supplied.
Windows Software 445
Printer Driver
8.
If you have selected Roll Paper in L Paper Source, select the width of the loaded roll in M Roll
Paper Width.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Windows)”. (→P.443)
446 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Conrming Print Settings (Windows)
There are two ways to conrm the print settings, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.447)
• Checking a print preview (→P.448)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, and Layout sheets. By
checking illustrations and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm current settings for the page
size, orientation, paper source, layout, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
P Top illustrations
Illustrations indicate the orientation, page layout, borderless printing
selection, color mode, and other settings information.
Q Middle, bordered area
The page size, paper size, and method and percentage of enlargement
or reduction are indicated.
R Bottom illustrations
Illustrations indicate the feed source, orientation, borderless printing
selection, and other settings information.
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click F View Settings on the Main sheet to
display the View Settings dialog box.
Windows Software 447
Printer Driver
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
When you activate this feature, imagePROGRAF Preview or PageComposer is started before printing.
Conrming how documents will be printed this way helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing”. (→P.413)
448 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing
(Windows)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
5.
Select the L Open Preview When Print Job Starts check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
After you click OK, when you print a job, the imagePROGRAF Preview window will be displayed.
Note
• If PageComposer is running, access the Special Settings dialog box from the Layout sheet and
clear Enable Preview Switching.
Windows Software 449
Printer Driver
6.
7.
On the main window, you can check the layout and change settings as needed.
To print, click Start Printing in the File menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, see Preview .
450 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Using Favorites (Windows)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Choose Print in the application menu.
5.
6.
Click H Add to display the Add dialog box.
7.
Click OK to close the Add dialog box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Complete the print settings.
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Complete the following settings in the Add dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• Choose a tting icon for these print settings in the Icon list.
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added, as desired.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in A Favorites.
Note
• To save a favorite as a le, click J Export and specify the le to save.
Windows Software 451
Printer Driver
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
In the A Favorites, choose the favorite you registered.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then display the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Click the Favorites tab to display the Favorites sheet.
Note
• To import a favorite, click I Import and specify the favorite le.
5.
6.
Click D Apply Favorite to replace the favorite settings with the current print settings.
Conrm the print settings and print as desired.
Note
• For instructions on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Windows)”. (→P.447)
452 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Windows)
1.
2.
Choose Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing conditions.
Select the printer, and then display the printer driver dialog box.
Note
• The dialog box for specifying printing conditions varies depending on the source application. In some
cases, when you select the printer, a sheet for conguring the printer driver is added to the dialog box.
In the following case, click Preferences.
■Example: Print dialog box displayed by the application software
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Note
• The titles of dialog boxes may vary depending on the application, and sheets other than these
six sheets may be displayed.
Windows Software 453
Printer Driver
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the source application, changes you make to the settings
will only apply temporarily to that application. Because these are sizes you specify temporarily in the
printer driver, the sizes will not be available after you exit the application.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from the Windows system menu.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the Operating System Menu (Windows)”. (→P.455)
454 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the
Operating System Menu (Windows)
1.
2.
Click start > Printers and Faxes (or Printers ).
3.
Click Printing Preferences to display the Printing Preferences dialog box, titled with the
Select the printer, and then display the printer properties dialog box.
name of this printer.
Note
• The Device Settings sheet is also an extension of the printer driver. (→P.480)
Windows Software 455
Printer Driver
Six sheets of print settings are displayed by the printer driver: Main, Page Setup, Layout,
Favorites, Utility, and Support.
Important
• If you access the printer driver dialog box from the operating system menu, changes you make to the
settings will apply to all applications you use for printing.
• You can also access the printer driver dialog box from applications.
see “Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Windows)”. (→P.453)
456 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Main Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Main sheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help le.
Note
• On the Main sheet, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the particular printing
application, or switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the type of paper.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Get Information
Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, which shows
the types and sizes of paper specied on the printer for each feed source.
When you select a feed source, your selection is applied to the printer driver
settings for the feed source, type of paper, and roll width.
C Advanced Settings
Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the type of paper.
E Print Target
F View Settings
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.180)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.193)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.202)
Depending on the Media Type setting, some Print Target options may
not be available.
Click to display the View Settings dialog box, which enables you to conrm
the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in E Print Target.
L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on-screen previews of documents before
Job Starts
printing.
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing (→P.413)
Windows Software 457
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
M Status Monitor
Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor, which enables you to conrm
the status of the printer and print jobs.
You can also set up email notication if printer errors occur by completing
the Email Notice settings.
For details, refer to the Status Monitor help le.
N About
Click to conrm version information for the printer driver.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
B Get Information
Description
Select the type of paper.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Click to display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, which shows
the types and sizes of paper specied on the printer for each feed source.
When you select a feed source, your selection is applied to the printer driver
settings for the feed source, type of paper, and roll width.
C Advanced Settings Click to display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the type of paper.
E Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for printing.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
F Print Quality
Choose the level of print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
G Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
Depending on the Media Type setting, some Color Mode options may
not be available.
H Color Settings
458 Windows Software
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color
settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.213)
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
I Thicken Fine Lines
Activate this option to print ne lines more distinctly.
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent misaligned
lines and ensure better results.
K Sharpen Text
Activate this option to print text more sharply.
T Economy Printing
When this mode is selected, less ink is consumed than in regular printing,
but the quality is diminished.
Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking drawings, for
example. Depending on the Media Type and Print Quality settings, this
mode may not be available.
L Open Preview When Print Activate this option to check on-screen previews of documents before
Job Starts
printing.
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing (→P.413)
M Status Monitor
Click to start imagePROGRAF Status Monitor, which enables you to conrm
the status of the printer and print jobs.
You can also set up email notication if printer errors occur by completing
the Email Notice settings.
For details, refer to the Status Monitor help le.
N About
Click to conrm version information for the printer driver.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Windows Software 459
Printer Driver
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Windows)
On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and
congure printer driver settings for the paper source and media type.
Note
• To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, on the Main sheet, click Get Information by
Media Type. (→P.457)
Setting Item
A Paper Source
460 Windows Software
Description
Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer, as well as information
about the loaded paper. To update the Paper Source and media type
settings in the printer driver, select the desired Paper Source option and
click OK.
Printer Driver
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows)
The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main sheet, click Settings by Media
Type. (→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.128)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen.
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
Windows Software 461
Printer Driver
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Windows)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main sheet, click View Settings by Print Target.
(→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each listed item for the
selected Print Target.
462 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Color Adjustment Sheet: Color (Windows)
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment sheet, on the Main sheet, click Color Settings by Color Mode in
Advanced Settings. (→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Sample Type
Choose a sample image from Standard, Portrait, Landscape, or
Graphics.
B View Color Pattern
Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern.
C Apply to Sample
Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the
sample image.
D Cyan
Fine-tune color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
E Magenta
F Yellow
G Gray Tone
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue) or Warm Black (tinged with red).
H Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
I Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
J Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
Windows Software 463
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
K Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
464 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Matching Sheet (Windows)
On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of
colors on various devices.
Driver Matching Mode
The following options are available when you select Driver Matching Mode in the Matching Mode list.
Note
• To display the Matching sheet, on the Main sheet, click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced
Settings, and then click the Matching sheet. (→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
Normally, select Driver Matching Mode. For color matching based on
ICC proles, select ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM Mode, or Host ICM
Mode, depending on your color matching system. If you prefer not to use
the printer driver for color matching, select No.
B Matching Method
Select the color matching method that suits the document to be printed.
Various Matching Method options are available depending on your
selection in Matching.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Windows Software 465
Printer Driver
ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM Mode and Host ICM Mode
On the Matching sheet, you can specify color matching to compensate for differences in the appearance of
colors on various devices. The following options are available when you select ICC Matching Mode, Driver
ICM Mode, or Host ICM Mode on the Matching Mode sheet.
Note
• To display the Matching sheet, on the Main sheet, click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced
Settings, and then click the Matching sheet. (→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Input Prole Settings
You can select Image, Graphics, or Text. You can choose Matching
Method and Input Prole.
Various options are available depending on your selected Matching Mode.
To apply the same input prole automatically for Graphics and Text, select
Use the Same Prole for All Objects. To apply separate input proles
to Graphics and Text, clear Use the Same Prole for All Objects and
specify the individual settings.
C Printer Prole Settings
Specify the printer prole as desired. Normally, select Auto Settings.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
466 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Color Adjustment Sheet: Monochrome (Windows)
On the Color Adjustment sheet for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment sheet, on the Main sheet, click Color Settings by Color Mode in
Advanced Settings. (→P.457)
Setting Item
Description
A Sample Type
Choose a sample image from Standard, Portrait, Landscape, or
Graphics.
B View Color Pattern
Clicking to select this check box will display the color pattern.
C Apply to Sample
Clicking to select this check box will apply the revised settings to the
sample image.
D Cyan
Not available.
E Magenta
F Yellow
G Gray Tone
Not available.
H Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
I Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
J Saturation
Not available.
K Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Windows Software 467
Printer Driver
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment sheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
468 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Page Setup Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Page Setup sheet. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Page Size
Select the page size as specied in the source application.
For details on available page sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
B Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the L
Paper Source list. Choose from the following options when this
setting is activated.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.299)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(→P.310)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.288)
D Fit Paper Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Scale to t Roll Paper
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
Width
F Print Image with Actual
Size
Prints documents at their actual size. This function is available,
when you have selected the size same as the width of Roll Paper
for either length or width of the document from the A Page Size list.
G Paper Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
Available when Fit Paper Size For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
Paper sizes compatible with borderless printing are shown in the list.
is selected.
C Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.248)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.256)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.265)
Windows Software 469
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
D Fit Paper Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Fit Roll Paper Width
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
F Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value.
Enter a value in a range of “5-600.”
G Paper Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
H Orientation
Choose the printing orientation.
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper Orientation
(→P.424)
K Rotate Page 90 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees
before printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.397)
(Conserve Paper)
L Paper Source
Choose how paper is supplied.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in
Media Type in the Main sheet.
M Roll Paper Width
Choose the roll width.
For details on available roll widths, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
N Roll Paper Options
Complete optional roll paper settings. Click to display the Roll Paper
Options dialog box.
Under A Automatic Cutting, you can specify Yes or No and Print
Cut Guideline.
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (→P.437)
Select B Banner Printing when printing multiple pages continuously.
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (→P.360)
O Size Options
Click to display the Paper Size Options dialog box, which enables
you to register additional paper sizes or select the size system for
use.
S Defaults
Restores all settings on the sheet to the default values.
470 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Paper Size Options Dialog Box (Windows)
In the Paper Size Options dialog box, you can create and register your own Custom Paper Size. The sizes
you dene are listed with standard paper sizes for selection later as needed.
Note
• To display the Paper Size Options dialog box, on the Page Setup sheet, click Paper Size Options.
(→P.469)
Setting Item
Description
A Paper Size List
Shows the names and sizes of paper that can be used with the printer
driver.
B Delete
Custom paper sizes created by users can be deleted from the Paper Size
List, as needed.
However, they cannot be deleted in the following situations.
• If a standard paper size of the printer driver is selected.
• If an oversized paper size is selected.
• If a paper size in a red box is selected.
C Custom Paper Size Name
You can name Custom Paper Size as desired.
D Units
Specify the desired unit of measure for the Custom Paper Size height
and width.
E Paper Size
Specify the desired Width and Height. You can make your selection
from sizes that are compatible with Borderless Printing by selecting
Borderless Printing Size. To maintain the aspect ratio of the Width and
Height as you resize the paper, select Fix the Ratio of the Width to
Height.
F Add
Enables you to register the custom paper size you have specied or
overwrite an existing custom paper size.
G Display Series
You can limit the number of options shown in Page Size, Paper Size, and
Paper Size List.
Windows Software 471
Printer Driver
Layout Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Layout sheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
A Page Layout
C Set
D Watermark
Description
Activate this setting to select a particular page layout.
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (→P.367)
Printing Posters in Sections (→P.375)
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other (→P.354)
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (→P.484)
Click to display one of the following dialog boxes depending on the selection
in A Page Layout. In these dialog boxes, you can specify layout details and
which pages to print, as well as other settings.
• Page Layout Printing
• Pages to Print
• Free Layout Settings
Activating this option makes two settings available, E Watermarks and F
Edit Watermark.
Printing With Watermarks (→P.419)
E Watermarks
Lists the provided watermarks. Choose the watermark to print.
F Edit Watermark
Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own, original
watermark.
G Print Centered
Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.380)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.389)
H Rotate 180 degrees
Activate this option to rotate document images by 180 degrees before printing.
I No Spaces at Top or
Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above and
below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins
(→P.405)
Bottom (Conserve Paper)
J Copies
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
Reverse Order
Activate this option to print pages in reverse order.
Collate
Activate this option to print complete sets in the specied quantity.
472 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
K Page Options
Click to display the Page Options dialog box, which enables you to complete
settings for printing the user name, date, or page number in the header or
footer.
M Special Settings
If the printing results are not as you expected, click this option to change how
printing is processed.
S Defaults
Click to restore all settings on the sheet to the default values.
Windows Software 473
Printer Driver
Page Options Dialog Box (Windows)
The Page Options dialog box offers the following settings.
Note
• To display the Page Options dialog box, on the Layout sheet, click Page Options. (→P.472)
Setting Item
Description
A Print Date
Select where the date is printed, as desired. To print the time as well, select
B Print Time Also.
C Print User Name
Select where the user name is printed, as desired.
D Print Page Number
Select where the page number is printed, as desired.
E Format Settings
Click to display the Format Settings dialog box, which enables you to
complete format-related settings.
Note
• If you specify the same position for multiple items, the items are printed from left to right in this order:
date, user name, and page number.
• When you print multiple pages per sheet using Page Layout Printing or similar functions, these items
will be printed for each page.
474 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)
If the printing results are not as you expected, you can change how printing is processed in the Special
Settings dialog box.
Note
• To display the Special Settings dialog box, on the Layout sheet, click Special Settings. (→P.472)
Setting Item
A FineZoom Settings
Description
This function is used in large-format printing. Normally, choose Auto. If
documents are not printed correctly on large-format paper, it may help to
select Yes, and if ne lines are not visible or if images are distorted when
printed, it may help to select No.
B Application Color Matching You can give applications priority in color management.
Priority
C Enable Preview Switching Selecting this option will start PageComposer if you print when Open
Preview When Print Job Starts is selected on the Main sheet.
D Fast Graphic Process
If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed
in varying thicknesses, clearing this option may help produce the expected
results.
E Reduce Print Unevenness If you are concerned about uneven colors, selecting this option may
improve printing results. However, printing may take longer for some
images.
F Adjust faint lines
If ne lines are printed in colors that do not match the colors of other
shapes, clearing this option may help produce the expected results.
However, lines in some colors may appear broken.
Windows Software 475
Printer Driver
Favorites Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Favorites sheet. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Favorites
Printing favorites you have created are listed with Default Settings
favorites.
Using Favorites (→P.431)
B Settings Details
Displays details of the favorite selected in the A Favorites.
C Comment
Displays notes registered in the favorite.
D Apply Favorite
Click to change the current print settings to those of the favorite
selected in the A Favorites.
E Application Settings Priority
Activate this setting to use settings values specied in the source
application in preference to favorite settings selected in the A
Favorites, when clicking D Apply Favorite. For details on the settings
items used in preference, refer to the printer driver help.
F Delete
Click to delete the selected favorite from the A Favorites list.
G Edit
Click to display the Edit dialog box, which enables you to change the
name and icon for the favorite selected in the A Favorites list.
H Add
Click to display the Add dialog box, which enables you to add the
current print settings as a favorite.
I Import
Click to display the Open dialog box, which enables you to import
favorite settings saved as a le.
J Export
Click to display the Save As dialog box, which enables you to save the
favorite settings as a le.
476 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
K Up
Click to move the selected favorite up in the A Favorites list.
L Down
Click to move the selected favorite down in the A Favorites list.
Windows Software 477
Printer Driver
Utility Sheet (Windows)
The following settings are available on the Utility sheet. For details on the utilities, refer to the relevant
utility help.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Maintenance
Click to start the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor, which offers the
following maintenance for the printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) check
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
B Color imageRUNNER
Click to launch Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (*1) (iR
enlargement copy), which enables you to create hot folders used for Color
imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy and assign print settings to hot folders.
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER
(Windows) (→P.209)
Enlargement Copy
*1: For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
478 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Support Sheet (Windows)
On the Support sheet, you can view support information and the user’s manual.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Support Information
Click to access the Canon support webpage, where you can nd the
latest information on the printer and consumables, check for printer driver
updates, and browse other information.
B User Manual
Click to view the printer user’s manual. This function requires the user’s
manual to be installed on your computer.
C Settings Summaries
Click to display the View Settings dialog box, which enables you to conrm
the settings for the Main, Page Setup, Layout, and Favorites sheets.
Windows Software 479
Printer Driver
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)
Many settings items on the printer properties sheets are controlled by Windows applications. However, the
Device Settings sheet is for conguring the printer, and it is an extension of the printer driver.
The following settings are available on the Device Settingssheet.
Setting Item
Description
A Roll Feed Unit
Select this check box if the printer is equipped with a Roll Feed Unit.
B Acquire Status
Click to acquire device information from the printer. Acquire information
from the printer as to whether the Roll Feed Unit is installed or not.
C About
You can display version information for the printer driver.
480 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows)
The Settings Summaries dialog box enables you to conrm the settings for the Main, Page Setup, Layout,
and Favorites sheets.
Button
A Copy
Corresponding Utility
Click to copy the settings information to the clipboard. You can paste
the settings information into a le created with a text editor or similar
application.
Windows Software 481
Status Monitor
Status Monitor
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
Two screens are available in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor : “Printer List” shows a list of printers, and
“Status Monitor” shows details for each printer.
• You can view a list of the printers for which printer drivers have been installed on your computer, printers
connected to your computer, and printers found on the network.
• Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
• If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
• Images of Ink Tanks are shown, with different images for various types of ink. An icon and warning
message will notify you when ink levels are low.
• The type of paper loaded in each media source is identied. You can also check to see if paper has
run out.
• This way, the utility enables you to check printer information and take care of printer maintenance
for optimal printing results.
• You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.
482 Windows Software
Digital Photo Front-Access
Digital Photo Front-Access
Digital Photo Front-Access
Digital Photo Front-Access is an application that links photos from Canon digital cameras and other image
les on your computer with various other applications.
• Simply select an image and click the icon of the application you want to start to launch the application.
• You can also print from Digital Photo Front-Access. In short, Digital Photo Front-Access can help you
manage images in many ways from editing to printing as an effective way to work with other applications.
• Digital Photo Front-Access also enables image retouching. For automatic retouching, select an image
for retouching and click Image Adjustment.
• Because this application automates the workow from retouching to display for all of your images, it
can save time and work in retouching.
Note
• For details, refer to the Digital Photo Front-Access help.
Windows Software 483
PosterArtist
PosterArtist
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals
You can print a variety of source documents from word-processing or spreadsheet programs or screen shots
from web browsers after composing an original with them using PosterArtist.
Important
• PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.
Edit Using PosterArtist
PosterArtist offers a wide range of features, including features to insert source documents in posters and
compose an original with them.
Important
• This function is only supported in Windows.
For detailed instructions on editing with PosterArtist, refer to the following topic:
• Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows) (→P.485)
484 Windows Software
PosterArtist
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals (Windows)
This topic describes how to use PosterArtist to compose originals from multiple applications, creating a poster
layout for printing.
Important
• PosterArtist (sold separately) must be installed to use this function.
1.
2.
3.
Choose Print in the application menu.
4.
Click the Layout tab to display the Layout sheet.
5.
6.
7.
Select the A Page Layout check box.
Select the printer in the dialog box, and then open the printer driver dialog box. (→P.453)
Make sure the Main sheet is displayed.
Click in the Edit Using PosterArtist in the B Page Layout list.
When you attempt to print, PosterArtist starts up and the PageCapture window is displayed. (At
this point, the document will not be printed yet.)
8.
Choose the page to load in PosterArtist.
Windows Software 485
PosterArtist
9.
Edit and rearrange the image in the PosterArtist window as desired.
Important
• Without closing the PosterArtist window, repeat steps 1-8 to arrange originals from multiple
applications on the same page.
Note
• For instructions on editing and rearranging images, refer to the PosterArtist Manual.
10.
Print from the PosterArtist menu.
486 Windows Software
Device Setup Utility
Device Setup Utility
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility is a utility to establish communication between the printer and
your computer by completing relevant settings. After the printer is installed, for example, you can use
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility to complete the network settings initially.
• Starting imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility will show a list of printers found on the network. In this
list, select the printer (specically, the printer’s MAC address) that you want to set up, and then congure
the basic settings from your computer, such as the printer’s IP address and the network frame type.
• You can see which printers are online in the network by checking the printer list. Communication
between your computer and these printers is possible.
Note
• We recommend that your network or printer administrator complete the setup work using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
• For details, refer to the imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility help.
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer
as follows:
Important
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights equivalent to the “Administrator” account.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.
On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.
Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.
Windows Software 487
Device Setup Utility
Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility
From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the
printer to congure the printer’s IP address. This topic describes how to congure the IP address using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.487)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.
In the Product Name list displayed, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Note
• To congure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select
DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.
488 Windows Software
Printer Driver
Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)
For instructions on accessing the Mac OS X printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS X) (→P.495)
For information on the Mac OS X printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.496)
You can specify the media type, color processing, print quality, print preview, and other settings. Choose
Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or Advanced Settings
to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X) (→P.500)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS X) (→P.501)
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X) (→P.502)
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X) (→P.504)
• Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.505)
You can specify the page size of the original, borderless printing, enlargement or reduction, the
orientation, the paper size and source, and automatic cutting.
• Utility Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.507)
You can specify settings related to maintenance for the Printhead and feed amount, as well as settings
for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy.
• Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.508)
You can specify settings for how print jobs are sent to the printer.
• Support Pane (Mac OS X) (→P.509)
You can view support information and the user’s manual.
With the imagePROGRAF Free Layout feature, you can arrange originals from various source applications
on a single page before printing. For details, see Free Layout .
With the imagePROGRAF Preview feature, you can check the layout before printing and adjust layout or
size settings while viewing a preview screen. For details, see Preview .
With the Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy feature, you can automatically enlarge and print scanned
originals from a Color imageRUNNER. For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
Mac OS X Software 489
Printer Driver
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS X)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attributes dialog box.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select the printer in the B Format for list.
7.
In the A Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose the original size in the C Paper Size list.
Click F OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Access the Main pane.
490 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
8.
9.
10.
Access the Page Setup pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Cut Sheet or Manual in A Media Source, make sure the size as selected in
Page Setup is displayed in C Page Size. If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source,
make sure the width of the loaded roll is displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X)”. (→P.489)
Mac OS X Software 491
Printer Driver
Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS X)
There are two ways to conrm what printing conditions have been specied, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.492)
• Checking a print preview (→P.493)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Utility, and Additional
Settings panes.By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm current settings for
the page size, orientation, paper source, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
Pane displayed when the H Images tab
is clicked
On top, illustrations indicate the page size of the original, the
paper size, orientation, layout, borderless printing selection,
color mode, and other settings information.
Under this, the page size, paper size, and method and
percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed.
Pane displayed when the I Size tab is
clicked
Paper size details are indicated numerically.
Pane with printer and paper illustrations
Illustrations indicate the paper source, orientation, borderless
printing selection, and other settings information.
492 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click F View set. on the Main pane to display
the View settings dialog box.
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
Conrming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing”. (→P.413)
Mac OS X Software 493
Printer Driver
Checking the Layout Before Printing (Mac OS X)
This topic describes how to check the layout before printing using the Preview function.
1.
2.
Choose Print in the application menu.
3.
The Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window is displayed.
4.
5.
Check the layout and adjust settings in the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview window as desired.
Click PDF and select Canon imagePROGRAF Preview.
Print from the Canon imagePROGRAF Preview menu.
Note
• For details on imagePROGRAF Preview functions, refer to Preview .
494 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Using Favorites (Mac OS X)
You can use the Presets function in Mac OS X for favorite-based printing.
Note
• In the printing dialog box, click Save As in the Presets list to save the current print settings. This is a
standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS documentation.
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS X)
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless
printing, and so on.
Mac OS X Software 495
Printer Driver
Main Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Main pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Note
• On the Main pane, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target, or
switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows media types
specied on the printer for each media source. When you select a media
source, your selection is applied to the printer driver settings for the media
source and media type.
C Set
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Target
F View set.
L Printer
496 Mac OS X Software
Choose presets that match the type of document to be printed.
Printing Photos and Images (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.180)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows, Mac OS X) (→P.193)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.202)
Click to display the View settings dialog box, which enables you to conrm
the settings for the selected item from the E Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in E Print Target.
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which indicates the ink levels and
gives other information about the printer.
Printer Driver
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
A Media Type
Description
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to
the Paper Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Get Information
Click to display the Get Information dialog box, which shows
media types specied on the printer for each media source. When
you select a media source, your selection is applied to the printer
driver settings for the media source and media type.
C Set
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink
drying time and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
E Print Priority
Choose the graphic elements that you want to emphasize for
printing.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for
Printing (→P.225)
F Print Quality
Choose the level of print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for
Printing (→P.225)
H Color Mode
Choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for
Printing (→P.225)
I Set
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced
color settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.213)
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent
misaligned lines and ensure better results.
K Reduce Print Unevenness
This option is displayed if you have selected Plain Paper in A
Media Type and Ofce Document in E Print Priority.
Activate this option for two-pass printing to reduce color shading.
Mac OS X Software 497
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
N Economy Printing
When this mode is selected, less ink is consumed than in regular
printing, but the quality is diminished.
Select this mode if you want to conserve ink when checking
drawings, for example. Depending on the Media Type and Print
Quality settings, this mode may not be available.
L Printer
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which indicates the ink levels
and gives other information about the printer.
498 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box (Mac OS X)
On the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, you can obtain information on the paper in the printer and
congure printer driver media type setting.
Note
• To display the Paper Information on Printer dialog box, on the Main pane, click Get Information by
Media Type. (→P.496)
Setting Item
A Paper Source
Description
Shows the Paper Source supported by the printer, as well as the type of
paper loaded. To update the media type setting in the printer driver, select
the desired Paper Source option and click OK.
Mac OS X Software 499
Printer Driver
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X)
The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main pane, click Settings by Media
Type. (→P.496)
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.128)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen.
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. You can adjust this setting
if paper is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, specify Yes, No, or Print Cut Guideline.
J Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
500 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS X)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main pane, click View Settings by Print Target.
(→P.496)
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each item selected in
the Print Target list.
Mac OS X Software 501
Printer Driver
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)
In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them.
However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.
Color Adjustment pane: color
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings by Color Mode in
Advanced Settings. (→P.496)
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image
(that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it
appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other,
as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and reducing
the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue), Warm Black (tinged with red), and so on.
502 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Matching pane
On the Matching pane, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance
of colors on various devices.
Note
• To display the Matching pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced
Settings, and then click Matching. (→P.496)
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Matching Method
Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed. Various
Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in
Matching.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Mac OS X Software 503
Printer Driver
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing.
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome
On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings in Advanced Settings.
(→P.496)
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Not available.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Not available.
I Gray Tone
Not available.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
504 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Source
Choose how paper is supplied.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in A Media
Type in the Main pane.
B Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer. Unknown is
displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width.
C Page Size
Displays the size of the original, as specied in the page settings of the
application.
For details on page sizes available in the application.see “Paper Sizes”.
(→P.109)
D Enlarged/Reduced Printing Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.248)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.256)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.265)
E Fit Media Size
Resizes the document image to match the paper size.
F Fit Roll Paper Width
Resizes the document image to match the roll width.
G Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value. Enter a
value in a range of “5-600.”
H Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected in the A Media
Source list.
Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width
of the paper.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.299)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.310)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.288)
I Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
Click Display all selections for Paper Size to list available sizes.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
Mac OS X Software 505
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
J Print Centered
Activate this setting to print document images in the center of the paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.380)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.389)
K No Spaces at Top or
Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above
and below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve
the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom
Margins (→P.405)
Bottom
L Rotate Page 90 degrees
506 Mac OS X Software
Activate this setting to rotate the original 90 degrees before printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.397)
Printer Driver
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Utilitypane.
Setting Item
Description
A Set
Click to display the Printer dialog box, which offers the following
maintenance for the printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
B View
Click to start imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, which enables you to view
the status of print jobs.
C Set
Click to complete the settings for Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy
(iR enlargement copy).
*1: For details, see Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy .
Mac OS X Software 507
Printer Driver
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X)
The following settings are available on the Additional Settingspane.
Setting Item
A Data Send Method
508 Mac OS X Software
Description
Choose how printing data is sent to the printer.
• B Send Print Data Immediately to Printer
• C Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer
Printer Driver
Support Pane (Mac OS X)
On the Support pane, you can view support information and the user’s manual.
Button
Corresponding Utility
A Support Information
Click to access the Canon support webpage, where you can nd the
latest information on the printer and consumables, check for printer driver
updates, and browse other information.
B User Manual
Click to view the printer user’s manual. This function requires the user’s
manual to be installed on your computer.
C Settings
The settings can be saved as a le. Click to display the Export dialog box,
which enables you to specify where to save the le.
D About
You can display version information for the printer driver.
Mac OS X Software 509
Printmonitor
Printmonitor
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
•
•
•
•
Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.
If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer
again as follows.
1. Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.
2. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
3. If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.
4. Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the
Search button.
Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.
5. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
510 Mac OS X Software
Printer Driver
Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)
For instructions on accessing the Mac OS 9 printer driver, refer to the following topics.
• Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from Applications (Mac OS 9) (→P.519)
For information on the Mac OS 9 printer driver settings, refer to the following topics.
• Main Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.520)
You can specify the number of copies, page range, media type, color processing, print quality, and print
preview. Choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the printing application or
Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
•
•
•
•
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (→P.533)
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application (Mac OS 9) (→P.534)
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9) (→P.528)
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9) (→P.531)
• Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.523)
You can specify the amount of enlargement or reduction, borderless printing, media size, and page
layout.
• Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.525)
You can specify the media source, watermarks, and orientation.
• Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.526)
You can perform maintenance for the Printhead or feed amount.
• Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9) (→P.527)
You can specify settings for background printing, how print jobs are sent to the printer, and notication
after printing.
• Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9) (→P.535)
Mac OS 9 Software 511
Printer Driver
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver (Mac OS 9)
If you have replaced the paper, you must complete the following settings in the printer driver.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
7.
In the C Media Type list, select the type of paper that is loaded.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Make sure the Main pane is displayed.
512 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
8.
9.
10.
Access the Finishing pane.
In the A Media Source list, select how paper is supplied.
If you have selected Roll Paper in A Media Source, make sure the width of the loaded roll is
displayed in B Roll Paper Width.
Note
• If the width of the roll loaded in the printer is not shown in B Roll Paper Width, click L Printer
Information on the Main pane to update the printer information.
Note
• A variety of settings are available in the printer driver to suit different printing applications.
For details on available printing conditions, see “Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.511)
Mac OS 9 Software 513
Printer Driver
Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)
There are two ways to conrm what printing conditions have been specied, as follows.
• Checking a preview of the settings (→P.514)
• Checking a print preview (→P.515)
Checking a preview of the settings
A preview of the settings is displayed on the left side of the Main, Page Setup, Finishing, Utility, and
Additional Settings panes. By checking images and numerical values in the preview, you can conrm
current settings for the page size, orientation, media source, and so on.
Display Area
Information Displayed
Pane displayed when the H Images tab
is clicked
On top, illustrations indicate the page size of the original, the
paper size, orientation, layout, borderless printing selection,
color mode, and other settings information.
Under this, the page size, paper size, and method and
percentage of enlargement or reduction is displayed.
Pane displayed when the I Size tab is
clicked
Paper size details are indicated numerically.
Pane with printer and paper illustrations
Illustrations indicate the media source, orientation, borderless
printing selection, and other settings information.
514 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Note
• To conrm the Print Target specied in Easy Settings, click G View set. on the Main pane to display
the View set. dialog box.
Checking a print preview
You can check an image of the original just as it will be printed.
Conrming the image of print jobs beforehand helps prevent printing errors.
For details on print previews, see “Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.418)
Mac OS 9 Software 515
Printer Driver
Previewing Images Before Printing (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to preview images of print jobs before actually printing them.
1.
2.
3.
In the application menu, choose Print.
Click Preview to open the preview window.
Check the layout and other aspects of the printing image, and then click Print this page
to start printing.
Note
• “Preview” is provided as a standard feature of the operating system. For details, refer to the Mac OS
documentation.
516 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)
This topic describes how to register favorites and print using favorite settings.
Registering a favorite
Follow the steps below to save the current print settings as a favorite.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select the printer in Chooser.
6.
Click OK to close the Add Favorite dialog box.
Choose Print in the application menu.
Complete the print settings.
In the Favorites list, click Add Favorite to display the Add Favorite dialog box.
Complete the following settings in the Add Favorite dialog box.
• Enter a desired name in Name, such as “Photos for Presentations” or “Monthly Report.”
• In Comment, enter a description of the favorite to be added.
The favorite you have added is now displayed in Favorites.
Note
• To edit the name of an existing favorite or comment, click Edit Favorite in the Favorites list to
display the Edit Favorite dialog box.
• To save a favorite as a le, click Export and specify the le to save.
Mac OS 9 Software 517
Printer Driver
Printing using the favorite
Follow the steps below to print using the favorite you have registered.
1.
2.
Select the printer in Chooser.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Choose the original size in the A Page Size list.
Choose Page Setup from the application menu to display the Page Attribute dialog box.
Click I OK to close the dialog box.
In the application menu, choose Print.
In the Favorites list, choose the favorite you registered.
Note
• To import a favorite, click Import and specify the favorite le.
• If you select a favorite and edit it, an icon is displayed at left of the name to indicate that the settings
have been changed. For details, refer to the printer driver help.
7.
Conrm the print settings, and then click Print to start printing.
Note
• For tips on conrming print settings, see “Conrming Print Settings (Mac OS 9)”. (→P.514)
518 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS 9)
1.
In the application software, select Print from the File menu to display the dialog box for printing
conditions.
Note
• This dialog box includes basic printing options and enables you to choose the printer, specify the
range of pages, number of copies, and so on.
2.
Select the printer in the Printer list.
3.
Click Print to start printing.
As shown in the following illustration, you can switch to other panes in this dialog box to complete
settings for various methods of printing, including enlarged and reduced printing, borderless
printing, and so on.
Mac OS 9 Software 519
Printer Driver
Main Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Main pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Note
• On the Main pane, choose Easy Settings to specify basic print settings based on the print target, or
switch to Advanced Settings to complete more detailed settings as desired.
Conguration using Easy Settings
Setting Item
Description
A Copies
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
B Page
Specify the pages to print.
• All Pages
• From and To
Collate
Activate this option to print complete sets in the specied quantity.
Reverse Order
Activate this option to print pages in reverse order.
C Media Type
D Set
F Print Target
G View set.
L Printer
520 Mac OS 9 Software
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
Choose the settings that match the document you will print.
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9) (→P.182)
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9) (→P.194)
Printing Ofce Documents (→P.202)
Click to display the View set. dialog box, which enables you to conrm the
settings for the selected item from the F Print Target list or change the
order of items listed in F Print Target.
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which indicates the ink
levels and gives other information about the printer.
Printer Driver
Conguration using Advanced Settings
Setting Item
Description
A Copies
Enter the number of copies to print, in a range of “1-999.”
B Page
Specify the pages to print.
• All Pages
• From and To
Collate
Activate this option to print complete sets in the specied quantity.
Reverse Order
Activate this option to print pages in reverse order.
C Media Type
D Set
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
Click to display the Media Detailed Settings dialog box for ink drying time
and other detailed settings based on the paper type.
F Print Priority
You can choose what type of element for which you want better print results.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
G Print Quality
You can choose the print quality.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
H Color Mode
You can choose the color mode.
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing
(→P.225)
I Set
Click to display the Color Settings dialog box for more advanced color
settings.
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.213)
J Unidirectional Printing
Although unidirectional printing is slower, it can help prevent misaligned
lines and ensure better results.
Depending on the printing conditions, unidirectional printing may be the
default setting even if you do not choose it. In this case, the printing speed
will not change if you activate the setting.
K Thicken Fine Lines
Activate this option to print ne lines more distinctly.
Mac OS 9 Software 521
Printer Driver
Setting Item
O Sharpen Text
Description
Activate this option to print text more sharply.
P Reduce Print Unevenness This option is displayed if you have selected Plain Paper in C Media Type
and Ofce Document in F Print Priority.
Activate this option to automatically switch between one-pass and two-pass
printings, which reduces color shading.
Deactivate this option for one-pass printing only.
L Printer
522 Mac OS 9 Software
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which indicates the ink
levels and gives other information about the printer.
Printer Driver
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Page Setup pane. For details on settings items, refer to the
printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer.
B Page Size
Displays the page size, as specied in the source application.
For details on paper sizes available from the source application, see
“Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
C Enlarged/Reduced Printing
Choose from the following options when this setting is activated.
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.248)
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.256)
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.265)
D Fit Media Size
Scales the document image to match the paper size.
E Fit Roll Paper Width
Scales the document image to match the roll width.
F Scaling
Resizes the document image based on a specied scaling value. Enter a
value in a range of “5-600.”
G Borderless Printing
Borderless printing is available if Roll Paper is selected from the A
Media Source list in the Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9).
Activate this setting for borderless printing to match the size and width
of the paper.
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.299)
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.310)
Borderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.288)
H Media Size
Choose the size of the paper you will print on.
For details on available paper sizes, see “Paper Sizes”. (→P.109)
I Page Layout
Activate this option to select the page layout when printing multiple pages
per sheet.(*1)
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (→P.367)
Printing Posters in Sections (→P.375)
Mac OS 9 Software 523
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
J Layout Direction
This setting is available when I Page Layout is selected. Here, you can
specify the orientation of multiple pages to be printed on a single sheet.
K Page Border
This setting is available when I Page Layout is selected. Here, you can
specify the type of boundary line around each page of multiple pages
printed on a single sheet.
*1: Selecting poster layout from the I Page Layout list displays a check box for specifying the pages to
print.
524 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Finishing pane. For details on settings items, refer to the printer
driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Media Source
You can choose the media source.
Options displayed in the list vary depending on the selection in C Media
Type in the Main pane.
B Roll Paper Width
Displays the paper width of the roll loaded in the printer. Unknown is
displayed if the printer cannot detect the roll paper width.
C Watermark
Activating this option makes two settings available, D Watermarks and
E Edit Watermark.
Printing With Watermarks (→P.419)
D Watermarks
Lists the provided watermarks. Choose the watermark to print.
E Edit Watermark
Click to display the Edit Watermark dialog box for creating your own,
original watermark.
F Print Centered
Choose this option to print the document images in the center of the
paper.
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (→P.380)
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets (→P.389)
G Rotate 180 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 180 degrees before
printing.
H No Spaces at Top or Bottom Activate this setting to print the next image skipping blank areas above
and below printable data in documents, which enables you to conserve
the paper.
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom
Margins (→P.405)
I Rotate Page 90 degrees
Activate this setting to rotate the document image by 90 degrees before
printing.
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.397)
Mac OS 9 Software 525
Printer Driver
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Device Settings pane.
Setting Item
A Utility
526 Mac OS 9 Software
Description
Click to display the Printer Information dialog box, which offers the
following maintenance for the printer.
• Nozzle (ink ejecting outlet) cleaning
• Head alignment adjustment
• Feed amount adjustment
Printer Driver
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Additional Settingspane. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Setting Item
Description
A Background Printing
Choose the printing method.
Activate this setting by clicking B On to print in the background.
Deactivate this setting by clicking C Off to print in the
foreground.
D Data Send Method
Choose how printing data is sent to the printer.
• E Send Print Data Immediately to Printer
• F Send All Print Data as Batch to Printer
G Printing Finished Alert Method
Choose how to notify when printing is nished.
Specify how to be notied when printing is nished, by a tone
or a message.
H Make a Sound
Activate this setting to be notied by a tone when printing is
nished. You can also choose a different tone.
J Display a Message
Activate this setting to be notied by a dialog box when printing
is nished.
Q Special Settings
If the printing results are not as you expected, click this option
to change how printing is processed.
Mac OS 9 Software 527
Printer Driver
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)
In general, make any needed adjustments to the color of documents in the application used to create them.
However, if the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can also adjust the color in the printer driver.
Color Adjustment pane: color
If the color tone as printed is not as you expected, you can adjust it on the Color Adjustment pane.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings by Color Mode in
Advanced Settings. (→P.520)
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image at left is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the pane, enabling you to check the results of adjustment.
B Original
The image at right shows the original state before adjustment. You can
compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Correct color tones by adjusting the levels of each color.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original image
(that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic as it
appears on the computer screen).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each other,
as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and reducing
the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Adjust the color intensity as desired. Increasing the Saturation setting
makes colors more vivid, and reducing the Saturation makes colors more
subdued.
528 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Setting Item
Description
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Adjust the color tone of grays as desired. Choose Cool Black (tinged with
blue), Warm Black (tinged with red), and so on.
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, click Object Adjustment on the Color Adjustment pane.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
Mac OS 9 Software 529
Printer Driver
Matching pane
On the Matching pane, you can specify color matching, to compensate for differences in the appearance
of colors on various devices.
Note
• To display the Matching pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings by Color Mode in Advanced
Settings, and then click Matching. (→P.520)
Setting Item
Description
A Matching Mode
Select the color matching mode to use, as desired.
B Matching Method
Select the matching method that suits the document to be printed. Various
Matching Method options are available depending on your selection in
Matching.
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
530 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9)
The following settings are available on the Color Settings pane for monochrome printing.
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome
On the Color Adjustment pane for monochrome printing, you can adjust the brightness and contrast.
Note
• To display the Color Adjustment pane, on the Main pane, click Color Settings by Color Mode in
Advanced Settings. (→P.520)
Setting Item
Description
A Preview
The image above is updated to reect any changes you make to setting
items on the right of this pane, enabling you to check the results of
adjustment.
B Original
The image on the bottom shows the original state before adjustment. You
can compare it to the Preview image.
C Cyan
Not available.
D Magenta
E Yellow
F Brightness
Adjust the overall image brightness as desired. You can adjust the
brightness if the printed document is lighter or darker than the original
image (that is, the original photo that was scanned or the original graphic
as it appears on the monitor).
G Contrast
Adjust the contrast of the darkest and lightest portions relative to each
other, as desired. Increasing the Contrast makes images sharper, and
reducing the Contrast softens images.
H Saturation
Not available.
I Gray Tone Adjustment
Not available.
J Object Adjustment
Select this option to display the Object Adjustment dialog box, in which
you can specify objects subject to color adjustment.
Mac OS 9 Software 531
Printer Driver
Note
• For details on settings items, see “Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver”. (→P.213)
Object Adjustment dialog box
In the Object Adjustment dialog box, you can specify what type of print jobs to apply color adjustment to. If
an original comprises images, graphics, and text, you can specify which portion to apply color adjustment to.
Note
• To display the Object Adjustment dialog box, on the Color Adjustment pane, click Object Adjustment.
Setting Item
Description
A Image
Select this option to apply color adjustment to image areas, such as photos.
B Graphics
Select this option to apply color adjustment to graphics, such as lines and
circles.
C Text
Select this option to apply color adjustment to text.
532 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)
The Paper Detailed Settings dialog box offers the following settings. For details on settings items, refer to
the printer driver help.
Note
• To display the Paper Detailed Settings dialog box, on the Main pane, click Settings by Media
Type. (→P.520)
Setting Item
Description
A Media Type
Select the paper type.
For information on the types of paper the printer supports, refer to the Paper
Reference Guide. (→P.103)
B Drying Time
Specify the time that the printer waits for ink to dry, as needed. The Drying
Time setting is only valid for rolls.
(→P.128)
C Between Pages
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a page until ejecting the
paper, as needed.
D Between Scans
Specify the time the printer waits after printing a line on the page until
printing the next line, as needed.
E Roll Paper Margin for
Safety
F Near End Margin
You can specify the length of a margin on the leading edge of paper to
ensure that paper susceptible to curling is held rmly against the Platen.
Specify the length of the Near End Margin (the leading edge margin) of the
roll, as needed.
G Cut Speed
Select the speed of automatic cutting, as needed. Adjust this setting if paper
is not cut well when automatic cutting is used.
H Automatic Cutting
You can activate or deactivate Automatic Cutting and printing of cut lines,
as desired. In this list, you can specify Yes or No and Print Cut Guideline.
I Mirror
Specify whether to print a mirror image, as needed. Select this option to print
a version of the document or image with the left and right sides inverted.
Mac OS 9 Software 533
Printer Driver
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS 9)
In the View Settings dialog box, you can check details of the selected printing application.
Note
• To display the View Settings dialog box, on the Main pane, click View Settings by Print Target.
(→P.520)
Setting Item
Description
A Print Target
Shows all Print Target options (settings items for the printing application).
B Name
Identies the item selected in Print Target by its name and an icon.
C Details
Here, you can conrm detailed settings values for each item selected in
the Print Target list.
534 Mac OS 9 Software
Printer Driver
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9)
If the printing results are not as you expected, you can change how printing is processed in the Special
Settings dialog box.
Note
• To display the Special Settings dialog box, on the Additional Settings pane, click Special Settings.
(→P.527)
Setting Item
A Fast Graphic Process
Description
If image colors are inconsistent in printed documents or if lines are printed
in varying thicknesses, clearing this option may help produce the expected
results.
Mac OS 9 Software 535
Printmonitor
Printmonitor
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh)
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor is a utility for checking the printer status and managing print jobs.
•
•
•
•
Printer status can be checked in real time on a computer monitor.
You can check the status of print jobs, cancel jobs, and manage them as needed.
If a printer error occurs, you can investigate the corrective action immediately.
You can also set up automatic email notication of any printer problems or errors to email addresses you
designate in advance.
Note
• If the status of the desired printer is not shown in imagePROGRAF Printmonitor, select the printer
again as follows.
1. Make sure the printer is on and connected to the network or to a local port.
2. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
3. If information about the printer is not shown in step 2, choose Search Printer in the Printer menu.
4. Select the zone to search (or select *(My Zone) if no zones have been set up) and click the
Search button.
Printer names listed in the Printer menu are updated with the printers that are now detected.
5. In the Printer menu, select the name of the desired printer.
After the printer is detected, the printer status is shown.
536 Mac OS 9 Software
Network Setting
Network Setting
Network Setting
Network Environment
System requirements
The system requirements, which vary depending on your network, are as follows.
• Printing over a TCP/IP network
• Compatible operating systems
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Home Edition or Professional)
• Windows Server 2003 (Standard Edition)
• Windows Vista (Home Basic/Business/Ultimate)
• Mac OS 9.1 or later
• Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
• Printing over an AppleTalk network
• Compatible operating systems
• Mac OS 9.1 or later
• Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
Note
• The printer cannot be used over a LocalTalk network.
• Compatible with EtherTalk Phase 2.
• Printing over a NetWare network
• Compatible servers
• Novell NetWare 4.2/5.1/6.0
• Compatible clients
• Windows 2000 (Professional or Server)
• Windows XP (Professional)
• Compatible computer
• A computer that runs one of the above operating systems
Note
• In NetWare 6.0, iPrint is not supported.
Network Setting 537
Network Setting
Network environment
After conrming what type of network environment you will connect the printer to, set up the printer and
computers as needed.
• Example of a Windows network
In Windows networks, print over TCP/IP.
Note
• NetBIOS is not supported.
• Example of a Macintosh network
In Macintosh networks, print over AppleTalk (EtherTalk) or TCP/IP, using Bonjour(Zeroconf) functions.
• Example of a NetWare network
Note
• Even if there is a NetWare server in your network environment, you can use both TCP/IP and AppleTalk.
In this case, complete the settings for each protocol you will use.
538 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address on the Printer
You must congure the printer’s IP address before using the printer in a TCP/IP network.
The printer’s IP address is congured automatically when you install the printer driver following the instructions
in the Quick Start Guide.
Congure the IP address by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, the printer Control Panel, or ARP or
PING commands, if the IP address is changed, or if you change the printer connection mode to a network
connection. For details on conguring the IP address, refer to the following topics.
• Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (→P.540)
• Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (→P.541)
• Conguring the IP Address Using ARP and PING Commands (→P.543)
Important
• If you use a DHCP server for automatic assignment of the printer’s IP address, printing may no longer
be possible after the printer is turned off and on. This is because an IP address different from before
has been assigned. Thus, when using DHCP server functions, consult your network administrator and
congure the settings in one of the following ways.
• Congure the setting for dynamic DNS updating
In RemoteUI, activate the setting Enable DNS Dynamic Update. (→P.545)
• Congure the setting for assignment of the same IP address each time the printer starts up
Note
• We recommend conguring the printer’s IP address even if you will use the printer in networks other
than TCP/IP networks. Conguring the printer’s IP address enables you to use RemoteUI to congure
the network settings and manage the printer with a web browser.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
Network Setting 539
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility
From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the
printer to congure the printer’s IP address. This topic describes how to congure the IP address using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.487)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.
In the Product Name list displayed, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Note
• To congure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select
DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.
540 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control
Panel
This topic describes how to congure the printer’s IP address on the Control Panel.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Interface Setup, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Interface Setup ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select TCP/IP, and then press ▼.
Interface Setup
TCP/IP ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select IP Setting, and then press ▼.
TCP/IP
IP Setting ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select IP Address, and then press ▼.
IP Setting
IP Address ↓
6.
Press ◄ or ► to move the cursor (_) to each eld for entering IP address numbers.
IP Address
=0.0.0.0
7.
8.
Press the OK button to prepare to enter the number.
Press ◄ or ► to select the number, and then press the OK button.
IP Address
=xxx.0.0.0
Note
• Pressing the ◄ button decreases the number by 1. The minimum value is “0,” after which “255” is
displayed.
• Pressing the ► button increases the number by 1. The maximum value is “255,” after which “0” is
displayed.
• Hold down ◄ or ► to increase or decrease the value continuously.
9.
Repeat steps 6-8 to enter the IP address assigned to the printer.
IP Address
=xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
Network Setting 541
Network Setting
10.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings are changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Important
• Be sure to complete step 10. This will activate the values you have entered.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway on the Control Panel.
Note
• If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.
• To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more.
542 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the IP Address Using ARP and PING
Commands
This topic describes how to congure the IP address using ARP and PING commands.
To use the ARP and PING commands, you will need to know the printer’s MAC address. You can conrm
the MAC address on the Control Panel.
1.
Check the printer’s MAC address.
You can conrm the MAC address on the Control Panel as follows:
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ◄ or ► to select Information, and then press ▼.
3. Press ◄ or ► to select MAC Address, and then press the OK button.
Note
• You can investigate the MAC address by printing a Status Print report.
(→P.64)
2.
3.
In Windows, open a command prompt or MS-DOS prompt, or in Mac OS X, start Terminal.
Execute the following command to add entries to the ARP table for managing IP addresses
and corresponding MAC addresses.
arp -s [IP address] [the printer’s MAC address you have veried]
Example: arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 00-00-85-xx-xx-xx
Note
• In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the arp command in the format “arp -s xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx
00:00:85:xx:xx:xx.” For details, refer to the help le for the command line.
4.
Execute the following command to send the IP address to the printer and congure it.
ping [IP address as specied in the ARP command] -l 479
Example: ping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx -l 479
Note
• In “-l,” the “l” is the letter “l”.
• In Mac OS X when using Terminal, enter the ping command in the format “ping -s 479
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx.” For details, refer to the help le for the command line.
Note
• The subnet mask and default gateway will be set to “0.0.0.0.”Use RemoteUI to change the subnet mask
and default gateway to match your network settings.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
Network Setting 543
Network Setting
Using RemoteUI
Enter the printer’s IP address in a web browser to display the RemoteUI page. After you log on to RemoteUI from
the page, you can check and change the status of the printer and print jobs, and congure network settings.
To access RemoteUI, start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to
display the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
For details on conguring printer settings for networks, refer to the following topics.
•
•
•
•
Conguring the Printer’s TCP/IP Network Settings (→P.545)
Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network Settings (→P.547)
Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings (→P.548)
Specifying Printer-Related Information (→P.550)
Note
• RemoteUI also offers many other features. You can display the ink levels, check error messages and
other status information, and cancel print jobs.
• By factory default, the English screen is displayed. To change the display language, select the desired
language under Language before logging on in administrator mode.
Important
• Use Netscape Navigator 6.0 or later, Internet Explorer 5.01 or later, or Firefox 1.5 or later as a web
browser. In Mac OS X, you can also use Safari 1.32 or later or Safari 2.03 or later.
• Access is not possible via a proxy server. In environments where a proxy server is used, add the
printer’s IP address to Exceptions (addresses accessed without a proxy server) in the web browser
proxy server settings. (Settings may vary depending on the network environment.)
• Enable JavaScript and cookies in the web browser.
• If you access RemoteUI with the printer name instead of its IP address, make sure the DNS settings are
correctly congured.
544 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the Printer’s TCP/IP Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the TCP/IP network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the TCP/IP group to display the Edit TCP/IP Protocol
Settings page.
6.
Refer to the TCP/IP Settings Items table to complete the settings.
TCP/IP Settings Items
Item
Default Setting
Details
Use DHCP
Activate this setting to use DHCP Off
for conguring the IP address.
Use BOOTP
Activate this setting to use
BOOTP for conguring the IP
address.
Use RARP
Activate this setting to use RARP Off
for conguring the IP address.
Enable DNS Dynamic Update
Activate this setting to perform
DNS server registration
automatically.
Off
Use Zeroconf Function
Activate this setting to use
Bonjour.
On
IP Address
Specify the printer’s IP address.
0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask
Specify the printer’s subnet mask. 0.0.0.0
Gateway Address
Specify the printer’s default
gateway.
0.0.0.0
LPD Printing
Activate this setting to use LDP
Printing.
On
IPP Printing
Activate this setting to use IPP
Printing.
On
IPP Printer URI
Specify the URI of the printer
printer
used for IPP printing using up to
252 characters.
When using a standard Windows
port for IPP printing, enter an
URL less than 255 bytes for
all characters for “http://"IP
address"/IPP-URI.”
RAW Printing
Activate this setting to use Raw
Printing.
Off
On
Network Setting 545
Network Setting
Item
7.
Default Setting
Details
RAW Mode Bi-direction
Activate this setting to use
Raw mode bidirectional
communication.
Off
FTP Printing
Activate this setting to use FTP
Printing.
On
SMTP Server Address
Specify the SMTP server’s IP
address.
0.0.0.0
Primary DNS Server Address
Specify the IP address of the
primary DNS server.
0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS Server Address Specify the IP address of the
secondary DNS server.
0.0.0.0
DNS Host Name
Specify the printer host name,
up to 63 characters (1-63
characters). Use single-byte
letters, numbers, and “-”
(hyphens). Do not use numbers
or “-” for the rst character or “-”
for the last character.
NB-17FBxxxxxxxxxxxx
DNS Domain Name
Specify the printer domain
blank
name, up to 63 characters. Use
single-byte letters, numbers, “-”
(hyphens), and “.” (periods). Do
not use numbers, “-”, or “.” for the
rst character, or “-” or “.” for the
last character.
Multicast DNS Service Name
Specify the printer’s Multicast
Canon iPFxxxx (xxxxxx)
DNS service name. (1-63
characters)
This name will be displayed when
Bonjour functions are used.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Note
• If you specify to congure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, there must be a server that
supports such protocol running in the network.
• If you specify to congure the IP address using DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP, the IP address obtained by this
method is used rst. If you cannot obtain the IP address, the address specied in IP Address is used.
• It takes a minute or two to determine whether DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP are available. We recommend
clearing check boxes of options you will not use.
• If you are using a DNS server, select Enable DNS Dynamic Update and enter the IP Address for DNS
servers, DNS host name, and DNS domain name in Primary DNS Server Address, Secondary DNS
Server Address, DNS Host Name, and DNS Domain Name, respectively.
546 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the AppleTalk network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk
Protocol Settings page.
6.
Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings.
AppleTalk Settings Items
Item
Details
Default Setting
Phase Type
Specify whether to use AppleTalk. Disabled
If you will use AppleTalk, choose
Phase 2.
If you will not use AppleTalk,
choose Disabled.
Name (*1)
Specify the object name used by Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx)
AppleTalk (in up to 31 single-byte
or 15 double-byte characters).
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ * : =
Zone (*2)
Specify the printer zone name, up *
to 31 single-byte characters.
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ : = Also
avoid using “*” (which represents
the default zone) in the middle of
a string.
*1:The object name you have specied in Name is displayed in Chooser in Mac OS 9 or Printer Setup
Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X. If you use multiple printers in the same zone, assign a
unique name to each printer. By default, the network interface name is “Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx).”
(Here, xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer’s MAC address.)
*2: If zones have been created on the network, enter the name of the printer’s zone. If there are
no zones, leave the asterisk “*” entry (for the default zone) as it is. If you enter a network zone
name that does not match created zones, the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers.
Consult your network administrator for information on zone names.
7.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Network Setting 547
Network Setting
Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the NetWare network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol
Settings page.
6.
Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings.
NetWare Settings Items
Item
Default Setting
Details
Frame Type
Specify the type of frame to
use in NetWare.
NCP Burst Mode
Activate this setting to use
On
NCP Burst Mode.
This mode supports fast data
transfer when printing in queue
server mode. Normally, leave
the setting On.
Print Application
Choose the print service.
• Bindery PServer
• RPrinter
• NDS PServer
• NPrinter
Packet Signature
Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server
to use packet signature.
Bindery
PServer
File Server Name
Specify the name of a le
server that has a NetWare print
server.
(0-47 characters)
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server.
(0-20 characters)
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-15 seconds)
5
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
RPrinter
548 Network Setting
Disabled
NDS PServer
Network Setting
Item
NDS
PServer
NPrinter
7.
Default Setting
Details
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-15)
0
Tree Name
Specify the name of an NDS
tree that has a NetWare print
server.
(0-32 characters)
-
Context Name
Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server.
(0-255 characters)
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-64 characters)
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server.
(0-20 characters)
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-255 seconds)
5
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-254)
0
Click OK to display the Network page.
Network Setting 549
Network Setting
Specifying Printer-Related Information
Follow the steps below to specify device information and security settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Information in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Information page.
To display the relevant settings page, click Edit in the upper-right corner of Device Information
or Security, depending on what information you want to specify.
6.
Refer to the table of settings for device information, security, and email notication as you
complete these settings.
Device Information Settings
Item
Details
Default Setting
Device Name
Enter a device name.
(0-32 characters)
blank
Location
Enter the location where the device is installed.
(0-32 characters)
blank
Administrator
Enter the administrator’s name.
(0-32 characters)
blank
Phone
Enter the administrator’s contact information.
(0-32 characters)
blank
Comments(E-mail)
Enter any comments regarding the administrator. blank
(0-32 characters)
Security Settings
Item
Details
Default Setting
Old Password
Enter the current device password.
(0-14 characters)
blank
New Password
Enter the new password.
(0-14 characters)
blank
Conrm
Enter the new password again to conrm it.
(0-14 characters)
blank
Besides entering a password, you can specify other security-related information, such as IP
address-based SNMP or TCP usage restrictions, MAC address-based access restrictions, or
IPP and FTP authentication settings.
7.
Click OK to activate the settings.
550 Network Setting
Network Setting
Conguring the Communication Mode Manually
This topic gives instructions for conguring the communication mode manually.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Interface Setup, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Interface Setup ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Ethernet Driver, and then press ▼.
Interface Setup
Ethernet Driver ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Auto Detect, and then press ▼.
Ethernet Driver
Auto Detect ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Off, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Auto Detect
= Off
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Comm.Mode, and then press ▼.
Ethernet Driver
Comm.Mode ↓
7.
Press ◄ or ► to select the communication mode, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Comm.Mode
= Half Duplex
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
8.
Press ◄ or ► to select Ethernet Type, and then press ▼.
Ethernet Driver
Ethernet Type ↓
9.
Press ◄ or ► to select the Ethernet type, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Ethernet Type
= 10 Base-T
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
Network Setting 551
Network Setting
10.
Press ◄ or ► to select Spanning Tree, and then press ▼.
Ethernet Driver
Spanning Tree ↓
11.
Press ◄ or ► to enable or disable spanning tree support, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Spanning Tree
= Use
Return to the Ethernet Driver menu.
12.
Press the Online button.
After the conrmation message is displayed, press OK.
The printer will now restart.
Note
• If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.
• To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more.
552 Network Setting
Network Setting
Email Notication When Printing is Finished or Errors
Occur
The printer can notify you of the printer status by email. Even when you are away from the printer, you can
know when printing is nished or if errors occur. Receive notication via email on your mobile phone or
at your computer.
Use the imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows) function to set up email recipients and message timing.
Besides being informed of nished print jobs or errors, you can also complete settings for email notication
when service is needed or it’s time to replace consumables. For detailed instructions,see “Specifying
Printer-Related Information”. (→P.550)
Note
• For details on email notication using imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (in Windows), refer to the
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor help.
Network Setting 553
Network Setting
Initializing the Network Settings
Use RemoteUI to restore the network settings to the default values as follows.
Important
• Initializing the network settings will also restore the default value of the printer’s IP address. As a result,
the RemoteUI page cannot be displayed in the web browser after this procedure.
• For instructions on reconguring the IP address, see “Conguring the IP Address on the Printer”.
(→P.539)
• For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Reset to Default settings in the lower-right corner of the Network Interface group.
After conrming the message, click OK to restore the network settings to the default values.
Note
• You can also use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the Control Panel to restore the default
network settings.
554 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Windows)
This topic describes how to specify the printer driver destination if the printer’s IP address is changed, or if you
will use the printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.
The procedure described below is the conguration based on the LPR or Raw protocol using the standard
TCP/IP port in Windows ( Standard TCP/IP Port ).
Important
• If you will use the printer in a TCP/IP network, make sure the printer’s IP address is congured correctly.
• Conguring the IP Address on the Printer (→P.539)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Properties to open the printer properties window.
Click the Port tab to display the Port sheet.
Click Add Port to display the Printer Ports dialog box.
In the Available Port list, select Standard TCP/IP Port.
Click New Port.
After the wizard starts, a window is displayed for the Welcome to the Add Standard TCP/IP
Printer Port Wizard.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Click Next.
In Printer Name or IP Address, enter the printer’s IP address.
Follow the instructions on the screen to add a printer port.
Click Close to close the Printer Ports dialog box.
Make sure the printer port you added is displayed under Ports, and that the port is selected.
Click Close to close the printer properties window.
Network Setting 555
Network Setting (Windows)
Sharing the Printer in Windows
If you set up a computer as a print server in Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Server 2003, Windows
Vista, or Windows Server 2008, the computer can receive print jobs sent from other computers (clients)
connected to it for printing. This topic describes how to share the printer in Windows.
Important
• We recommend that your network administrator congure your network for printer sharing.
1.
Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
2.
Right-click the icon of this printer and choose Sharing to open the printer properties window.
556 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
3.
On the Sharing sheet, click Share this printer and enter the shared name.
4.
To print jobs from clients running other versions of Windows, click Additional Drivers and follow
the instructions to install the printer driver of the corresponding version.
If you are prompted to choose the location of the printer driver le, insert the provided User
Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive and specify the folder where the printer driver is located.
5.
Click OK.
Important
• When installing the printer driver on client computers, select "Network Printer" on the connection type
screen in the printer wizard, and then select the printer shared from the computer set up as the print
server.
Network Setting 557
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the NetWare network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol
Settings page.
6.
Refer to the NetWare Settings Items table to complete the settings.
NetWare Settings Items
Item
Default Setting
Details
Frame Type
Specify the type of frame to
use in NetWare.
NCP Burst Mode
Activate this setting to use
On
NCP Burst Mode.
This mode supports fast data
transfer when printing in queue
server mode. Normally, leave
the setting On.
Print Application
Choose the print service.
• Bindery PServer
• RPrinter
• NDS PServer
• NPrinter
Packet Signature
Select If Requested by Server If Requested by Server
to use packet signature.
Bindery
PServer
File Server Name
Specify the name of a le
server that has a NetWare print
server.
(0-47 characters)
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server.
(0-20 characters)
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-15 seconds)
5
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
RPrinter
558 Network Setting
Disabled
NDS PServer
Network Setting (Windows)
Item
NDS
PServer
NPrinter
7.
Default Setting
Details
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-15)
0
Tree Name
Specify the name of an NDS
tree that has a NetWare print
server.
(0-32 characters)
-
Context Name
Specify the name of a context that has a NetWare print server.
(0-255 characters)
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-64 characters)
Print Server Password
Set a password for the print
server.
(0-20 characters)
-
Polling Interval
Specify the interval to conrm
jobs.
(1-255 seconds)
5
Print Server Name
Specify the name of a NetWare print server.
(0-47 characters)
Printer Number
Specify the number of the
printer connected to the
NetWare print server.
(0-254)
0
Click OK to display the Network page.
Network Setting 559
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying the Printer’s Frame Type
To enable communication between the printer and computers on your network, specify the Ethernet frame
type in your NetWare environment.
Follow the steps below to specify the frame type by using imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility or the
printer Control Panel.
Note
• You can specify the frame type by using RemoteUI if the printer’s IP address is congured.
Important
• Before specifying the frame type, make sure the printer is on and connected to the network.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.487)
Specifying the Frame Type Using imagePROGRAF Device Setup
Utility
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
In the list of printers, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the NetWare Frame Type list, select the frame type.
Click ETHERNET II under Frame Type in TCP/IP.
In IP Address, enter the IP address assigned to the printer, and then enter the subnet mask in
Subnet Mask and the default gateway in Gateway Address.
Important
• You must specify the IP address here to be able to congure NetWare protocol settings using
RemoteUI.
7.
8.
9.
Click Set.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
560 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer Control Panel
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Interface Setup, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Interface Setup ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select NetWare, and then press ▼.
Interface Setup
NetWare ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select NetWare, and then press ▼.
NetWare
NetWare ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select On and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
NetWare
= On
Return to the NetWare menu.
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Frame Type, and then press ▼.
NetWare
Frame Type ↓
7.
Press ◄ or ► to select your frame type, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Frame Type
= Ethernet 802.3
Return to the NetWare menu.
8.
Press ◄ or ► to select Print Service, and then press ▼.
NetWare
Print Service ↓
9.
Press ◄ or ► to select your print service, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Print Service
= RPrinter
Return to the NetWare menu.
Network Setting 561
Network Setting (Windows)
10.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings is changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Important
• Be sure to complete step 10. This will activate the values you have entered.
Note
• If an error message is displayed, check the settings and correct any invalid values.
• To cancel the setup process, hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or more.
562 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying NetWare Print Services
Before printing in a NetWare network, you must congure print services such as print servers, print queues,
and so on. You can congure the print service settings from a computer using any of the following software.
• NWADMIN
• PCONSOLE
(from Novell, provided with NetWare)
Important
• If you use NWADMIN to congure the print service settings, Novell Client (the Novell NetWare client
software) must be installed as the client software application.
• NetWare networking is unsupported in Windows Vista.
This topic gives instructions for conguring NetWare print services. The order of this procedure may vary
depending on the environment.
Choosing the type of print services
Before completing print service settings, choose the type of print service. Refer to the following descriptions
as needed.
Note
• In NetWare 5.1 or 6.0, NDPS may also be used as the print service. If you use NDPS, use the Novell
printer gateway included with NetWare. For details on conguring NDPS, refer to the NetWare
documentation.
• NDS (Novell Directory Service) and bindery
NDS and bindery are both supported. Use the mode that is compatible with your network environment.
• Queue server mode and remote printer mode
Queue server mode and remote printer mode are both supported.
• Queue server mode
When using queue server mode, all print server functions are supported, so there is no need for
other print server software or hardware. In NDS queue server mode (NDS PServer), the NDS
print server is used for printing. In bindery queue server mode (Bindery PServer), the bindery print
server is used for printing. Note that if you use queue server mode, a NetWare user license is
required for each network interface.
• Remote printer mode
In remote printer mode, the printer is controlled by the NetWare print server. Thus, a NetWare
print server is required. In NDS remote printer mode (NPrinter), the NDS print server is used for
printing, and in bindery remote printer mode (RPrinter), the bindery print server is used for printing.
Network Setting 563
Network Setting (Windows)
Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the print server
Use NWADMIN to set up the print server if NDS queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.
1.
2.
Log into NetWare as Administrator or with equivalent rights, and then start NWADMIN.
Run Quick Setup.
1. Choose Print Services Quick Setup in the Tools menu.
2. Enter a desired name in Print Server Name. To use an existing print server, click the button at right
and choose the name from the list.
3. Enter a desired printer name in Name.
4. To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use the printer in
remote printer mode, choose Parallel in Type, click Communications, and set Ports to LPT1 and
Connection Type to Manual Load.
5. Enter a desired queue name in Name.
6. In Volume, enter the volume object (that is, the object representing the physical volume on the
network) where the print queue will be created. Click the button at right to choose from a list.
7. Complete other settings as needed and click OK.
Note
• The print server name will be required when conguring the printer’s protocol settings. Write down
the print server name for future reference.
• When running Quick Setup, the printer is assigned printer number “0.” When using the printer in
queue server mode, do not change the printer number from “0.”
3.
Set a password.
1. Right-click the print server created in step 2 and choose Details.
2. Click Change Password to open the password input dialog box. Enter the password.
3. Click OK to close the password input dialog box.
4. Click OK or Cancel to close the details dialog box.
4.
To use the printer in remote printer mode, start the print server.
To use the NetWare le server as the print server, enter “LOAD PSERVER.NLM” at the le
server and press the Enter key.
Note
• This procedure is not required when using queue server mode.
564 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Use PCONSOLE to set up the print server if bindery queue server mode or remote printer mode is used.
1.
2.
3.
Log into NetWare as Supervisor and start PCONSOLE.
Switch to bindery mode.
If the print server has not been created, create it.
1. In Available Options, select Quick Setup and press the Enter key.
2. Enter the name of the new print server, the new printer, and the queue.
Note
• The print server name will be required when conguring the printer’s protocol settings. Write down
the print server name for future reference.
4.
Specify the printer type.
1. To use the printer in queue server mode, choose Other/Unknown in Type. To use remote printer
mode, set Printer Type to Parallel and Position to Manual Load.
2. Press the Esc key.
3. After the conrmation message is displayed, choose Yes and press the Enter key.
5.
Set a password.
1. In Available Options, select Print Servers and press the Enter key.
2. Select the print server created in step 2 and press the Enter key.
3. Select Password, and press the Enter key to display the password input dialog box.
4. Enter the password and press the Enter key.
6.
Press the Esc key several times to display the dialog box for conrming that PCONSOLE
is nished.
7.
Click Yes to exit PCONSOLE.
Network Setting 565
Network Setting (Windows)
Specifying NetWare Protocols
Follow the steps below to congure NetWare protocol settings other than the frame type by using RemoteUI.
Note
• For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the NetWare group to display the Edit NetWare Protocol
Settings page.
6.
7.
Make sure the Frame Type indicates the frame type used on the NetWare network.
To use burst mode, choose On for NCP Burst Mode.
Note
• Burst mode supports fast data transfer when printing in queue server mode. Normally, choose On.
8.
In Print Application, click the print service to be used.
Note
• Only one print service selected here will be enabled. Multiple print services are not available at
the same time.
9.
10.
For packet signature, click If Requested by Server in Packet Signature.
Complete the following settings based on the selected service.
• If you have selected Bindery PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)
1. In File Server Name, enter the le server name.
2. In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in "Specifying NetWare
Print Services. (→P.563)"
3. In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in "Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.563)"
4. In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.
• If you have selected RPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a Bindery Print Server)
1. In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in "Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.563)"
2. In Printer Number, enter the same printer number specied in "Specifying NetWare Print
Services. (→P.563)"
566 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
• If you have selected NDS PServer: Queue Server Mode (Using an NDS Print Server)
1. In Tree Name and Context Name, enter the tree and context name of the print server.
2. In Print Server Name, enter the name of the print server created in "Specifying NetWare
Print Services. (→P.563)"
3. In Print Server Password, enter the password of the print server created in "Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.563)"
4. In Polling Interval, specify the interval at which the printer checks the NetWare print queue.
• If you have selected NPrinter: Remote Printer Mode (Using a NDS Print Server)
1. In Print Server Name, enter the advertising name of the print server created in "Specifying
NetWare Print Services. (→P.563)" Usually, the advertising name is the same as the name of
the print server.
2. In Printer Number, enter the same printer number specied in "Specifying NetWare Print
Services. (→P.563)"
11.
12.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Click Reset to activate the settings.
For a list of NetWare protocol settings items, see “Conguring the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings”.
(→P.548)
Note
• If you use RemoteUI to display the print log in RPrinter or NPrinter mode, the document and user
information cannot be obtained. Thus, Document Name only indicates Unknown, and the User Name
information is identied as RPRINTER/NPRINTER.
Network Setting 567
Network Setting (Windows)
Conguring NetWare Network Settings
To print over a NetWare network, congure the network environment as follows.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
1.
Specify the Ethernet frame type for communication between the printer and computers.
For instructions, see “Specifying the Printer’s Frame Type”. (→P.560)
2.
Specify the NetWare print services, including the print server and queue.
For instructions, see “Specifying NetWare Print Services”. (→P.563)
3.
Specify NetWare protocol details besides the frame type.
For instructions, see “Specifying NetWare Protocols”. (→P.566)
After you have completed the steps above, congure each computer for printing over the
NetWare network.
4.
Connect to the NetWare network.
Install NetWare client software on each computer to be used for printing over the network, and
log in to the NetWare server or tree. For instructions on connection, refer to the NetWare and
operating system documentation.
5.
Install the printer driver.
Follow the instructions of your network administrator to install the printer driver on each computer
to be used for printing. When installing the printer driver, choose Network Printer as the printer
destination, and then choose the print queue created from the NetWare print service settings.
6.
Follow these steps to congure the printer port. This step is not necessary if you specied the
printer destination during installation of the printer driver.
1. Open the Printers and Faxes (or Printers ) window.
2. Right-click the printer icon and choose Properties.
3. Click the Port (or Advanced ) tab to display the Port (or Advanced ) sheet.
4. As the destination port, specify the print queue created by conguring the NetWare print service
settings.
568 Network Setting
Network Setting (Windows)
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
Install imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer
as follows:
Important
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights equivalent to the “Administrator” account.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM in the CD-ROM drive.
On the Setup Menu window, click Install Individual Software.
Click Install in imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Follow the instructions on the screen to proceed with the installation.
Conguring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility
From a computer running Windows, you can use imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility provided with the
printer to congure the printer’s IP address. This topic describes how to congure the IP address using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Important
• To congure network settings, you must be logged in with administrative rights such as “Administrator”
account. We recommend that your network administrator congure the network settings.
• For instructions on installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility, see “Installing imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility”. (→P.487)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility from the start menu.
In the Product Name list displayed, select the printer to congure.
Choose Protocol Settings from the Printer menu.
In the Setting IP Address list, choose Manual.
Enter the IP address assigned to the printer and click the Set button.
Click OK after the Conrmation message dialog box is displayed.
Exit imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
Note
• To congure the IP address automatically, choose Auto in the Setting IP Address list and select
DHCP, BOOTP, or RARP.
• You can also specify the subnet mask and default gateway.
Network Setting 569
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Printer Driver Destination (Macintosh)
Specify the printer driver destination as follows if the printer’s IP address is changed, or if you will use the
printer over a network connection instead of via USB connection.
• If you switch to printing in an AppleTalk network, see “Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)”. (→P.572)
• If you switch to printing in a TCP/IP network, or if the printer’s IP address is changed, see “Conguring
the Destination for TCP/IP Network (Macintosh)”. (→P.576)
• If you switch to printing in a Bonjour network, see “Conguring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)”. (→P.580)
570 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Printer’s AppleTalk Network Settings
Follow the steps below to congure the AppleTalk network settings.
1.
Start the web browser and enter the following URL in the Location (or Address ) box to display
the RemoteUI page.
http://“printer IP address or name”/
Example: http://xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/
2.
3.
4.
5.
Select Administrator Mode and click Logon.
If a password has been set on the printer, enter the password.
Click Network in the Device Manager menu at left to display the Network page.
Click Edit in the upper-right corner of the AppleTalk group to display the Edit AppleTalk
Protocol Settings page.
6.
Refer to the AppleTalk Settings Items table to complete the settings.
AppleTalk Settings Items
Item
Details
Default Setting
Phase Type
Specify whether to use AppleTalk. Disabled
If you will use AppleTalk, choose
Phase 2.
If you will not use AppleTalk,
choose Disabled.
Name (*1)
Specify the object name used by Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx)
AppleTalk (in up to 31 single-byte
or 15 double-byte characters).
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ * : =
Zone (*2)
Specify the printer zone name, up *
to 31 single-byte characters.
However, do not use the following
single-byte characters: @ : = Also
avoid using “*” (which represents
the default zone) in the middle of
a string.
*1:The object name you have specied in Name is displayed in Chooser in Mac OS 9 or Printer Setup
Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X. If you use multiple printers in the same zone, assign a
unique name to each printer. By default, the network interface name is “Canon NB-17FB (xxxxxx).”
(Here, xxxxxx is the last six digits of the printer’s MAC address.)
*2: If zones have been created on the network, enter the name of the printer’s zone. If there are
no zones, leave the asterisk “*” entry (for the default zone) as it is. If you enter a network zone
name that does not match created zones, the printer will not be detected by Macintosh computers.
Consult your network administrator for information on zone names.
7.
Click OK to display the Network page.
Network Setting 571
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)
To print over an AppleTalk network, activate the AppleTalk protocol and congure the destination as follows.
Activating AppleTalk on the printer
Important
• By factory default, the AppleTalk protocol is disabled on the printer.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Interface Setup, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Interface Setup ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select AppleTalk, and then press ▼.
Interface Setup
AppleTalk ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select On and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
AppleTalk
= On
5.
Press the Online button to bring the printer online.
If any of the settings is changed, a message for conrmation is displayed. In this case, press
the OK button.
Important
• Be sure to complete step 5. This will activate the values you have entered.
Note
• By using RemoteUI, you can also specify the object name used by AppleTalk, as well as the printer
zone name.
For details on RemoteUI, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
572 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS X)
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of conguring the destination
varies depending on the version of Mac OS X.
1.
2.
In System Preferences, click Network to display the Network window.
In Show, choose Built-in Ethernet. Next, click AppleTalk, select Make AppleTalk Active,
and click Apply now.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Close the Network window and save the settings.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.
Network Setting 573
Network Setting (Macintosh)
7.
Select the printer in the Printer Browser list and click Add.
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS 9)
1.
2.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
3.
4.
5.
Close the Chooser window.
6.
7.
8.
Close the AppleTalk window and save the settings.
In AppleTalk, click Active.
Click AppleTalk under Control Panels to display the AppleTalk window.
In Connect via, choose Built-in Ethernet.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.
574 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
9.
10.
In the Destination list at right, select AppleTalk, and then select the printer in the list below.
Close the Chooser window and click OK after the conrmation message is displayed.
Network Setting 575
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for TCP/IP Network
(Macintosh)
Follow the steps below to congure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.
Important
• If you use the printer on TCP/IP network, make sure the printer’s IP address is congured correctly.
• Conguring the IP Address Using the Printer Control Panel (→P.541)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS X)
Note
• The following procedures are based on Mac OS X 10.4. The method of conguring the destination
varies depending on the version of Mac OS X. If you use other versions, refer to the help for the Printer
Setup Utility (or the Print Center ).
1.
2.
3.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
4.
Click More Printers.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
Click Add to display the Printer Browser window.
576 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
5.
In the list of connection methods, click Canon IP(iPF).
6.
Enter the printer’s IP address in Printer’s Address and click Add.
7.
Make sure the printer has been added, and then close the Printer List window.
Network Setting 577
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination (Mac OS 9)
1.
2.
Choose Chooser from the Apple menu to display the Chooser window.
3.
Click Registering IP Address in the Destination list to display the IP Address Register/Edit
In the list at left, click GARO Printer Driver.
dialog box.
4.
Enter the printer’s IP address in IP Address and click Add.
5.
Click OK to close the IP Address Register/Edit dialog box.
578 Network Setting
Network Setting (Macintosh)
6.
In the Destination list, click the address you registered.
7.
Close the Chooser window and click OK after the conrmation message is displayed.
Network Setting 579
Network Setting (Macintosh)
Conguring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)
In Mac OS X 10.2.8 and later, use Bonjour functions to easily connect the printer to the network. Follow the
steps below to congure the destination if you use the printer on TCP/IP network.
Note
• In Mac OS 9, if the computer’s TCP/IP settings have been congured, you can connect the printer to the
network as easily as with the Bonjour function.
Select IP Print (Auto) from the Destination list in Chooser to specify the destination.
Important
• Bonjour and IP Print (Auto) do not support printing to a printer on other network groups that require a
router for connection. Make sure the computer and printer are on the same network. For information
about network settings, ask your network administrator.
• By default, Bonjour is activated on the printer. The printer name as displayed in Chooser in Mac
OS 9 or Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in Mac OS X is predened as the Multicast DNS
Service Name. You can activate or deactivate the Bonjour function or change the printer name by using
RemoteUI. For instructions on changing it, see “Using RemoteUI”. (→P.544)
1.
2.
3.
Choose Utilities (or Applications ) in the Go menu of Finder.
4.
Select the printer from the list in the Printer Browser window and click Add.
Click Printer Setup Utility (or Print Center ) in the Utilities folder.
If the printer name is not displayed in Printer List, click Add.
580 Network Setting
Adjusting the Printhead
Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the Printhead
Correcting Print Misalignment
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.
For instructions on automatic adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically”. (→P.581)
For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually”. (→P.583)
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by printing and reading a test pattern.
There are two modes for automatic adjustment: Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj.. Standard Adj. will x
most slight image distortion or color misalignment, but if not, try Advanced Adj..
If using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using
advanced adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the
Printhead Alignment Manually”. (→P.583)
Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the Printhead.
1.
Prepare one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger when Standard Adj. is selected or ve
when Advanced Adj. is selected.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Sheets in the Cassette (→P.152)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 581
Adjusting the Printhead
Note
• Use Standard Adj. if you have switched to another type of paper or if you want the boundaries
between colors to appear as attractive as possible.
• Use Advanced Adj. to ne-tune the space between nozzles or colors if you have switched the
printhead or if you want printed documents to appear as vivid as possible. We recommend using
Advanced Adj. for printing at a higher level of image quality.
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment
cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.
• This function is not available with CAD Tracing Paper, CAD Translucent Matte Film or CAD Clear
Film. If adjustment is not possible as expected using highly transparent lm or similar media, try
another type of media or adjust the Printhead alignment manually. (→P.583)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Adjust Printer ↓
4.
Press the ◄ or ► button to select Auto Head Adj., and then press ▼.
Adjust Printer
Auto Head Adj. ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Advanced Adj., and then press ▼.
Auto Head Adj.
Advanced Adj. ↓
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Advanced Adj.
= Yes
A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.
After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the Printhead alignment.
Note
• The following screen is displayed if automatic feeding is selected when an optional Roll Feed Unit
is installed but no roll is loaded. In this case, select the paper source and press the OK button. If
Cassette is selected on the following screen, or if automatic feeding is selected when an optional
Roll Feed Unit is not installed, select the type and size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Media Source
= Roll
582 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the Printhead
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually
If printed vertical lines are warped or colors are out of alignment, adjust the Printhead alignment. Adjust the
Printhead alignment automatically or manually by using a printed test pattern.
You can adjust the Printhead alignment automatically or manually. Normally, choose automatic adjustment. If
using special media or printing does not improve even after performing automatic adjustment using advanced
adjustment, try manual adjustment. For instructions on automatic adjustment, see “Adjusting the Printhead
Alignment Automatically”. (→P.581)
Follow these steps for standard manual adjustment of the Printhead.
Note
• If Manual Head Adj is not displayed in the menu, choose Advanced Adj. in Auto Head Adj.. Manual
Head Adj is displayed after you try Auto Head Adj. once.
1.
When using sheets, have an unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger ready.
When using a roll, load a roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting. Adjustment cannot be
completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Adjust Printer ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Manual Head Adj, and then press ▼.
Adjust Printer
Manual Head Adj ↓
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 583
Adjusting the Printhead
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Head Adj
= Yes
A test pattern is printed for printhead adjustment.
Note
• The following screen is displayed if automatic feeding is selected when an optional Roll Feed Unit
is installed but no roll is loaded. In this case, select the paper source and press the OK button. If
Cassette is selected on the following screen, or if automatic feeding is selected when an optional
Roll Feed Unit is not installed, select the type and size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Media Source
= Roll
6.
After Adj.Setting is displayed, press ▼.
Adj.Setting
D↓
7.
Press ▼.
D
D-1
8.
Examine test pattern D-1 for printhead adjustment. After you determine the pattern with straight
lines, press ◄ or ► to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
D-1
=10 ↓
Note
• If you cannot determine the pattern with straight lines, choose an intermediate value. For example,
choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.
9.
10.
11.
Repeat steps 7 and 8 to specify the adjustment value for D-2 to D-5 and D-7 to D-11.
Press ▲.
Press ◄ or ► to select Save Settings, and then press ▼.
Adj.Setting
Save Settings ↓
584 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the Printhead
12.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Save Settings
= Yes
The printer now goes online.
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 585
Adjusting the Printhead
Adjusting the Printhead Height
If paper rubs against the printer or the edge is wrinkled from rubbing, adjusting the Printhead height may
improve results.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Med.Detail Set. ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press ▼.
Med.Detail Set.
Plain Paper ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Head Height, and then press ▼.
Plain Paper
Head Height ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Printhead, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Head Height
= Automatic
Important
• If you switch to another type of paper after printing, reset the Printhead height to Automatic.
586 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically
If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed. There are
two modes for adjusting the amount paper is fed, Standard Adj. and Advanced Adj.. Advanced Adj. offers
a wider range of adjustment than Standard Adj.. If using Standard Adj. does not eliminate streaks, or if
streaks are quite noticeable, try Advanced Adj..
Follow the steps below for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount.
When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, you must adjust the
feed amount manually. For instructions on manual adjustment, see “Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually”.
(→P.590)
Note
• To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed
at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when
adjusting the feed amount. (→P.594)
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
• To apply the results of adjusting the feed amount in printing, you must rst set Feed Priority to Band
Joint. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be applied in printing if you
set Print Priority in the printer driver to Image or Ofce Document. (→P.225)
Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press the ▼ button.
3. Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the ▼ button.
4. Press ◄ or ► to select Feed Priority, and then press the ▼ button.
5. Press ◄ or ► to select the level of suction against paper on the Band Joint, and then press
the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount automatically.
1.
Prepare one unused sheet A4/Letter-sized or larger when Standard Adj. is selected or two
when Advanced Adj. is selected.
When using a roll, load an unused roll 10 inches (254 mm) or wider.
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
• Loading Sheets in the Cassette (→P.152)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 587
Adjusting the feed amount
Note
• Always specify the paper type when loading paper. Using paper that you have not specied on the
printer may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Adjust Printer ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Auto Band Adj., and then press ▼.
Adjust Printer
Auto Band Adj. ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Standard Adj., and then press ▼.
Auto Band Adj.
Standard Adj. ↓
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Standard Adj.
= Yes
Note
• The following screen is displayed if automatic feeding is selected when an optional Roll Feed Unit
is installed but no roll is loaded. In this case, select the paper source and press the OK button. If
Cassette is selected on the following screen, or if automatic feeding is selected when an optional
Roll Feed Unit is not installed, select the type and size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Media Source
= Roll
A test pattern is printed for band adjustment.
After reading the pattern, the printer automatically adjusts the feed amount and returns to online
mode.
If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular
intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (→P.589)
588 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount during printing
If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears
every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. However, note that because printing is
paused, colors may be slightly different.
1.
Press the Online button to pause printing.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.
MAIN MENU
Fine Band Adj. ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to change the value, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Fine Band Adj.
=+2
Note
• The supported range is -5 to +5.
5.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
Note
• The Fine Band Adj. value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However, the value is
reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj., Manual Band Adj, or Adjust Length.
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 589
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually
If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed.
This topic describes how to adjust the feed amount manually.
When using highly transparent media for which automatic adjustment is not supported, adjust the feed amount
manually. We recommend automatic adjustment for other types of media. For instructions on automatic
adjustment, see “Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically”. (→P.587)
Note
• To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed
at exactly the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when
adjusting the feed amount. (→P.594)
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
Follow the steps below to adjust the feed amount manually.
1.
Load unused paper Letter-sized or larger.
Two sheets are required when Adjust Band is selected, and one sheet is required when Adj
Far Ed Feed is selected.
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
• Loading Sheets in the Cassette (→P.152)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
Note
• Always select the paper type when loading paper. Using paper that you have not selected on the
printer may cause feeding problems and affect the printing quality.
(→P.146)
(→P.112)
(→P.147)
2.
Print a test pattern and choose the adjustment value. (→P.591)
There are two types of test pattern for adjusting the feed amount, as follows. With either type,
you will follow the same steps in printing the pattern and choosing an adjustment value.
• Test pattern for feed amount adjustment by adjusting bands ( Manual Band Adj > Adjust Band )
• Test pattern for adjusting the feed amount for the trailing edge ( Manual Band Adj > Adj Far Ed
Feed )
Note
• When you print test patterns on sheets, two sheets are required for the test pattern for band
adjustment and one sheet for the test pattern for feed adjustment of the trailing edge.
590 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the printhead by using test pattern
This section describes adjustment based on an example of printing a band adjustment pattern.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Adjust Printer ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Manual Band Adj, and then press ▼.
Adjust Printer
Manual Band Adj ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select the paper source, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Band Adj
= Yes
Test pattern A is printed for band adjustment.
Note
• The following screen is displayed if automatic feeding is selected when an optional Roll Feed Unit
is installed but no roll is loaded. In this case, select the paper source and press the OK button. If
Cassette is selected on the following screen, or if automatic feeding is selected when an optional
Roll Feed Unit is not installed, select the type and size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Media Source
= Roll
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 591
Adjusting the feed amount
5.
Examine test pattern A for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press ◄ or ► to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
Adj.Setting
=8
Test pattern B is printed for band adjustment.
Note
• If you cannot determine the pattern in which streaks are least noticeable, choose an intermediate
value. For example, choose 11 if you cannot decide whether pattern 10 or 12 is better.
6.
Examine test pattern B for band adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press ◄ or ► to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
Adj.Setting
=8
The feed amount is adjusted, and the printer goes online.
If printed documents are still affected by uneven contrast or banding in different colors at regular
intervals after this adjustment, you can adjust the feed amount during printing. (→P.593)
592 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the feed amount during printing
If, during printing, the contrast is uneven sideways across the paper or banding in different colors appears
every 40 mm (1.6 in) or so, try adjusting the feed amount as follows. The results of adjustment are applied to
printing in progress, enabling you to check the results immediately. However, note that because printing is
paused, colors may be slightly different.
1.
Press the Online button to pause printing.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Fine Band Adj., and then press the OK button.
MAIN MENU
Fine Band Adj. ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to change the value, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Fine Band Adj.
=+2
Note
• The supported range is -5 to +5.
5.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
Note
• The Fine Band Adj. adjustment value set during printing is also applied to the next print job. However,
the value is reset to 0 if you execute Auto Band Adj., Manual Band Adj, or Adjust Length.
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 593
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better Accuracy
To adjust the measurement scale and ensure accuracy (so that lines in CAD drawings are printed at exactly
the right length, for example), specify the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage when adjusting the feed
amount.
Note
• If printed images are affected by banding in different colors, adjust the amount that paper is fed.
(→P.590)
Important
• Use paper of the same type and size for adjustment as you will use for printing.
• To apply the results of adjusting the measurement scale for better accuracy in printing, you must rst set
Feed Priority to Print Length. Note that if you select Automatic, the results of adjustment will only be
applied in printing if you set Print Priority in the printer driver to Line Drawing/Text. (→P.225)
Follow these steps to change the Feed Priority setting.
1. Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2. Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press the ▼ button.
3. Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press the ▼ button.
4. Press ◄ or ► to select Feed Priority, and then press the ▼ button.
5. Press ◄ or ► to select Print Length, and then press the OK button.
Follow these steps to adjust the scale for better accuracy.
1.
Load unused paper.
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
• Loading Sheets in the Cassette (→P.152)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
Note
• Always specify the paper type when loading paper. When the paper type is not specied, the printing
quality may be affected without the correct adjustment of the feeding.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for feed amount adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
594 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Adjust Printer ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Length, and then press ▼.
Adjust Printer
Adjust Length ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Adjust Length
= Yes
A test pattern is printed for adjustment based on the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage.
The scale bar shows “Millimeter” in 50 mm units and “Inch” in 1 inch units.
Note
• The following screen is displayed if automatic feeding is selected when an optional Roll Feed Unit
is installed but no roll is loaded. In this case, select the paper source and press the OK button. If
Cassette is selected on the following screen, or if automatic feeding is selected when an optional
Roll Feed Unit is not installed, select the type and size of paper loaded in the Cassette.
Media Source
= Roll
6.
Measure the length of the adjustment pattern. Calculate the difference between the measured
length and actual length. Enter it as a percentage and press the OK button.
You can adjust the value in 0.02 0ncrements. Press ◄ to increase the value and ► to decrease it.
Adjust Length
=0.02%
If the scale is printed shorter than actual size, set the value toward the positive side; if it is printed
longer, set the value toward the negative side.
The setting for the amount of paper stretching or shrinkage is relative. If you access it again
later, it will be displayed as 0.00%.
Note
• You can also specify the adjustment value by selecting Adjust Length in Med.Detail Set..
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 595
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets
If printed sheets are affected by banding in different colors toward the end of the sheet (about 20-30 mm from
the edge), try adjusting the feed amount of the trailing edge of sheets.
Follow these steps for standard automatic adjustment of the feed amount.
Note
• If printed documents (including documents printed on rolls) are affected by banding in different colors
not only toward the end of the sheet but throughout the printed area, try adjusting the overall feed
amount. (→P.590)
• This adjustment is only possible when feeding paper from the Cassette or Top Paper Feed Slot that
can be set up with a margin on the trailing edge of 3 mm (0.12 in).
1.
Load a sheet of unused paper A4/Letter-sized or larger.
Note
• Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer. Adjustment
cannot be completed correctly unless the setting value matches the loaded paper.
• We recommend using the type of paper you use most often for adjustment.
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
4.
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adjust Printer, and then press the ▼ button.
Press ◄ or ► to select Adj Far Ed Feed, and then press the ▼ button.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
A test pattern is printed for adjustment.
C1 is displayed on the Control Panel.
6.
Examine test pattern C1 for adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press the ◄ or ► to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
C2 is displayed on the Control Panel.
596 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Adjusting the feed amount
7.
Examine test pattern C2 for adjustment. After you determine the pattern in which streaks are
least noticeable, press the ◄ or ► to choose the pattern number, and then press the OK button.
The printer now goes back online.
Note
• If streaks seem least noticeable in two patterns but you cannot decide which one is better, choose an
intermediate value. For example, choose 17 if you cannot decide whether pattern 16 or 18 is better.
Adjustments for Better Print Quality 597
Adjusting the feed amount
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength
When printing on heavyweight paper or paper that curls or wrinkles easily, if paper rubs against the printer or
the edge is wrinkled from rubbing, adjusting the level of suction against paper on the Platen may improve
results.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Med.Detail Set., and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Med.Detail Set. ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of paper, and then press ▼.
Med.Detail Set.
Plain Paper ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select VacuumStrngth, and then press ▼.
Plain Paper
VacuumStrngth
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select the level of suction against paper on the Platen, and then press the
OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
VacuumStrngth
= Automatic
598 Adjustments for Better Print Quality
Ink Tanks
Maintenance
Ink Tanks
Ink Tanks
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter “A” in a black circle on the side. When
purchasing Ink Tank, make sure an “A” is printed on the label, along with the following Ink Tank part numbers.
•
•
•
•
•
BK Ink Tank PFI-102BK
MBK Ink Tank PFI-102MBK
C Ink Tank PFI-102C
M Ink Tank PFI-102M
Y Ink Tank PFI-102Y
130 ml per color
Note
• For instructions on replacing Ink Tank, see “Replacing Ink Tanks”. (→P.600)
Maintenance 599
Ink Tanks
Replacing Ink Tanks
Compatible Ink Tank
An Ink Tank that can be used in the printer is labeled with a white letter “A” in a black circle on the side.
Request an Ink Tank with the same label when you purchase a new Ink Tank. For more information, see
“Ink Tanks”. (→P.599)
Precautions when handling an Ink Tank
Take the following precautions when handling an Ink Tank.
Caution
• For safety, keep an Ink Tank out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Important
• Before removing an Ink Tank from the pouch for installation, shake it gently seven or eight times. If you
do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.
• Do not remove an Ink Tank to shake it once installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.
• Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• There may be ink around the ink holes of Ink Tank you remove. Handle an Ink Tank carefully during
replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• We recommend using up an Ink Tank in the course of printing within six months after breaking the seal.
Using an old Ink Tank may affect the printing quality.
• Do not remove the Ink Tank if the printer is not used for a long period (a month or more). Ink remaining
in the printer may become clogged and affect the printing quality.
Replacing an Ink Tank
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
It is time to replace an Ink Tank if any of these messages are shown on the Display Screen : Ink
Lvl: Chk xx, No Ink Left, Ink Tank / Check xx, Ink Tank / Replace xx, Online Key / Press To
Print, or Not Enough Ink. (In these examples, xx represents an abbreviation for ink colors.)
Ink Tank
Replace xx
600 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
Do not remove an Ink Tank during initialization immediately after turning on the printer, or during
printing or printhead cleaning.
Initializing
Note
• Ink Tank replacement is possible even when print jobs are being canceled or if paper is being fed.
• Replacement of Ink Tank is possible even during print jobs if No Ink Left is shown on the Display
Screen, but it is not possible to replace Ink Tank in other cases. If you pause printing to replace an
Ink Tank, it may cause the printed images to be blurry.
2.
Open the Ink Tank Cover and check the Ink Lamp.
The Ink Lamp ashes quickly if there is no ink left.
Note
• Ink levels are shown on the Display Screen of the control panel, and the level indicator corresponding
to the Color Label of the Ink Tank for replacement ashes.
Maintenance 601
Ink Tanks
3.
Press the tip of the Ink Tank Lock Lever of the color for replacement and lift the Ink Tank Lock
Lever to open it.
4.
Hold the empty Ink Tank by the grip and remove it.
Note
• If there is still some ink left in the Ink Tank you removed, store the ink tank with the ink holes (a)
facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• Dispose of used Ink Tanks according to local regulations.
602 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
5.
Before opening the pouch, shake the Ink Tank gently seven or eight times. Agitate the ink in the
Ink Tank by rotating your wrist to turn the Ink Tank upside-down and right side up repeatedly.
Note
• If you do not shake the Ink Tank, the ink may sediment, which may affect printing quality.
6.
Open the pouch and remove the Ink Tank.
Note
• Never touch the ink holes or metal contacts. This may cause stains, damage the Ink Tank, and
affect printing quality.
• Avoid dropping the Ink Tank after removing it from the pouch. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause
stains.
• Do not remove an Ink Tank to shake it once installed in the printer. Ink may leak out.
7.
Insert the Ink Tank into the holder facing as shown in the gure, with the ink holes down.
Important
• Ink Tank cannot be loaded in the holder if the color or orientation is wrong.
If the Ink Tank does not t in the holder, do not force it into the holder. Make sure the color of the
Ink Tank Lock Lever matches the color of the Ink Tank, and check the orientation of the Ink Tank
before reloading it.
Maintenance 603
Ink Tanks
8.
Close the Ink Tank Lock Lever until it clicks.
9.
Make sure the Ink Lamp is lit in red.
Note
• Ink Lamp ashes slowly when there is little ink left.
10.
Close the Ink Tank Cover.
The printer returns to the mode before replacement of Ink Tank. If the printer was in Menu mode
or an error message was shown on the Display Screen, the printer goes online. If a print job was
in progress when the Ink Tank was replaced, printing is automatically resumed.
604 Maintenance
Ink Tanks
Checking Ink Tank Levels
On the Display Screen, you can check how much ink is left in the Ink Tank.
The remaining level of each ink is displayed on the Display Screen bottom line when the printer is online,
except during print jobs or error messages.
During print jobs or error messages, press the Information button to display the ink levels on the Display
Screen bottom line.
These levels shown on the Display Screen correspond to the inks identied by the Color Label below the
Display Screen. The remaining ink level is indicated as shown below.
When Not Enough Ink or No Ink Left appears on the Display Screen, a “↓” symbol is shown above the
Ink Tank without much ink left.
Check the ink levels and replace an Ink Tank as needed if Ink Lvl: Chk xx (here, xx refers to the ink color)
is displayed, and particularly before you print banners or perform head cleaning, which consumes a lot
of ink. (→P.600)
Maintenance 605
Ink Tanks
When to Replace Ink Tanks
Replace or prepare to replace Ink Tank in the following situations.
If a message for checking the ink is shown on the Display Screen
Ink Lvl: Chk xx (here, xx refers to the ink color) is shown on the Display Screen and the Message lamp is lit
when there is little ink left in a tank. You can continue to print, but prepare to replace the Ink Tank. (→P.605)
OnlineISO A2
Ink Lvl: Chk xx
Before print jobs and maintenance that consume a lot of ink
If little ink is left, there may not be enough for large-format printing, head cleaning, and maintenance, which
require a lot of ink. In this case, replace or prepare to replace the Ink Tank before maintenance. The ↓ display
corresponds to the color labels on the bottom of the Display Screen.
Not Enough Ink
↓ ↓↓
If a message for ink replacement is shown on the Display Screen
When ink runs out, No Ink Left is shown on the Display Screen, the Message lamp ashes, and printing is
disabled. Replace the Ink Tank at this point. The ↓ display corresponds to the color labels on the bottom
of the Display Screen.
No Ink Left
↓ ↓↓
606 Maintenance
Printheads
Printheads
Printhead
• Printhead PF-03
Note
• For instructions on replacing the Printhead, see “Replacing the Printhead”. (→P.611)
Checking the Print Quality
If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test
pattern to check the nozzles.
For instructions, see “Checking for Nozzle Clogging”. (→P.608)
Improving the Print Quality
If printing is faint or streaked in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing a test
pattern to check the nozzles. Clean the Printhead if the printed test pattern was faint.
For instructions on cleaning the Printhead, see “Cleaning the Printhead”. (→P.610)
Maintenance 607
Printheads
Checking for Nozzle Clogging
If printing is faint or is affected by streaks in different colors, make sure the Printhead nozzles are clear by printing
a test pattern to check the nozzles.
Note
• You can specify a number of pages in the printer’s Nozzle Check menu for automatic nozzle checking
every time you nish printing that quantity. (→P.51)
1.
Load unused paper Letter-sized or larger.
• Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder (→P.114)
• Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit (→P.116)
• Loading the Roll in the Printer (→P.117)
• Loading Sheets in the Cassette (→P.152)
• Loading Sheets Manually (→P.155)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Test Print, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Test Print ↓
4.
Press ▲ or ▼ to select Nozzle Check, and then press the OK button.
The printer goes online and prints a test pattern.
5.
Check the printing results.
The Printhead L prints the test pattern for nozzle checking on the top line for each color, and the
Printhead R prints the test pattern on the bottom line.
If the horizontal lines are not faint or incomplete, the nozzles are clear.
If some sections of the horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, the nozzles for those colors
are clogged.
608 Maintenance
Printheads
If horizontal lines are faint or incomplete, follow the steps below and check again for nozzle
clogging.
1. Clean the Printhead. (→P.610)
2. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
Note
• If you repeat these steps several times but the horizontal lines are still faint or incomplete, contact
your Canon dealer.
Maintenance 609
Printheads
Cleaning the Printhead
Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.
Note
• You can perform automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you nish printing that quantity by
specifying a number of pages in the printer’s Nozzle Check menu. (→P.51)
• You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.
• If POP Board (paper thickness 1.5 mm [0.06 in]) is loaded in Front Paper Feed Slot, printhead cleaning
will not work correctly. Remove the paper before cleaning.
Cleaning the Printhead
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Head Cleaning, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Head Cleaning ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.
• Head Cleaning A
Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning
consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.
• Head Cleaning B
Use Head Cleaning A if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning B does not solve the
problem. It takes about six minutes to complete.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Head Cleaning
= Head Cleaning A
The printhead cleaning is nished, and the printer goes online.
4.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the
nozzles. (→P.608)
Note
• If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A, try Head Cleaning B. If this does not solve
the problem, repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times. If this still does not improve printing, the
Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life. Contact your Canon dealer.
610 Maintenance
Printheads
Replacing the Printhead
When to replace the Printhead
Replace the Printhead in the following situations.
• If the printing quality does not improve even after two cycles of Head Cleaning B from the printer menu
• If Printhead / Please Replace is shown on the Display Screen
• If the Canon dealer has advised you to replace the Printhead
Compatible Printhead
For information on the compatible Printhead, see “Printhead”. (→P.607)
Precautions when handling the Printhead
Take the following precautions when handling the Printhead.
Caution
• For safety, keep the Printhead out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
• Do not touch the Printhead immediately after printing. The Printhead becomes extremely hot, and
there is a risk of burns.
Important
• Avoid dropping or shaking the Printhead. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• There may be ink around the nozzles of the Printhead you remove. Handle the Printhead carefully
during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not open the Printhead pouch until immediately before installation. After removing the Printhead
from the pouch, install it right away. If the Printhead is left after the pouch is opened, the nozzles
may dry out, which may affect the printing quality.
• If you need to store a Printhead temporarily before installation, do not keep the nozzles and metal
contacts (→P.615) facing down. If the nozzles or metal contacts are damaged, it may affect the
printing quality.
• Never attempt to take apart or modify a Printhead. This may damage the printer.
• Never touch the Printhead nozzles or the metal contacts. This may cause printing problems.
Maintenance 611
Printheads
Replacing the Printhead
Follow the steps below to replace the Printhead. Failure to follow this procedure may cause ink leak from
the Printhead, which may cause stains.
Note
• Prepare a new Ink Tank when ink levels are low.
• Your hands may become dirty during Printhead replacement. Use the gloves provided with the new
Printhead for replacement.
• Choose On in Auto Print to have the printer automatically adjust the Printhead alignment after
replacement of the Printhead. (→P.51)
1.
If the roll is not ejected because of the cutting method selected, cut it manually and remove it.
(→P.437)
2.
3.
Clean inside the Top Cover. (→P.627)
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Maintenance, and then press ▼.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
MAIN MENU
Maintenance ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Replace P.head, and then press ▼.
Maintenance
Replace P.head ↓
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Replace P.head
= Yes
Please Wait.. is shown on the Display Screen, and excess ink is absorbed.
Replace P.head
Please Wait..
After about three minutes, Open UpperCover is shown on the Display Screen.
Replace P.head
Open UpperCover
612 Maintenance
Printheads
7.
Open the Top Cover.
Rep. P.head OK is shown on the Display Screen.
Replace P.head
Rep. P.head OK
8.
If the Carriage is dirty, use a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely to wipe it clean.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• Never touch the metal contacts of the Carriage. This may damage the printer.
Maintenance 613
Printheads
9.
Pull the Printhead Fixer Lever of the Printhead forward all the way to open it completely.
10.
Pull up the Printhead Fixer Cover to open it completely.
11.
Remove the used Printhead.
Caution
• When replacing the Printhead immediately after printing, wait a few minutes before replacing
it. The metal parts of the Printhead become hot during printing, and there is a risk of burns from
touching these parts.
Note
• Dispose of the used Printhead in accordance with local regulations.
614 Maintenance
Printheads
12.
Holding the new Printhead by the grips (a), remove it from the case.
Important
• When handling the Printhead, always hold it by the grips (a). Never touch the nozzles (b) or the
metal contacts (c). This may damage the Printhead and affect the printing quality.
13.
While rmly holding the Printhead you have removed, use your other hand to remove the orange
Safety Cap 1 (a). Squeeze the grips (c) of Safety Cap 2 (b) and pull it down to remove it.
Important
• Safety Cap 1 (a) may be coated with ink to protect the Printhead. Be careful not to touch areas
other than the grips.
• Never touch the ink supply section (d). This may cause printing problems.
• The inside surface of Safety Cap 2 (b) is coated with ink to protect the nozzles. Handle it carefully to
avoid touching the nozzles or spilling ink. Spilled ink may cause stains. The Printhead contains ink
to protect the nozzles. If this ink is accidentally spilled, it may stain the printer or surrounding area.
We recommend removing the Safety Cap 2 (b) on top of the Printhead package or safely out of the
way. Wipe off any spilled ink with a dry cloth. This ink is not non-toxic.
• Do not reattach the Safety Cap or protective material. Dispose of these materials in accordance
with local regulations.
Maintenance 615
Printheads
14.
With the nozzles facing down and the metal contacts toward the back, insert the Printhead into
the Carriage. Carefully push the printhead rmly into the Carriage, ensuring that the nozzles
or metal contacts do not touch the carriage.
15.
Pull the Printhead Fixer Cover down toward the front to lock the Printhead in place.
16.
Push the Printhead Fixer Lever toward the back of the printer until it clicks.
616 Maintenance
Printheads
17.
Close the Top Cover.
Please Wait.. is shown on the Display Screen, and ink lls the system.
Replace P.head
Please Wait..
After about ten minutes, the Printhead alignment will be automatically adjusted, and the printer
will go online.
Important
• Never touch the Ink Tank nozzles or the metal contacts. This may cause printing problems.
• If Auto Print is Off in the printer menu, the Printhead alignment will not be adjusted. In this case,
adjust the alignment after Printhead replacement by accessing Advanced Adj. in Auto Head
Adj. (→P.581)
Maintenance 617
Maintenance Cartridge
Maintenance Cartridge
Maintenance Cartridge
This is a replacement Maintenance Cartridge for the printer.
• Maintenance Cartridge MC-05
Note
• For instructions on replacing the Maintenance Cartridge, see “Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge”.
(→P.618)
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge
Compatible Maintenance Cartridge
For information on the compatible Maintenance Cartridge, see “Maintenance Cartridge”. (→P.618)
Precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge
Take the following precautions when handling the Maintenance Cartridge.
Caution
• For safety, keep the Maintenance Cartridge out of the reach of children.
• If ink is accidentally ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Important
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge except to replace it.
• To prevent ink from leaking from a used Maintenance Cartridge, avoid dropping the cartridge or storing it
at an angle. Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• Ink adheres to the top of the Maintenance Cartridge after it has been used. Handle the Maintenance
Cartridge carefully during replacement. The ink may stain clothing.
• Do not install a used Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.
618 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge
1.
Make sure no print jobs are in progress.
It is time to replace the Maintenance Cartridge if any of these messages are shown on the
Display Screen : Online, Ofine, MTCart Full Soon, and Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart.
Maint Cartridge
Replace Cart
Do not replace the Maintenance Cartridge during initialization immediately after turning on the
printer, or during Printhead cleaning.
Initializing
If you pause printing to replace the Maintenance Cartridge, it may cause the printed images to
be blurry.
2.
Holding the Output Tray on both sides by the far end, press the button to release the lock,
and then remove the tray.
Maintenance 619
Maintenance Cartridge
3.
Hold the handle (a) of the used Maintenance Cartridge and pull out the cartridge. Grasp the
handles on both sides (b) and keep the cartridge level as you remove it.
Important
• Used Maintenance Cartridge is heavy. Always grasp the cartridge handles on both sides rmly and
keep the cartridge level during removal and storage. If you drop a used Maintenance Cartridge or
store it at an angle, ink may leak and cause stains.
• The remaining Maintenance Cartridge capacity is recorded on each printer. Do not install a used
Maintenance Cartridge in another printer.
4.
Open the plastic bag of the new Maintenance Cartridge and remove the packaging material.
Holding the handles on both sides (a), remove the cartridge.
620 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
Important
• Never touch the metal contacts (a). This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
5.
Keeping the used Maintenance Cartridge level, put it in the plastic bag that was in the box,
as shown.
6.
Expel air in the plastic bag and seal the zipper. Fold the plastic bag in half.
Maintenance 621
Maintenance Cartridge
7.
Put the used Maintenance Cartridge and packaging material in the box for storage, just like the
new Maintenance Cartridge was, keeping it level.
Important
• Always put the used Maintenance Cartridge back in the box and store the box on a at surface.
Otherwise, ink may leak and cause stains.
• In accordance with its active and ongoing policy to protect the environment, Canon collects used
Maintenance Cartridge. Follow the instructions provided with the new Maintenance Cartridge that
describe how to process the used Maintenance Cartridge.
8.
Holding the handles on both sides of the new Maintenance Cartridge (a), insert it completely,
keeping it level.
622 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
9.
Hold the Output Tray on both sides by the near end. Aligning the Output Tray with the guides (a),
insert it into the printer until it locks in place.
Initialization of the new Maintenance Cartridge takes about ve seconds, after which the printer
returns to the mode before replacement of the Maintenance Cartridge. If Maint Cartridge /
Replace Cart is displayed, printing is disabled. Make sure that the Maintenance Cartridge
is installed correctly.
If the printer was in Menu mode or an error message was shown on the Display Screen, the
printer goes online. If a print job was in progress when the Maintenance Cartridge was replaced,
printing is resumed.
Important
• Do not remove the Maintenance Cartridge during about the rst ve seconds after the printer goes
back online. This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
• If you replace the Maintenance Cartridge when the printer is off, do not remove the Maintenance
Cartridge during about the rst ve seconds after you turn the printer on again after replacement.
This may damage the Maintenance Cartridge.
Maintenance 623
Maintenance Cartridge
Checking the Maintenance Cartridge Capacity
The Maintenance Cartridge absorbs excess ink from borderless printing, printhead cleaning, ink mist, and so on.
You can conrm the remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge by checking the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity shown on the Display Screen.
The remaining capacity of the Maintenance Cartridge is shown at right on the Display Screen bottom line
when the printer is online, except during print jobs or error messages.
During print jobs or error messages, press the Information button to display the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity at right on the Display Screen bottom line.
The remaining capacity level of the Maintenance Cartridge is indicated as shown below.
If Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart is shown on the Display Screen, replace the Maintenance Cartridge. If
MTCart Full Soon is displayed, and particularly before cleaning the printhead or transferring the printer, which
may deplete much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity, check the capacity and replace the Maintenance
Cartridge as needed. (→P.618)
624 Maintenance
Maintenance Cartridge
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge
Replace or prepare to replace the Maintenance Cartridge in the following situations.
If a message for checking the Maintenance Cartridge is shown on
the Display Screen
When the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is low, the Message lamp is lit and MTCart Full Soon is displayed.
You can continue to print, but check the Maintenance Cartridge capacity and prepare to replace the
Maintenance Cartridge with a new one. (→P.624)
OnlineISO A2
MTCart Full Soon
When much of the Maintenance Cartridge capacity is depleted
Printhead cleaning, Printhead replacement, and preparations to transfer the printer deplete much of the
Maintenance Cartridge capacity. (In particular, preparing to move the printer depletes a lot of the capacity.)
Check the Maintenance Cartridge capacity, and if necessary, perform maintenance after replacing the Ink
Tank.
OnlineISO A2
MTCart Full Soon
If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge replacement is shown on
the Display Screen
When the Maintenance Cartridge is full, the Message lamp ashes and Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart is
shown on the Display Screen. Printing is disabled, and you cannot replace the Printhead or transfer the
printer. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge at this point.
Maint Cartridge
Replace Cart
Maintenance 625
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printer Exterior
Clean the printer regularly to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
About once a month, clean the printer exterior.
1.
2.
Turn the printer off. (→P.25)
Unplug the power cord from the outlet.
Caution
• Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning or maintenance. Accidentally
leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.
3.
Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe the exterior surfaces of the printer.
Dry the surfaces with a dry cloth.
Caution
• Never use ammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come into
contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of re or electrical shock.
4.
Plug the power cord into the outlet.
626 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover
Clean inside the Top Cover about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
Also clean inside the Top Cover in the following situations to ensure optimal operation.
•
•
•
•
•
•
If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing
After you have used up a roll
After borderless printing
After printing on small paper
After printing on paper that generates a lot of cutting debris
If you have replaced the roll
Important
• If the Platen inside the Top Cover becomes dirty, it may soil the underside of paper. We recommend
always cleaning the Platen after borderless printing or printing on small paper.
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Maintenance, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Maintenance ↓
3.
Press the ◄ or ► button to select Clean Platen, and then press ▼.
Maintenance
Clean Platen ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Clean Platen
= Yes
The Carriage is moved so that you can clean the Platen.
5.
Open the Top Cover.
Maintenance 627
Cleaning the Printer
6.
If paper dust has accumulated in the Vacuum holes (a) on the Platen or in the Borderless Printing
Ink Grooves (b), use the Cleaning Brush, provided with the printer, to wipe it away.
Note
• If the Cleaning Brush is dirty, rinse it in water.
7.
Using a damp cloth that you have wrung out completely, wipe inside the Top Cover to clean it.
Wipe away any ink residue on the Platen as a whole, the Paper Retainer, and the Borderless
Printing Ink Grooves.
628 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Important
• Do not use a dry cloth to wipe inside the Top Cover. This may create a static charge, which may
attract dust and affect the printing quality.
• Never use ammable solvents such as alcohol, benzene, or thinner. If these substances come into
contact with electrical components inside the printer, there is a risk of re or electrical shock.
• Never touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
8.
Close the Top Cover.
Maintenance 629
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Paper Retainer
Clean the Paper Retainer about once a month to maintain better printing quality and help prevent problems.
Also clean the Paper Retainer in the following situations to ensure the printer offers a comfortable working
environment.
• If the printed surface or the underside of paper is dirty after printing
• After printing on small paper
Caution
• During cleaning, use a type of paper that does not generate much dust from cutting, such as Plain
Paper. It may affect printing quality if you use lm or other media that are more likely to generate debris
when cut, or that have a surface nish that may come off.
1.
2.
Turn the printer off. (→P.25)
Unplug the power cord from the outlet.
Caution
• Always turn off the printer and unplug the power cord before cleaning and maintenance. Accidentally
leaving the printer on poses a risk of injury if you touch moving parts inside the printer.
3.
4.
Remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit. (→P.142)
Fold a sheet of Plain Paper two or three times (a) and insert it under the Paper Retainer (b)
behind the printer to wipe the entire surface of the Paper Retainer clean.
5.
6.
Install the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit again. (→P.143)
Plug the power cord into the outlet.
630 Maintenance
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Pick Up Roller
Cleaning the Pick Up Roller may solve feeding problems when using the Cassette.
Note
• The menu option Clean Roller is not displayed after you have started supplying paper from a roll or the
tray. Remove the paper to access Clean Roller.
• Clean Roller is not available unless plain paper is used. If you attempt cleaning with other paper,
Load Plain Paper In Cassette is displayed for two seconds, after which the display reverts to the
upper level menu.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of Letter-size plain paper in the Cassette. (→P.87)
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Maintenance, and then press ▼.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
MAIN MENU
Maintenance ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Clean Roller, and then press ▼.
Maintenance
Clean Roller ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Clean Roller
= Yes
The paper is fed to clean the Pick Up Roller, and the printer goes online.
Maintenance 631
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Printhead
Cleaning the Printhead may help clear nozzles that are clogged.
Note
• You can perform automatic nozzle checking and cleaning every time you nish printing that quantity by
specifying a number of pages in the printer’s Nozzle Check menu. (→P.51)
• You can start Head Cleaning A by holding down the Information button for three seconds or more.
• If POP Board (paper thickness 1.5 mm [0.06 in]) is loaded in Front Paper Feed Slot, printhead cleaning
will not work correctly. Remove the paper before cleaning.
Cleaning the Printhead
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Head Cleaning, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Head Cleaning ↓
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select the type of cleaning, and then press the OK button.
• Head Cleaning A
Use Head Cleaning A if printing is faint or contains foreign substances. This method of cleaning
consumes the least amount of ink. It takes about four minutes to complete.
• Head Cleaning B
Use Head Cleaning A if no ink comes out of the printhead, or if Head Cleaning B does not solve the
problem. It takes about six minutes to complete.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Head Cleaning
= Head Cleaning A
The printhead cleaning is nished, and the printer goes online.
4.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles, and determine whether cleaning has cleared the
nozzles. (→P.608)
Note
• If printing does not improve after Head Cleaning A, try Head Cleaning B. If this does not solve
the problem, repeat Head Cleaning B two or three times. If this still does not improve printing, the
Printhead may have reached the end of its useful life. Contact your Canon dealer.
632 Maintenance
Other Maintenance
Other Maintenance
Preparing to Transfer the Printer
To protect the internal parts in transit, always follow the steps below before transferring the printer to a new
location. Refer to the Quick Start Guide for details on packing the printer and installing it after transfer.
Note
• You cannot prepare to transfer the printer if MTCart Full Soon or Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart
is shown on the Display Screen. Replace the Maintenance Cartridge before transfer preparations.
(→P.618)
• Do not tilt the printer in transit. Ink inside the printer may leak and cause stains. If it is necessary to
stand the printer up or tilt it, contact your Canon dealer.
1.
Remove the paper.
• Cassette
(→P.166)
• Rolls
(→P.119)
(→P.120)
(→P.121)
• Sheet
(→P.168)
2.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select Maintenance, and then press ▼.
MAIN MENU
Maintenance ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Move Printer, and then press ▼.
Maintenance
Move Printer ↓
5.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Move Printer
= Yes
Ink Draining.. is shown on the Display Screen.
Move Printer
Ink Draining..
Maintenance 633
Other Maintenance
Open InkTankCvr is shown on the Display Screen.
Move Printer
Open InkTankCvr
6.
Open the Ink Tank Cover.
Remove Ink Tank is shown on the Display Screen.
Move Printer
Remove Ink Tank
7.
Open the Ink Tank Lock Lever and remove every Ink Tank.
Put the Ink Tank in a plastic bag and seal it.
Note
• Store the Ink Tank you removed with the ink holes (a) facing up. Otherwise, ink may leak and
cause stains.
634 Maintenance
Other Maintenance
8.
Close every Ink Tank Lock Lever, and close the Ink Tank Cover.
After Please Wait.. is shown on the Display Screen, Ink Draining.. is displayed as ink in the
printer tubes is absorbed.
9.
After Completed! Turn Power Off!! is shown on the Display Screen, turn off the printer.
Completed!
Turn Power Off!!
Important
• Turn off the printer before you unplug it. It may damage the printer if you unplug it before it is off and
transfer it in that state. If you accidentally unplug the printer, plug it in again, reinstall the Ink Tanks,
wait until the printer comes online, and follow this procedure again.
10.
11.
Disconnect the power cord and interface cable.
12.
Grasp the Belt, insert it between the Belt Stopper, and afx the Belt Stopper to the Carriage Shaft.
Open the Top Cover.
Maintenance 635
Other Maintenance
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
Note
• Here, the Belt Stopper is the one that was removed and stored after initial installation.
13.
Close the Top Cover.
14.
15.
Tape down printer covers to secure them, in the reverse order of tape removal during installation.
Grasp the handle (a) on the front of the Cassette and pull it forward a little. Holding the Cassette
on both sides with both hands, remove the cassette.
636 Maintenance
Other Maintenance
16.
Holding the Output Tray on both sides by the far end, press the button to release the lock,
and then remove the tray.
17.
Repack the Roll Holder, Holder Stopper, and printer in shipping materials, and then package
them in a shipping box.
Updating the Firmware
Update the printer rmware to take advantage of new and improved printer functions.
Conrming the rmware version
1.
Press the Menu button to display MAIN MENU.
2.
Select Information → Version.
The rmware version is displayed.
Updating the rmware
To obtain the latest rmware, visit the Canon website. If the rmware available online is newer than the
installed rmware, update the printer rmware. For details on downloading and updating the rmware,
visit the Canon website.
Maintenance 637
Frequently Asked Questions
Troubleshooting
Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
This section presents frequently asked questions and answers. To view more detailed explanations, click the
hyperlinks in the answer column.
Question
Answer
How do I print on a roll?
When printing on rolls, after loading the roll, specify the paper type and length,
both on the Control Panel and in the printer driver.
ÞLoading and Printing on Rolls (→P.82)
How do I print manually?
When printing manually, specify the paper type and size in the printer driver,
and then load the paper.
ÞLoading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.89)
How do I print on sheets
in the cassette?
When printing from the cassette, load the paper, and then complete the printer
driver settings for the paper type and size.
ÞLoading and Printing on Sheets in the Cassette (→P.87)
How do I switch between
printing on a roll and
printing manually?
You can switch between manual and auto paper feed methods by pressing
the Feeder Selection button.
ÞSelecting the Paper Source (→P.111)
How do I change the
paper type or size?
Specify the type and size of paper, both on the Control Panel and in the printer
driver.
• Specifying it in the Printer Driver
ÞSpecifying Paper in the Printer Driver (→P.241)
• Specifying it on the Control Panel
Selecting the paper type
ÞSelecting the Paper Type (Roll) (→P.112)
ÞSelecting the Paper Type (Tray) (→P.147)
ÞSelecting the Paper Type (Cassette) (→P.146)
Selecting the Paper Size
ÞSpecifying the Paper Length (Roll) (→P.113)
ÞSelecting the Paper Size (Tray) (→P.150)
ÞSelecting the Paper Size (Cassette) (→P.149)
How do I cut the roll paper You can wait until ink dries before cutting the roll, and you can cut rolls at a
after printing?
desired position.
ÞSpecifying the Cutting Method for Rolls (→P.131)
How do I print without
borders?
638 Troubleshooting
Borderless printing is possible on rolls. You can also specify borderless printing
in the printer driver by adjusting the original size to match the paper size.
Borderless printing is not supported on sheets.
ÞBorderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size (→P.299)
ÞBorderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.310)
ÞBorderless Printing at Actual Size (→P.288)
Frequently Asked Questions
Question
Answer
How do I print an A4
original enlarged on A2
paper?
In the printer driver, you can adjust the original image to match the paper size or
width, or you can specify enlargement or reduction before printing as desired.
ÞResizing Originals to Match the Paper Size (→P.248)
ÞResizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width (→P.256)
ÞResizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value (→P.265)
How do I print without
wasting paper?
To conserve paper, you can specify in the printer driver to rotate originals 90
degrees or to print without top and bottom margins.
ÞConserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.397)
ÞConserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without Top and Bottom Margins
(→P.405)
How do I print without
By specifying to rotate originals 90 degrees in the printer driver, you can print at
wasting all the blank
A4 size to ll the width of A3 paper.
space on the right side
ÞConserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90 Degrees (→P.397)
when printing an A4-sized
original at A3 size?
How do I print in
landscape (or portrait)
orientation?
You can print originals that are in landscape (or portrait) orientation automatically
enlarged to t the roll width. This is an easy way to create vertical or horizontal
banners.
ÞPrinting Vertical or Horizontal Banners (Large-Format Printing) (→P.332)
How do I print on a custom You can specify custom sizes temporarily in the printer driver.
paper size?
ÞPrinting on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (→P.344)
How do I register custom
paper sizes?
You can add desired sizes (Custom Media Sizes) in the Size Options dialog
box of the printer driver.
ÞPrinting on Non-Standard Paper Sizes (→P.344)
How do I print lines
thicker?
By specifying Thicken Fine Lines in the printer driver, you can print ne lines
thicker to make them easier to see.
ÞGiving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and Colors for Printing (→P.225)
How do I modify how
colors are printed?
You can adjust colors as desired in the printer driver before printing.
ÞAdjusting the Color in the Printer Driver (→P.213)
How do I use printer
driver settings again in
subsequent jobs?
By saving settings information in a favorite, you can apply the settings again
before printing anytime as needed.
ÞUsing Favorites (→P.431)
Can I use the printer in
combination with a Color
imageRUNNER ?
The printer can be used for automatic enlargement and printing of scanned
originals from a Color imageRUNNER.
ÞPrinting Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER
(→P.209)
How do I print
enlargements of scanned
originals from a Color
imageRUNNER ?
By using Color imageRUNNER Enlargement Copy (iR enlargement copy),
you can automatically print enlargements of scanned originals from a Color
imageRUNNER.
ÞPrinting Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a Color imageRUNNER
(→P.209)
Troubleshooting 639
Problems Regarding Paper
Problems Regarding Paper
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)
Follow these steps to remove any scraps left in the Paper Feed Slot after you clear jammed sheets or
roll paper.
1.
2.
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the Paper Tray lamp.
Press ◄ or ► to select POP Board, and then press the OK button.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Type
= POP Board
3.
Press ◄ or ► to select ISO A2, and then press OK.
The setting is updated, and an equals sign “=” is displayed at left.
Manual Pap.Size
= ISO A2
A conrmation message is displayed notifying you that the printer is changing the media source.
Please Wait..
4.
After the following message is displayed, press the OK button.
Chk Back Space
Press OK
5.
After the following message is displayed, open the Top Cover.
Open UpperCover
6.
Fold an A4 sheet lengthwise four times and insert it through the gap of the Back Cover. Push the
scrap out toward the Platen.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the scrap when it is pushed out onto the Platen.
If any scraps remain inside the Paper Feed Slot, repeat steps 6 and 7.
Close the Top Cover.
Turn the printer off. (→P.25)
640 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper
If paper from a roll becomes jammed, Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is shown on the Display Screen of the
Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
Note
• For instructions on removing a paper jam from a roll if the scrap of paper remains in the Paper Feed
Slot, see “Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)”. (→P.125)
1.
Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover. Use a store-bought cutter or the like to cut the paper of the
loaded roll.
Caution
• When cutting paper, be careful to avoid injury and damaging the printer.
2.
Press ▲ button.
3.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Troubleshooting 641
Problems Regarding Paper
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper from a roll is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot
1. Open the Roll Feed Unit Cover.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper
is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, (→P.643) remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the
paper jam.
642 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
4.
Press ▼.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit and clear the paper jam as follows.
1.
2.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit from the printer. (→P.142)
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit on the printer again. (→P.143)
Troubleshooting 643
Problems Regarding Paper
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette
If paper from the Cassette becomes jammed, the following messages are shown on the Display Screen of the
Control Panel. How to clear the paper jam varies depending on the message.
• Can’t DetectPapr / Remove Paper (→P.644)
• Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key (→P.646)
If Can’t DetectPapr / Remove Paper is displayed
If paper is jammed in the paper feed slot of the cassette
1.
Grasp the handle (a) on the front of the Cassette and pull it forward a little. Holding the Cassette
on both sides with both hands, remove the cassette.
2.
Clear any jammed paper from the paper feed slot of the Cassette.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Holding the Cassette on both sides with both hands, insert it rmly into the printer.
644 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
1.
While squeezing the two levers (a) at two positions on the Back Cover, remove the Back Cover
from the printer.
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Caution
• Do not touch the areas in the printer indicated by (a). If the grease that coats these parts is
accidentally wiped away, it may cause feeding problems.
Troubleshooting 645
Problems Regarding Paper
3.
After attaching the Back Cover, push the lower part of the levers at two positions so that the
levers are aligned with the marks on the Back Cover.
If Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is displayed
1.
Press ▲.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
646 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
3. Close the Top Cover.
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b). This may stain your hands and damage
the printer.
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
1. While squeezing the two levers (a) at two positions on the Back Cover, remove the cover
from the printer.
2. Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
Troubleshooting 647
Problems Regarding Paper
3. After attaching the Back Cover, push the lower part of the levers at two positions so that the
levers are aligned with the marks on the Back Cover.
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray.
1. Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press ▼.
648 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray
If a sheet loaded manually becomes jammed, Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is shown on the Display Screen of
the Control Panel. Remove the jammed paper as follows.
1.
Press ▲.
2.
Remove the jammed paper.
• If paper is jammed inside the Top Cover
1. Open the Top Cover and move the Carriage to the side.
2. Clear any jammed paper from inside the Top Cover.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3. Close the Top Cover.
Troubleshooting 649
Problems Regarding Paper
Important
• Do not touch the Linear Scale (a) or Carriage Shaft (b).
• If paper is jammed by the Paper Feed Slot of the Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer. If paper is
jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot (→P.651), remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit and
clear the paper jam.
• If the paper is jammed by the Output Tray
Remove the jammed paper from the Output Tray.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
650 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
• If paper is jammed in the back of the printer
Remove the jammed paper from the back.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Press ▼.
If paper is jammed deep in the Paper Feed Slot, remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit and clear the
paper jam as follows.
1.
Turn off the printer and remove the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit from the printer.
(→P.142)
(→P.177)
2.
Remove the jammed paper from the Paper Feed Slot.
After removing the paper, make sure there are no other scraps of paper in the printer.
3.
Install the Roll Feed Unit or Paper Tray Unit on the printer again.
(→P.143)
(→P.177)
Troubleshooting 651
Problems Regarding Paper
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed Slot
Cause
Corrective Action
The roll paper is warped.
Straighten out curls and reload the roll.
The roll was pulled out by force when it had been
advanced before printing, and this action closed the
Paper Feed Slot.
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a while and
reload the roll.
Cannot load sheets in the tray
Cause
The paper source selection is incorrect.
Corrective Action
Press the Feeder Selection button to activate the
Paper Tray lamp.
Paper is not cut straight
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper is bent or curled at the cut position.
Straighten out any curling by the edges of the paper.
Paper rises by the ends of the cut position before
it is cut.
Reload the paper correctly.
Paper cannot be cut
Cause
Corrective Action
The printed document became caught on a foreign
Remove the foreign object by the Output Tray to
object by the Output Tray, which lifted the document. enable the printer to eject the printed document,
The Cutter passed under the paper.
keeping it level.
In the printer driver, No or Print Cut Guideline is
specied in Auto Cut.
Specify Yes in Auto Cut in the printer driver.
In MAIN MENU, Eject or Manual is specied in
Cutting Mode.
Specify Automatic in Cutting Mode in MAIN MENU.
Depression on the leading edge is left
Cause
Keeping a roll in the printer for a long time without
printing on it may leave a depression on the leading
edge.
Corrective Action
When printing quality is most important, we
recommend setting TrimEdge Reload to On or
Automatic so that the paper edge is automatically
cut before printing.
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper
Cause
Corrective Action
A document was removed after printing from the
Following the instructions, press the ▲ button,
Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the ▲ button. remove the paper, and then press the ▼ button.
Wipe away any soiling on the rollers.
(→P.627)
(→P.630)
652 Troubleshooting
Problems Regarding Paper
The Front Tray Guides are in the Front Paper Feed Slot.
Cause
Paper cannot be ejected because the roll was
advanced when the Front Tray Guides were in the
Front Paper Feed Slot.
Corrective Action
On the Control Panel, momentarily select POP
Board on the screen for selection of the media type.
The Front Paper Feed Slot will rise, so lift the Vertical
Paper Guides and store them toward the front.
Troubleshooting 653
Printing does not start
Printing does not start
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not light up
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is not on.
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in, all the way. Press the
Power button to turn the printer on.
The printer is not selected in the
printer driver. (The printer is in
Sleep mode.)
In Windows, select the printer by clicking Select Printer or Printer in
the printing dialog box and try printing again.
In Mac OS X, select the printer by clicking Printer Setup Utility (or
Print Center ) and try printing again.
In Mac OS 9, select the printer in Chooser and try printing again.
The print job is paused. (The
printer is in Sleep mode.)
In Windows, restart the print job as follows.
1. Select the printer icon in the Printers and Faxes (or Printers )
window.
2. Clear Pause Printing in the File menu to restart the print job.
In Mac OS X, restart the print job as follows.
1. Open the Printer Setup Utility (or the Print Center ).
2. Select the printer, and then Start Jobs in the Printers menu to
restart the print job.
In Mac OS 9, restart the print job as follows.
1. Open imagePROGRAF Printmonitor.
2. Choose Resume Printing in the File menu to restart the print job.
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs are Sent
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is ofine.
Press the Online button on the Control Panel to bring the printer online.
The Display Screen indicates the system is lling with ink
Cause
When the printer was turned off previously, some
cleaning operation was terminated.
654 Troubleshooting
Corrective Action
Wait until the system has been lled with ink. This
process may take about ten minutes.
The printer stops during a print job
The printer stops during a print job
An error message is shown on the Display Screen
Status
Corrective Action
An error message is displayed during printing.
Check the error message and take action as
necessary.
(→P.676)
The last portion of roll paper was used during a print
job, and paper could not be fed because the trailing
edge was taped to the roll.
Remove the portion of roll paper that was used and
insert a new roll.
(→P.119)
(→P.120)
(→P.121)
(→P.82)
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper
Status
Corrective Action
The leading edge of the roll paper was cut to
straighten it.
This operation is normal.
The printer cuts the leading edge of the roll to
straighten it and ejects the scraps when Trim
Edge First in the printer menu is On or when Trim
Edge First is Automatic and the leading edge is
slanted. The printer is ready to print after this initial
preparation.
When Off is selected under Trim Edge First, the
edge is not cut and scraps are not removed.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and make
sure the Printhead is in good condition for printing.
(→P.608)
Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.610)
There is little ink left.
Check the ink level and replace the Ink Tank that is
low.
(→P.600)
A print job was received from an incompatible printer Use the correct imagePROGRAF printer driver for
driver.
the printer and try printing again.
The printer is damaged.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the
carriage stops moving)
Cause
The printer is analyzing the print job.
Corrective Action
Either wait a while for printing to resume, or on the
printer Control Panel, set Input Reso. to 300dpi.
(→P.51)
Troubleshooting 655
Problems with the printing quality
Problems with the printing quality
Printing is faint
Cause
Corrective Action
You may be printing on the wrong side of the paper.
Print on the printing surface.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if
they are clogged.
(→P.608)
Because the printer was left without Ink Tanks
installed for some time, ink has become clogged in
the ink supply system.
After the Ink Tank has been installed for 24 hours,
run Head Cleaning B.
(→P.610)
Paper is jammed inside the Top Cover.
Follow the steps below to remove the jammed piece
of paper inside the Top Cover.
1. Press the Online button to bring the printer ofine.
2. Open the Top Cover and make sure the Carriage
is not over the Platen.
3. Remove any scraps of paper inside the Top Cover.
4. Close the Top Cover.
For tips on clearing paper jams, refer to the following
topics.
• Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette
(→P.169)
• Clearing Jammed Roll Paper (→P.122)
• Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray (→P.174)
During borderless printing, the ink was not dry
enough before cutting.
Specify a longer drying period in the printer menu, in
Roll DryingTime in Med.Detail Set..
(→P.51)
Printing may be faint if Print Quality in Advanced
Settings in the printer driver is set to Standard or
Draft.
In Advanced Settings in the printer driver, choose
Highest or High in Print Quality.
(→P.225)
656 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
Paper rubs against the Printhead
Cause
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver. (*1)
Corrective Action
Make sure the same paper type is specied on the
printer as in the printer driver.
(→P.146)
(→P.112)
(→P.147)
Make sure the same paper type is specied in the
printer driver as on the printer.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Change the paper type in the printer driver and
try printing again.
Paper has been loaded incorrectly, causing it to
wrinkle.
Reload the paper.
(→P.152)
(→P.117)
(→P.155)
The Printhead is set too low.
In Head Height, choose Automatic.
(→P.586)
You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that
curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink.
When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or
other paper-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth
setting of Strong, or Strongest. If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to High.
(→P.598)
(→P.586)
When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or lm-based
media, choose a VacuumStrngth setting of
Standard, Strong, or Strongest. If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to High.
(→P.598)
(→P.586)
When printing on paper 0.1 mm (0.004 in) thin
or thinner, choose a VacuumStrngth setting of
Weakest. If the paper is still scratched, try setting the
Printhead level in Head Height to High.
(→P.598)
(→P.586)
If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when
printing on rolls of glossy photo paper, in Paper
Detailed Settings in the printer driver, set Near End
Margin to 20mm.
*1: Always make sure the loaded paper matches the media type setting on the printer.
Troubleshooting 657
Problems with the printing quality
The edges of the paper are dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen.
or printing on small paper.
(→P.627)
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver.
Make sure the same paper type is specied on the
printer as in the printer driver.
(→P.146)
(→P.112)
(→P.147)
Make sure the same paper type is specied in the
printer driver as on the printer.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Change the paper type in the printer driver and
try printing again.
The paper is wrinkled or warped.
Straighten out the wrinkles or curls and reload the
paper. Do not use paper that has been printed on
previously.
(→P.152)
(→P.117)
(→P.155)
A cut line is printed because the function to reduce
cutting dust has been activated.
If this function is not needed, deactivate
CutDustReduct. through the printer menu.
(→P.51)
The Printhead is set too low.
In Head Height, choose Automatic.
(→P.586)
You are printing on heavyweight paper or paper that
curls or wrinkles easily after absorbing ink.
When printing on Heavyweight Coated Paper or
other paper-based media, choose a VacuumStrngth
setting of Strong or Strongest. If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to High.
(→P.598)
(→P.586)
When printing on CAD Tracing Paper or lm-based
media, choose a VacuumStrngth setting of
Standard, Strong, or Strongest. If the paper is still
scratched, try setting the Printhead level in Head
Height to High.
(→P.598)
(→P.586)
If edges of the paper curl and become soiled when
printing on rolls of glossy photo paper, in Paper
Detailed Settings in the printer driver, set Near End
Margin to 20mm.
The Output Tray is soiled.
658 Troubleshooting
Clean the Output Tray.
(→P.626)
Problems with the printing quality
The surface of the paper is dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Paper Retainer is soiled.
Clean the Paper Retainer.
(→P.630)
You are using a paper that does not dry easily.
Specify a time of about a minute in Roll DryingTime.
The back side of the paper is dirty
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen has become dirty after borderless printing Open the Top Cover and clean the Platen.
or printing on small paper.
(→P.627)
The Paper Retainer is soiled.
Clean the Paper Retainer.
(→P.630)
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of paper
Cause
Corrective Action
A document was removed after printing from the
Following the instructions, press the ▲ button,
Front Paper Feed Slot without pressing the ▲ button. remove the paper, and then press the ▼ button.
Wipe away any soiling on the rollers.
(→P.627)
(→P.630)
Fine Scratches Appear on Glossy Paper from the
Cassette
Cause
Corrective Action
When glossy paper is fed from the cassette, paper
dust or other debris on the guides or in the paper path
that turns paper around may damage the surface of
glossy paper.
It may help prevent scratches from the paper path if
you print glossy paper from the Top Paper Feed Slot
instead.
(→P.89)
Troubleshooting 659
Problems with the printing quality
Printed colors are inaccurate
Cause
Corrective Action
Color adjustment has not been activated in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
access Color Settings in Color Mode to adjust
colors.
Colors have not been adjusted on the computer or
monitor.
Refer to the computer and monitor documentation
to adjust the colors.
Adjust the settings of the color management software,
referring to the software documentation as needed.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the nozzles and see if
they are clogged.
(→P.608)
In the printer driver, Application Color Matching
Priority is not selected.
Click Special Settings on the Layout sheet of the
printer driver and select Application Color Matching
Priority in the dialog box.
Printhead characteristics gradually change through
repeated use, and colors may change.
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.581)
(→P.583)
Color may change slightly even on the same model Follow these steps to prepare the printing
of printer if you use a different version of the rmware environment.
or printer driver, or when you print under different
1. Use the same version of rmware, printer driver,
settings or in a different printing environment.
and other software.
2. Specify the same value for all settings items.
660 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
Banding in different colors occurs
Cause
Corrective Action
The roll is not loaded correctly in the Roll Feed Unit.
Remove the roll and reload it.
(→P.116)
The paper feed amount is not adjusted correctly.
Adjust the feed amount.
(→P.587)
Printing does not proceed smoothly because print
jobs are interrupted during transmission.
Exit other applications and cancel other print jobs.
In the printer menu, Print Length is specied in
Feed Priority.
To adjust the feed amount, specify Band Joint in
Feed Priority in the printer menu.
(→P.587)
The Printhead is out of alignment.
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.581)
Streaks may occur if you set the Print Quality too
low.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver and try
printing again.
(→P.225)
Troubleshooting 661
Problems with the printing quality
Colors in printed images are uneven
Cause
Corrective Action
Line Drawing/Text is selected when printing images Specify Image in the printer driver.
in many solid colors.
You are printing on paper that curls easily.
Printed colors may appear uneven on the leading
edge of paper that is susceptible to curling. Increase
the level of vacuum holding the paper against the
Platen or specify a margin of 20 mm (0.79 in) or more
for the leading edge.
(→P.598)
If you use Glossy Paper, art paper or Coated Paper, In Advanced Settings of the printer driver, choose
color shading may appear at the rear edges of the
Highest or High in Print Quality.
paper.
(→P.225)
Printed colors may be uneven if you set the Print
Quality too low.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
(→P.225)
Color may be uneven between dark and light image
areas.
Select Unidirectional Printing in the Advanced
Settings of the printer driver.
When using Borderless Printing, the edge of the
paper is cut during printing. Thus, ink density may
not be even at the edges.
Specify No in Auto Cut in the printer driver before
printing. In this case, the paper can be printed without
borders on the left and right sides only. Cut the
printed document ejected from the printer, then use
scissors to cut away the edges on the top and bottom.
Choose a higher level of Print Quality in the
Advanced Settings of the printer driver.
(→P.225)
The Printhead is out of alignment.
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.581)
Drying documents stacked on each other may cause To avoid uneven colors, we recommend drying each
uneven colors.
sheet separately.
662 Troubleshooting
Problems with the printing quality
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding Occurs
Cause
Corrective Action
The Platen suction is too strong.
Set VacuumStrngth to Weakest.
(→P.598)
The Printhead is set too high.
Lower the Printhead.
(→P.586)
The contrast becomes uneven during printing
Cause
The paper feed amount is out of adjustment.
Corrective Action
Execute Adjust Band during printing.
(→P.587)
The length of printed images is inaccurate
Cause
Corrective Action
In the printer menu, Band Joint is specied in Feed
Priority.
To ensure the feed amount matches the paper size,
select Print Length in Feed Priority in the printer
menu and enter the amount for adjustment in Adjust
Length. You can adjust the feed amount in 0.02
0ncrements.
(→P.51)
Documents are printed crooked
Cause
Corrective Action
Skew Skew Check Lv. has been set to Loose or Off. Choose Standard in Skew Check Lv.. If strict skew
detection is required, choose High Accuracy in
Skew Check Lv..
Documents are printed in monochrome
Cause
Corrective Action
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
Monochrome, Monochrome (BK ink), or
Monochrome Bitmap is specied in Color Mode.
In the Advanced Settings of the printer driver,
specify Color in Color Mode and try printing again.
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Print a test pattern to check the color ink nozzles and
see if they are clogged.
(→P.608)
Troubleshooting 663
Problems with the printing quality
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows)
Cause
In the Special Settings dialog box of the Windows
printer driver, Fast Graphic Process is selected.
Corrective Action
Open the printer driver’s Properties dialog box from
Print in the application software’s File menu, and try
printing following the steps below.
1. Remove the check from Open Preview When
Print Job Starts in the Main sheet.
2. Remove the check from Page Layout in the
Layout sheet.
3. Click the Special Settings button in the Layout
sheet to open the Special Settings dialog
box, and remove the check from Fast Graphic
Process.
Lines are misaligned
Cause
The Printhead alignment is not adjusted.
Corrective Action
Adjust the Printhead alignment.
(→P.581)
(→P.583)
Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy
Printing mode
Cause
Corrective Action
You have selected Economy Printing in the printer
driver before printing.
Clear the Economy Printing check box in the printer
driver and try printing again.
Problems with the printing quality caused by the type
of paper
For paper-specic troubleshooting tips to improve the printing quality, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103)
664 Troubleshooting
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over a network
Cannot connect the printer to the network
Cause
Corrective Action
The Ethernet cable is not connected
correctly to the printer’s Ethernet port.
1. Make sure the printer is connected to the network with the correct
Ethernet cable, and then turn the printer on. For instructions on
connecting the cable, refer to the Quick Start Guide.
2. Make sure the Link indicator is lit.
The Link indicator is green if the printer is connected via 100
Base-TX and orange if connected via 10Base-T.
If the Link indicator is not lit, check the following points.
• Make sure the hub is on.
• Make sure the end of the Ethernet cable is connected
correctly.
Insert the Ethernet cable until it clicks and locks in place.
• Make sure there is no problem with the Ethernet cable.
If there is any problem, replace the Ethernet cable.
• Check the communication mode with the hub.
Although the printer normally detects the hub
communication mode and transmission rate automatically
(in auto negotiation mode), sometimes the hub settings
cannot be detected. In this case, congure the connection
method manually, specifying the communication mode in
use.
(→P.551)
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer’s IP address is not congured correctly.
Make sure the printer’s IP address is congured
correctly.
(→P.488)
(→P.541)
The printer’s TCP/IP network settings are not
congured correctly.
Make sure the printer’s TCP/IP network settings are
congured correctly.
(→P.545)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s TCP/IP network settings
are congured correctly.
(→P.555)
(→P.576)
Troubleshooting 665
Cannot print over a network
Cannot print over a NetWare network
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer’s NetWare settings are not congured
correctly.
Make sure the printer’s NetWare settings are
congured correctly. In particular, make sure a valid
frame type is selected. For details, see “Conguring
the Printer’s NetWare Network Settings”. (→P.548)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s NetWare settings are
congured correctly. For details, see “Conguring
NetWare Network Settings”. (→P.568)
The NetWare server and services are not congured Check the following points.
correctly.
1. Make sure the NetWare le server is running.
2. Make sure there is enough free disk space on the
NetWare le server. Insufcient disk space may
prevent you from processing large print jobs.
3. Start NWADMIN or PCONSOLE and conrm that
the print service is congured correctly and the
print queue is available.
4. If data transmission to a printer on another subnet
fails, deactivate NCP burst mode in that printer’s
network protocol settings.
5. If the printer is used in queue server mode, specify
“Other/Unknown” as the printer type.
The printer was turned off and on when not
disconnected from the server.
Leave the printer off for at least 30 seconds, and
then restore power.
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks
Cause
Corrective Action
The AppleTalk protocol is not enabled on the printer.
Activate AppleTalk on the printer.
(→P.547)
The computer you are trying to print from is not
congured correctly.
Make sure the computer’s AppleTalk settings are
congured correctly.
(→P.572)
(→P.580)
The computer and printer are not on the same
network.
Due to the nature of Bonjour, you cannot print if
the printer is on another network behind a router.
Make sure the computer and printer are on the same
network. For information about network settings, ask
your network administrator.
666 Troubleshooting
Installation problems
Installation problems
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed Correctly
In Windows, the device interface driver may not be installed correctly in some cases if you connected the
IEEE 1394 cable before installing the printer driver.
If so, reinstall the IEEE 1394 device interface driver and the printer driver as follows.
Important
• This procedure is based on an example for Windows XP. The name of the wizard may be different
in other operating systems.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Right-click My Computer and choose Properties to display the System Properties window.
On the Hardware sheet, click Device Manager to display the Device Manager window.
Right-click Other Devices icon and choose Properties.
On the Driver sheet, click Update Driver to start the Hardware Update Wizard (or the Upgrade
Device Driver Wizard.)
5.
6.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the CD-ROM
drive. Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer and follow the instructions
on the screen.
The device/interface driver is installed.
The device is detected, and the New Hardware Wizard (or Add New Hardware Wizard )
is started.
7.
8.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
When the window is displayed to choose the source for driver installation, select the printer
driver folder.
Choose the CD-ROM drive > Driver > WinXP_2K > Driver, and click OK. (For Windows
2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003)
9.
Follow the instructions on the screen.
The printer driver is installed.
Troubleshooting 667
Installation problems
Removing Installed Printer Drivers
Follow the steps below to remove installed printer drivers and utilities.
Removing printer drivers (Windows)
Remove the printer driver as follows.
Note
• In Windows 2000/Windows XP/Windows Server 2003/Windows Vista, you must log on with
administrative rights such as “Administrator” account.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > Canon Printer Uninstaller >
imagePROGRAF Printer Driver Uninstaller to display the Delete Printer window.
2.
3.
4.
Select the printer in the list and click Delete.
Click Yes in the Warning message dialog box.
Make sure that the printer has been removed from the list, and click Exit.
Removing Printer Drivers and imagePROGRAF Printmonitor
(Macintosh)
Remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF Printmonitor as follows.
1.
2.
Insert the User Software CD-ROM provided with the printer in the CD-ROM drive.
Start the printer driver installer included in the User Software CD-ROM.
For Mac OS X, open OS X and double-click iPF Driver Installer X.
For Mac OS 9, open OS 9 and double-click iPF Driver Installer 9.
3.
4.
In the upper-left menu, choose Uninstall, and click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the printer driver or imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor.
Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)
Remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor as follows.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Status Monitor >
Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Status Monitor) to start the wizard.
2.
3.
In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Status Monitor.
Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility (Windows)
Remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility as follows.
1.
From the Windows start menu, select Programs > imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility >
Uninstaller (imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility) to start the wizard.
2.
3.
In the wizard window, click Delete, and then click Next.
Follow the instructions on the screen to remove imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.
668 Troubleshooting
HP-GL/2 problems
HP-GL/2 problems
With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned.
Cause
The plotter origin is incorrect.
Corrective Action
Check the printing commands.
Lines or images are missing in the HP-GL/2 data that
was printed.
Cause
Corrective Action
The memory is full.
Check the size of the data in the print job.
A GL/2 command not supported by this printer was
received.
Check the print job and settings.
Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP-GL/2
Printing
Cause
Corrective Action
The Line Width setting in the main menu is incorrect. Conrm the selection in Line Width. If ne lines are
printed faint, setting ThicknFineLines to On in the
main menu will print the lines more distinctly.
(→P.51)
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome (or color).
Cause
The color mode is incorrect.
Corrective Action
On the printer Control Panel, check the color mode
setting.
(→P.51)
For optimal printhead performance, the printer consumes trace amounts of color ink even in monochrome
mode.
Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate During
HP-GL/2 Printing
Cause
Adj Faint Lines in the main menu is set to On.
Corrective Action
Selecting Off may help produce the expected results.
However, lines in some colors may appear broken.
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time.
Cause
Corrective Action
Large print jobs with a lot of data take longer to print. On the printer Control Panel, set Input Reso. to
300dpi.
(→P.51)
Troubleshooting 669
HP-GL/2 problems
Replotting with HP-GL/2 jobs is not possible.
Cause
The data was lost because of replotting.
Corrective Action
Data for replotting is lost after the following
operations. In this case, send the print job again.
• The memory buffer was cleared from the Control
Panel.
• The printer was turned off.
• The printer has received a new HP-GL/2 print job.
• Printing has been canceled
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job (the
carriage stops moving)
Cause
The printer is analyzing the print job.
670 Troubleshooting
Corrective Action
Either wait a while for printing to resume, or on the
printer Control Panel, set Input Reso. to 300dpi.
(→P.51)
Other problems
Other problems
The printer does not go on
Cause
Corrective Action
The printer is unplugged.
Plug the power cord into the outlet, and then turn on
the printer.
The specied voltage is not supplied.
Check the voltage of the outlet and breaker.
(→P.73)
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound
The following sounds do not indicate a problem with the printer.
• There is a sound of vacuum from the Platen
To prevent paper from rising, paper is held against the Platen by suction from Vacuum holes under it.
• Roll paper makes a uttering sound during printing
There may be a uttering sound when large paper is advanced.
• If you suddenly hear the tone for cleaning operations
At regular intervals, for printer maintenance, cleaning operations will begin automatically, even if the
printer is in Sleep mode.
In other cases, contact your Canon dealer.
Messages advising to check the maintenance cartridge
are not cleared
Cause
The printer has not detected the new Maintenance
Cartridge that was used to replace the old one.
Corrective Action
Remove the new Maintenance Cartridge you have
just installed and insert it again rmly.
Restart the printer.
The printer consumes a lot of ink
Cause
Corrective Action
Many full-page color images are printed.
In print jobs such as photos, images are lled with
color. This consumes a lot of ink. This does not
indicate a problem with the printer.
Head Cleaning B is used often.
Head Cleaning B consumes a lot of ink. This does
not indicate a problem with the printer. Unless the
printer has been moved or stored for a long period
or you are troubleshooting Printhead problems, we
recommend not performing Head Cleaning B, to the
extent possible.
You have just nished initial installation, when more
ink is consumed to ll the system.
After initial installation or at the rst-time use after
transfer, ink ows into the system between the Ink
Tank and Printhead, which may cause the ink level
indicators to drop to 80%. This does not indicate a
problem with the printer.
Troubleshooting 671
Other problems
Ink Level Detection
Ink level detection will be deactivated if you load ink tanks once emptied.
Ink level detection
Ink tanks specied for this printer feature an ink level detection function to prevent the ink from running out
during printing, which prevents printer damage. (→P.599)
This function will not work correctly if you use rell ink tanks. As a result, printing stops. Thus, before using
rell ink tanks, you must cancel the ink level detection.
Printing with the ink level detection canceled may lead to printer damage and printing problems. Canon Inc.
is not liable for any damage that may occur as a result of relling ink.
Caution
• After ink level detection has been disabled, this function cannot be reactivated for the currently loaded
Ink Tank. To use ink level detection again, replace the Ink Tank with a new ink tank specied for use
with the printer.
• Repeatedly removing and inserting an Ink Tank may damage the connection between the Ink Tank and
the printer, which may cause ink leakage from the Ink Tank and damage the printer.
Disabling ink level detection
1.
On the Display Screen, a message indicates that the ink level cannot be detected. After checking
the message, press the ▼ button.
The remaining
level of the ↓
following ink ↑
cannot be ↓
correctly ↑
detected. Check↓
ink tank. ↑
↓
2.
Press ◄ or ► to select Information, and then press the OK button.
Please Check. ↑
Check ←→
Please Check. ↑
= Information
3.
A conrmation message is shown on the Display Screen about disabling ink level detection. As
you check the message, press the ▼ button repeatedly until the screen of step 4 is displayed.
Tank once
emptied is ↓
used. Stop ↑
printing due to↓
ink level ↑
unknown. To ↓
continue, you ↑
must release ↓
672 Troubleshooting
Other problems
ink level ↑
detection. ↓
4.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Release? ↑
= Yes ←→
5.
A conrmation message is shown on the Display Screen. As you check the message, press the
▼ button repeatedly until the screen of step 6 is displayed.
Release inklevel
detection after↓
conrming that↑
ink is in ↓
ink tank. Canon↑
is not liable ↓
for damages due↑
to lled tank.↓
Agree? ↑
↓
6.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Agree? ↑
= Yes
7.
A conrmation message is shown on the Display Screen. As you check the message, press the
▼ button repeatedly until the screen of step 8 is displayed.
Release inklevel
detection. ↓
Perform after ↑
use of ink tank↓
was memorized. ↑
Agree? ↓
8.
Press ◄ or ► to select Yes, and then press the OK button.
Agree? ↑
= Yes
Ink level detection is now disabled, and the printer goes online.
Troubleshooting 673
Responding to Messages
Error Message
Responding to Messages
Responding to Messages
Warning messages
The printer status is indicated on the top line of the Display Screen, and the warning message on the bottom
line of the Display Screen.
Although warning messages do not prevent printer operation, you should check the message and take the
appropriate action. (→P.676)
OnlineISO A2
Ink Lvl: Chk BK
Error messages (if action can be taken)
Error messages are indicated in two pages of the Display Screen if the printer operation stops until you take
some action. The pages are displayed alternately.
Check the message and take the appropriate action. (→P.676)
Maint Cartridge
Replace Cart
Error messages (if no action can be taken)
Error notication (“ERROR”) is displayed with the error code on the top line of the Display Screen, and a
message is displayed on the bottom line of the Display Screen.
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
Call For Service
Turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring the power.
If the message is still displayed after this, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer, and
contact the Canon dealer for assistance.
674 Error Message
Responding to Messages
Other Messages
These messages do not prevent printer operation. Check the information on the Display Screen and take
action as necessary. Messages requiring special attention are as follows:
Note
• Messages are also displayed in imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows) or imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor (Macintosh).
Error Message 675
Responding to Messages
Error Messages
Warning messages
The printer status is indicated on the top line of the Display Screen, and the warning message on the bottom
line of the Display Screen.
Although warning messages do not prevent printer operation, you should check the message and take
the appropriate action.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number) (→P.697)
GL2:Wxxxx (xxxx is 0501, 0903, or 0904) (→P.696)
GL2:W0502 (→P.696)
GL2:W0504 (→P.696)
GL2: Unsup. papr (→P.696)
Ink Lvl: Chk xx (xx represents an ink color) (→P.691)
Check Printout (→P.694)
Feed Limit.. (→P.688)
Consumables Low (→P.697)
Repl Consumables (→P.697)
MTCart Full Soon (→P.695)
Paper Mismatch (→P.678)
PaprSiz Mismatch (→P.679)
PaprTyp Mismatch (→P.678)
Error messages (if action can be taken)
Check the message and take the appropriate action.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
GL2: Unsup. papr (→P.696)
Need 10 in or Larger Roll (→P.680)
Need A4/Letter Vert. or Larger (→P.680)
No Ink Left (→P.690)
Ink Tank / Check xx (xx represents an ink color) (→P.691)
Ink Tank / Replace xx (xx represents an ink color) (→P.692)
Close UpperCover (→P.697)
Online Key / and recalibrate (→P.693)
Load Papr in Cas / Press Online. (→P.684)
Cassette Undetected (→P.684)
Cassette Selectd / Press ↑ Key (→P.684)
Media Check / Please Cancel (→P.679)
Paper Feed Slot / SpcfdPapr NotFit (→P.684)
Check Supported Paper. (→P.689)
Sheets Loaded / Press ↓ To Eject (→P.682)
Tray Selected (→P.683)
Power On / Again (→P.698)
Power On / Again / Multi-sensor Err (→P.698)
Not Enough Ink (→P.690)
Cannot update rmware (→P.698)
Printhead / Please Replace (→P.694)
Printhead / Check Nozzles (→P.694)
Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart (→P.695)
Maint Cartridge / Load Cartridge (→P.695)
676 Error Message
Responding to Messages
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Cutting Error (→P.688)
Can’t DetectPapr (→P.688)
Paper Too Large / Please Check (→P.680)
Paper Too Small / Please Check (→P.680)
Paper Size / Please Check (→P.682)
Papr Size Undetected (→P.680)
Paper Type / Please Change (→P.693)
Paper Mismatch / ReplcPap:Press↓ (→P.678)
Paper Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline (→P.678)
Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key (→P.685)
Paper Loaded / Crooked (→P.686)
Paper loaded askew. (→P.686)
PaprSiz Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline (→P.680)
PaprTyp Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline (→P.679)
Paper / Please Reload (→P.687)
Remove paper (→P.685)
Paper Askew / Please Reload (→P.687)
Roll Selected / Load Roll (→P.682)
Roll Paper / Please Replace (→P.681)
Roll Paper Chk / Check Width/Spcr (→P.683)
Roll P Unit / Please Check (→P.683)
Error messages (if no action can be taken)
• ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number) (→P.697)
• No data. (→P.696)
Other Messages
These messages do not prevent printer operation. Check the information on the Display Screen and take
action as necessary. Messages requiring special attention are as follows:
• The remaining level of the following ink cannot be correctly detected. (→P.691)
Error Message 677
Messages regarding paper
Messages regarding paper
Paper Mismatch
Cause
Corrective Action
The type and size of paper as specied on the printer Adjust both settings so that they match and try
do not match the type and size specied in the printer printing again.
driver.
Paper Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline
Cause
The paper type and size as specied in the printer
driver do not match the type and size specied on
the printer.
Corrective Action
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Try printing again after adjusting the paper size
and type as specied in the printer driver and the
size and type specied on the printer so that they
match.
Press the Online button to resume printing. However,
this may cause a paper jam or printing problem.
Paper Mismatch / ReplcPap:Press↓
Cause
When using multiple sheets to print test patterns for
printer adjustment, you are using sheets of different
sizes or types of paper.
Corrective Action
Press the ▼ button to eject the sheet and load a
sheet of the same size and type as the rst sheet.
PaprTyp Mismatch
Cause
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver.
Corrective Action
Make sure the same type of paper is specied on the
printer as in the printer driver.
(→P.82)
(→P.89)
(→P.87)
Follow these steps to ensure the paper type matches
on the printer and in the printer driver.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Either change the type of paper specied in the
printer driver settings or replace the loaded paper
and change the paper type setting on the printer.
Press the Online button to resume printing.
However, this may cause a paper jam or printing
problem.
*Printing will continue if you have set Detect Mismatch to Warning or None.
678 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
PaprTyp Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper type as specied on the printer does not
match the type specied in the printer driver.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Try printing again after adjusting the paper type
as specied in the printer driver and the type
specied on the printer so that they match.
Press the Online button to resume printing. However,
this may cause a paper jam or printing problem.
Media Check / Please Cancel
Cause
Corrective Action
You have attempted to print from the Cassette using
a type of paper that cannot be printed from the
Cassette.
Switch to a type of paper that is compatible with the
Cassette and try printing again.
Print from the tray.
PaprSiz Mismatch
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper size as specied on the If you have selected Fit Roll Paper
printer does not match the size
Width in the printer driver settings
specied in the printer driver.
and Warning in Detect Mismatch
in the printer menu:
Printing resumes after the warning
message is displayed. However,
note that this error may cause
paper jams and affect the printing
quality. Try printing again after
adjusting the paper size as
specied in the printer driver and
the size specied on the printer so
that they match.
If you have selected Fit Roll Paper Follow the steps below to ensure
Width in the printer driver settings the paper size matches on the
and Pause in Detect Mismatch in printer and in the printer driver.
the printer menu:
1. Load paper of the same size as
you have specied in the printer
driver.
2. Hold down the Stop/Eject
button for a second or more to
cancel printing.
3. Change the paper size in the
printer driver and try printing
again.
Press the Online button to resume
printing.
However, this may cause a paper
jam or printing problem.
Error Message 679
Messages regarding paper
PaprSiz Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline
Cause
Corrective Action
The sizes of paper specied in the printer driver and
on the printer do not match when Fit Roll Paper
Width is selected in the printer driver.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Try printing again after adjusting the paper size
as specied in the printer driver and the size
specied on the printer so that they match.
Press the Online button to resume printing. However,
this may cause a paper jam or printing problem.
Paper Too Small / Please Check
Cause
The loaded paper is smaller than the minimum size
supported by the printer.
Corrective Action
Press the Online button to clear the error message.
For details on supported paper sizes, see “Paper
Sizes”. (→P.109)
Paper Too Large / Please Check
Cause
The loaded paper exceeds the maximum size
supported by the printer.
Corrective Action
Press the Online button to clear the error message.
For details on supported paper sizes, see “Paper
Sizes”. (→P.109)
Papr Size Undetected
Cause
Paper has been loaded askew, or warped paper has
been loaded.
Corrective Action
Reload paper straight, in the correct position.
(→P.152)
(→P.117)
(→P.155)
Need A4/Letter Vert. or Larger
Cause
Paper too small for the printer has been loaded.
Corrective Action
Replace the paper with A4/Letter (vertical) or larger.
(→P.109)
Need 10 in or Larger Roll
Cause
Paper too small for the printer has been loaded.
680 Error Message
Corrective Action
Load a roll 10 inches wide or larger.
(→P.82)
Messages regarding paper
Roll Paper / Please Replace
Paper Level Low / Replace Paper
Cause
The printer has received a print job longer than the
amount of roll paper left.
Corrective Action
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing, then follow these steps to
replace the roll.
1. Remove the roll.
(→P.119)
(→P.120)
(→P.121)
2. Load a roll with enough paper left.
(→P.114)
(→P.116)
(→P.117)
3. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper type.
(→P.112)
4. Specify the paper length, unless a barcode has
been printed on the roll and you have deactivated
the automatic detection function of the remaining
roll paper.
(→P.113)
Press the Online button to continue with printing.
However, the roll paper may run out during the
print job and you may not be able to print all of the
document.
Paper Not Loaded / Press ↑ Key
Cause
The roll is empty.
Corrective Action
Follow the steps below to replace the used roll with a
new roll of the same type and size.
1. If the last paper on the roll has not been ejected,
follow the steps below.
1. Press the ▲ button.
2. Remove the roll.
(→P.122)
3. Press the ▼ button.
2. Load a new roll.
(→P.114)
(→P.116)
(→P.117)
3. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper type.
(→P.112)
4. Select the paper length, unless a barcode has
been printed on the roll or you have deactivated
the automatic detection function of the remaining
roll paper.
(→P.113)
Error Message 681
Messages regarding paper
Paper Size / Please Check
Paper Too Small / Press ↑ Key
Cause
Corrective Action
Paper that is too small for the printer has been
loaded.
Load paper of the correct size.
(→P.109)
Paper has been loaded that is too small to print
the test pattern for printhead adjustment or nozzle
checking.
Load a sheet of unused paper Letter-sized or larger.
(→P.82)
Paper Too Large / Press ↑ Key
Cause
Corrective Action
Paper that is too large for the printer has been loaded. Load paper of the correct size.
(→P.109)
Roll Selected / Load Roll
Cause
No roll is loaded.
Corrective Action
Follow these steps to load the roll.
1. Load the roll.
(→P.114)
(→P.116)
(→P.117)
2. If no barcode was printed on the roll, specify the
paper type.
(→P.112)
3. Specify the paper length, unless a barcode has
been printed on the roll and you have deactivated
the automatic detection function of the remaining
roll paper.
(→P.113)
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
Sheets Loaded / Press ↓ To Eject
Cause
Sheets are loaded in the tray.
Corrective Action
1. Press ▼ to eject the sheet.
2. Load the indicated paper.
(→P.117)
(→P.152)
682 Error Message
Messages regarding paper
Roll Paper Chk / Check Width/Spcr
Cause
The paper is loaded askew.
Corrective Action
Insert the paper and Spacer for Borderless Printing
rmly all the way into the printer.
When using A2 rolls, attach the Spacer for Borderless
Printing before loading the roll.
(→P.139)
When using sizes other than A2, remove the Spacer
for Borderless Printing before loading the roll.
(→P.139)
The paper loaded is not compatible with borderless
printing.
Load paper compatible with borderless printing and
try printing again. Paper you can use for borderless
printing is restricted to particular types of paper and
rolls of particular widths. For information on types of
paper compatible with borderless printing, refer to the
Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103)
Because paper expands or contracts depending on Use each type of paper only where the recommended
the environment of use, it may become narrower or environmental conditions are met. For details on
wider than the supported width for borderless printing. environmental conditions for various paper, see the
Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103)
Roll P Unit / Please Check
Cause
The printer has received a print job that species
rolls, but the Roll Feed Unit is not installed.
Corrective Action
Change the paper source in the printer driver to a
source other than roll, and then try printing again.
Install the Roll Feed Unit and resend the print job.
Tray Selected
Cause
A print job for manually printing on sheets was sent
when a roll is loaded.
Corrective Action
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
Follow these steps to reload sheets.
1. Press the OK button.
2. Press ▲.
3. Remove the roll.
4. Press ▼.
5. Load sheets of the type and size you have
specied in the printer driver.
(→P.89)
Change the printer driver settings to match the roll
already loaded, and then try printing again.
Error Message 683
Messages regarding paper
Paper Feed Slot / SpcfdPapr NotFit
Cause
Corrective Action
Sheets supplied from the tray are being fed through a After pressing the ▼ button to eject the sheet being
different paper feed slot than specied for the paper fed, insert the sheet into the correct paper feed slot
selected in the printer driver.
for the paper specied in the printer driver.
(→P.155)
Load Papr in Cas / Press Online.
Cause
Corrective Action
A print job for the Cassette was sent when no sheets Load paper of the type and size you have specied in
are loaded there.
the printer driver in the Cassette.
(→P.87)
Change the printer driver settings to match the paper
feed slot specied for the sheet already loaded, and
then try printing again.
Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
Cassette Selectd / Press ↑ Key
Cause
Corrective Action
After printing on a roll, the printer has received a print
job that species the cassette.
1. Press the ▲ button and release the paper retainer.
2. After rewinding the roll by hand, press the ▼
button to print from the cassette.
Cassette Undetected
Cause
The Cassette is not fully inserted.
684 Error Message
Corrective Action
Remove the Cassette, reinsert the Cassette rmly,
and press the Online button.
Messages regarding paper
Remove paper
Cannot Feed / Press ↑ Key
Cause
Roll paper is not fed on the Platen, even if you try
to feed it.
Corrective Action
Remove any jammed roll paper in the Paper Feed
Slot and reload the roll.
The printer has received a print job for a type of paper Check printer settings for the paper type and source.
that cannot be supplied from the paper source.
Change the paper type in the printer driver and try
printing again.
The paper in the Cassette is not loaded correctly.
Adjust the Width Guide and Length Guide to match
the paper size.
(→P.152)
The Cassette is not inserted correctly.
Insert the Cassette rmly, all the way into the printer.
(→P.152)
Unsupported paper is loaded in the Cassette.
Load paper that can be used in the Cassette. Refer to
the Paper Reference Guide for details on supported
paper.
(→P.103)
Too much paper is loaded in the Cassette. The paper Load the paper making sure not to exceed the
height exceeds the maximum capacity.
Maximum Capacity Line of the Cassette. For details
on the paper capacity, see “Specications” or the
Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.73)
(→P.103)
The paper is wrinkled or warped in the Cassette.
Remove the paper, straighten it, and reload it.
Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key
Cause
A paper jam occurred in the printer during printing.
Corrective Action
Press the Stop/Eject button and remove the jammed
paper.
(→P.122)
(→P.174)
Error Message 685
Messages regarding paper
Paper Loaded / Crooked
Cause
Corrective Action
The roll has been loaded askew.
Follow these steps to reload the roll.
1. Press the Online button to clear the error
message.
2. Insert the edge of the roll straight into the Paper
Feed Slot.
Paper has been loaded in the Cassette askew.
Follow the steps below to reload the paper.
1. After pressing the ▲ button to clear the error
message, remove any jammed paper from the
cassette.
(→P.169)
2. Load sheets in the Cassette.
(→P.152)
Paper has been loaded in the tray askew.
Follow the steps below to reload the paper.
1. After pressing the ▲ button to clear the error
message, remove any jammed paper from the
tray.
(→P.174)
2. Load sheets manually.
(→P.155)
Note
• To disable this message (if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper, for example), choose Off
or Loose in the Skew Check Lv.. setting of the printer menu. However, this may cause jams as paper
may be askew when it is printed. Also, the Platen may become soiled, which may soil the back of
the next document when it is printed.
Paper loaded askew.
Cause
A sheet has been loaded askew in the Top Paper
Feed Slot.
686 Error Message
Corrective Action
Remove the sheet and reload it straight.
Messages regarding paper
Paper Askew / Please Reload
Cause
Corrective Action
Paper has been loaded in the Cassette askew.
Follow these steps to reload the paper.
1. Press the ▲ button.
2. Remove the sheet.
3. Press the ▼ button.
4. Load paper in the Cassette.
(→P.152)
Paper has been manually loaded askew.
Follow these steps to reload the paper.
1. Press the ▲ button.
2. Remove the sheet.
3. Press the ▼ button.
4. Load a sheet manually.
(→P.155)
Note
• To disable this message (if it is displayed repeatedly despite reloading paper, for example), choose Off
or Loose in the Skew Check Lv. setting of the printer menu. However, this may cause jams if paper
is crooked when printed. Also, the platen may become soiled, which may soil the back of the next
document when it is printed.
Paper / Please Reload
Cause
Paper has been loaded askew, or warped paper has
been loaded.
Corrective Action
Reload paper straight, in the correct position.
(→P.152)
(→P.117)
(→P.155)
Error Message 687
Messages regarding paper
Can’t DetectPapr
Cause
Corrective Action
The paper has come out of the printer.
Remove the paper that has come out of the printer,
press the Online button, and reload the paper.
(→P.82)
(→P.89)
A paper jam occurred in the printer.
Remove the jammed paper, press the Online button,
and reload paper.
(→P.122)
(→P.174)
(→P.169)
The roll cannot be correctly detected.
Rewind the roll manually until the paper caught in
the rollers is completely out of the rollers. Press the
Online button and reload the roll.
Cutting Error
Cause
Corrective Action
There are sheets left on the Output Tray.
Remove the paper.
There is a foreign object by the Output Tray,
obstructing the Cutter Unit.
Remove the foreign object.
You are not using the printer under the recommended Use the printer only where the recommended
environmental conditions for the paper.
environmental conditions for the paper are met.
Note that various environmental conditions are
recommended for various types of paper. For details
on the recommended environmental conditions for
paper, see “Types of Paper”. (→P.103)
You are using paper that is not compatible with
automatic cutting.
Cut the roll manually.
(→P.131)
The Cutter Unit stops in the middle of cutting.
Move the Cutter Unit to the left, and then remove the
roll paper. If the roll cannot be cut using the Cutter
Unit, cut the roll manually.
(→P.131)
In other cases, the Cutter Unit may be damaged.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Feed Limit..
Cause
You are pressing the ▲ button on the Control Panel
and trying to rewind the roll completely.
688 Error Message
Corrective Action
Release ▲.
Messages regarding paper
Check Supported Paper.
Cause
Corrective Action
The print job received species a type or width of
paper that is not compatible with borderless printing.
Follow the steps below to change the settings of the
print job to enable borderless printing.
1. Hold down the Stop/Eject button for a second or
more to cancel printing.
2. Make sure the dedicated printer driver for your
printer is selected and try printing again.
For information on types of paper compatible with
borderless printing, refer to the Paper Reference
Guide.
(→P.103)
(→P.299)
(→P.310)
(→P.288)
Press the Online button to continue with printing.
However, note that this error may cause paper jams
and affect the printing quality.
Error Message 689
Messages regarding ink
Messages regarding ink
Not Enough Ink
Cause
Corrective Action
The ink level is low, so you cannot clean the
Printhead.
Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank
that is low with a new Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
The ink level is low, so there may not be enough ink
to nish printing.
Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank
that is low with a new Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
You can print until the ink runs out by pressing the
Online button. However, if the ink runs out during
printing, the following situation will occur depending
on the position of the leading edge when it passes
through the printer.
1. No Ink Left is displayed and printing stops. Press
the Stop/Eject button to cancel printing, or open
the Ink Tank Cover, replace the ink tank that is low
with a new one, and continue printing. However,
note that because printing is paused, colors may
be slightly different.
(→P.600)
2. No Ink Left / Canceling page.. is displayed and
printing stops. After the paper is ejected, open the
Ink Tank Cover and replace the ink tank that is
low with a new one.
(→P.600)
No Ink Left
Cause
There is no ink left.
690 Error Message
Corrective Action
Open the Ink Tank Cover and replace the Ink Tank
for which the Ink Lamp is ashing.
(→P.600)
Messages regarding ink
The remaining level of the following ink cannot be
correctly detected.
Cause
Ink level detection cannot work correctly if you use
rell ink tanks.
Corrective Action
The rell ink tank can no longer be used. See the
section “Ink level detection” in “Disabling Ink Level
Detection” and take the appropriate action.
(→P.672)
Ink Tank Cover / Close Please
Cause
The Ink Tank Cover is open.
Corrective Action
Close the Ink Tank Cover.
Ink Lvl: Chk xx (xx represents an ink color)
Cause
Not much ink is left.
Corrective Action
Prepare a new Ink Tank.
We recommend replacing the Ink Tank with a new Ink
Tank at this point if you plan to print large-format or
high-quantity jobs.
Ink Tank / Check xx (xx represents an ink color)
Cause
Corrective Action
There is no Ink Tank of the indicated color in the
printer.
Load or reload the Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
There is a problem with the Ink Tank.
Replace it with a new Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
Error Message 691
Messages regarding ink
Ink Tank / Replace xx (xx represents an ink color)
Cause
Corrective Action
The Ink Tank in the printer is incompatible or empty.
Load or reload the Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
There is a problem with the Ink Tank.
Replace it with a new Ink Tank.
(→P.600)
Mist Full Soon
Cause
The printer cannot process any more ink mist.
Corrective Action
There is a possibility that printing may stop in the
middle of large-format or borderless printing jobs.
Contact the Canon dealer for such types of printing.
You can continue printing.
The Display Screen indicates the system is lling with ink
Cause
When the printer was turned off previously, some
cleaning operation was terminated.
692 Error Message
Corrective Action
Wait until the system has been lled with ink. This
process may take about ten minutes.
Messages regarding printing or adjusment
Messages regarding printing or adjusment
Paper Type / Please Change
Cause
The Printhead and feed amount cannot be adjusted
when highly transparent lm is loaded.
Corrective Action
We recommend using a type of paper that you often
use, other than lm, for Printhead adjustment.
(→P.581)
Adjust the feed amount manually.
(→P.590)
Online Key / and recalibrate
Band Adj Error / Please Readjust
Cause
The feed amount cannot be adjusted; highly
transparent lm is loaded.
Corrective Action
Adjust the feed amount manually.
(→P.590)
Printhd Adj Err / Please Readjust
Cause
Corrective Action
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.608)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.610)
The Printhead cannot be aligned; highly transparent
lm is loaded.
We recommend using a type of paper that you often
use, other than lm, for Printhead adjustment.
(→P.581)
Error Message 693
Messages regarding printheads
Messages regarding printheads
Online Key / and recalibrate
Band Adj Error / Please Readjust
Cause
The feed amount cannot be adjusted; highly
transparent lm is loaded.
Corrective Action
Adjust the feed amount manually.
(→P.590)
Printhd Adj Err / Please Readjust
Cause
Corrective Action
The Printhead nozzles are clogged.
Follow the steps below to check the nozzles.
1. Print a test pattern to check the nozzles.
(→P.608)
2. Clean the Printhead if the nozzles are clogged.
(→P.610)
The Printhead cannot be aligned; highly transparent
lm is loaded.
We recommend using a type of paper that you often
use, other than lm, for Printhead adjustment.
(→P.581)
Printhead / Check Nozzles
Cause
The printhead nozzles may be clogged.
Corrective Action
If printing is faint, clean the Printhead.
(→P.610)
Press the Online button to continue with printing.
However, note that this error may affect the printing
quality.
To cancel printing, press the Stop/Eject button.
Check Printout
Cause
The Printhead nozzles are becoming clogged.
Corrective Action
If printing is faint, clean the Printhead.
(→P.610)
Printhead / Please Replace
Cause
Corrective Action
An incompatible Printhead has been installed.
Install a Printhead specied for use with the printer.
(→P.611)
There is a problem with the Printhead.
Open the Top Cover. If the Carriage is visible, replace
the Printhead with a new one.
(→P.611)
If, after opening the Top Cover, you see that the
Carriage is not visible, follow these steps.
1. Close the Top Cover and press the Online button.
2. Replace the Printhead.
(→P.611)
694 Error Message
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge
Maint Cartridge / Load Cartridge
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is not installed.
Corrective Action
Install the Maintenance Cartridge.
(→P.618)
MTCart Full Soon
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is almost full.
Corrective Action
You can continue printing. However, prepare a new
Maintenance Cartridge.
Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart
Maint Cart Error / Replace Cart
Cause
Corrective Action
An incompatible or used Maintenance Cartridge has
been installed.
Install a Maintenance Cartridge specied for use with
the printer.
(→P.618)
Maint Cart Full / Replace Cart
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is full.
Corrective Action
After conrming that the printer has stopped
operating, replace the Maintenance Cartridge.
(→P.618)
Maint Cart Full / Replace Cart
Cause
The Maintenance Cartridge is full.
Corrective Action
After conrming that the printer has stopped
operating, replace the Maintenance Cartridge.
(→P.618)
Error Message 695
Messages regarding HP-GL/2
Messages regarding HP-GL/2
GL2: Unsup. papr
Cause
The printer has received a HP-GL/2 print job that
cannot be printed on the paper that has been
advanced.
Corrective Action
Replace the paper with a type compatible with
HP-GL/2. For details on paper compatible with
HP-GL/2, refer to the Paper Reference Guide.
(→P.103)
The printer may continue printing, but the printing
quality may be affected. Check the printing results.
No data.
Cause
The data was lost because of replotting.
Corrective Action
Data for replotting is lost after the following
operations. In this case, send the print job again.
• The memory buffer was cleared from the Control
Panel.
• The printer was turned off.
• The printer received a new print job.
GL2:Wxxxx (xxxx is 0501, 0903, or 0904)
Cause
The printer memory is full.
Corrective Action
Because the entire print job could not be received,
the printer may not be able to print the entire original.
Check the printing results.
GL2:W0502
Cause
A parameter specied in a HP-GL/2 command is out
of the supported range.
Corrective Action
Check the print job.
GL2:W0504
Cause
The printer has received an unsupported HP-GL/2
command.
696 Error Message
Corrective Action
Check the print job.
Other Messages
Other Messages
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)
Cause
Corrective Action
There is a problem with the print job.
Try printing again, using the correct printer driver.
It is also possible to continue printing in this state.
However, you may not be able to obtain the desired
printing results.
ERROR Exxx-xxxx (x represents a letter or number)
In the following situations, turn off the printer and wait at least three seconds before restoring power.
If the message is still displayed, write down the error code and message, turn off the printer, and contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
• Error notication (“ERROR”) is displayed with the error code on the top line of the Display Screen and a
message on the bottom of the Display Screen.
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
Call For Service
Close UpperCover
Cause
The Top Cover is open.
Corrective Action
Close the Top Cover.
Consumables Low
Cause
It is almost time to replace consumables for which
service is required.
Corrective Action
If Repl Consumables is displayed, you can continue
to use the printer for some time.
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Repl Consumables
Cause
It is past the recommended time to replace
consumables for which service is required.
Corrective Action
Contact your Canon dealer for assistance.
Error Message 697
Other Messages
Power On / Again
Cause
Corrective Action
Fastening tape or the Belt Stopper has not been
removed inside the Top Cover.
Follow the steps below, referring to the Quick Start
Guide as needed.
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Open the Top Cover and remove the tape or Belt
Stopper.
3. Turn the printer on.
There is a paper jam.
Follow these steps.
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Remove the jammed paper.
(→P.169)
(→P.122)
(→P.174)
3. Turn the printer on.
4. Reload the paper.
(→P.87)
(→P.82)
(→P.89)
There is a problem with the printer.
Turn off the printer and wait for three seconds or
more before restoring the power.
If the message is still displayed after this, write down
the error code and message, turn off the printer, and
contact the Canon dealer for assistance.
Power On / Again / Multi-sensor Err
Cause
Direct sunlight or strong lighting may be shining on
the printer and causing the sensor to malfunction.
Corrective Action
Take steps to ensure the printer is not used when
exposed to direct sunlight or strong lighting.
Cannot update rmware
Cause
You have uploaded rmware for a different model.
Corrective Action
Check the rmware version.
(→P.637)
If the message is displayed again, contact your
Canon dealer for assistance.
698 Error Message
Index
Index
A
Basic Environmental Performance............................77
Packaging materials............................................77
About This User Manual..............................................1
Printer..................................................................77
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS 9)..........................................519
Basic Printing Workflow.............................................80
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Mac OS X).........................................495
Borderless Printing at Actual Size...................288, 321
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from
Applications (Windows)...........................................453
Borderless Printing Method.......................288, 321
Accessing the Printer Driver Dialog Box from the
Operating System Menu (Windows)........................455
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)......................527
Additional Settings Pane (Mac OS X).....................508
Adjusting Color on the Trailing Edge of Sheets.......596
Adjusting Images.....................................................213
Adjusting the Color in the Printer Driver..................213
Borderless Printing..................................................299
Borderless Printing....................................288, 321
Print Image with Actual Size......................289, 322
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Mac OS 9)......................................................295, 328
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Mac OS X)......................................................292, 325
Borderless Printing at Actual Size
(Windows).......................................................290, 323
Color Adjustment...............................................214
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width................................................................310
Color Mode........................................................213
Borderless Printing............................................310
Matching............................................................214
Borderless Printing Method...............................310
Adjusting the feed amount.......................................587
Scale to fit Roll Paper Width.............................. 311
Adjusting the Feed Amount Automatically...............587
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Mac OS 9).............................................317
Adjusting the feed amount during printing.........589
Adjusting the Feed Amount Manually......................590
Adjusting the feed amount during printing.........593
Adjusting the printhead by using test pattern....591
Adjusting the Measurement Scale for Better
Accuracy..................................................................594
Adjusting the Printhead...........................................581
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Automatically....581
Adjusting the Printhead Alignment Manually...........583
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Mac OS X)............................................314
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Fit the
Roll Width (Windows)..............................................312
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Mac OS 9).....................................306
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Mac OS X).....................................303
Adjusting the Printhead Height................................586
Borderless Printing by Resizing Originals to Match
the Paper Size (Windows).......................................301
Adjusting the Vacuum Strength...............................598
Borderless Printing on Paper of Equivalent Size.....299
Adjustments for Better Print Quality........................581
Borderless Printing............................................299
An error message is shown on the Display
Screen.....................................................................655
Borderless Printing Method...............................299
Attaching Accessories to the Roll Holder................139
Attaching the Spacer for Borderless Printing....140
Mounting the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment....139
Removing the 3-Inch Paper Core Attachment...139
Removing the Spacer for Borderless Printing...140
B
Fit Paper Size....................................................300
C
Canceling print jobs...................................................96
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS 9......................101
Canceling background print jobs.......................101
Canceling foreground print jobs........................102
Canceling Print Jobs from Mac OS X........................99
Back..........................................................................15
Canceling Print Jobs from the Control Panel............96
Banding in different colors occurs...........................661
Canceling Print Jobs from Windows..........................97
Cannot connect the printer to the network..............665
Index 699
Index
Cannot load sheets in the tray.................................652
If Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key is displayed....171, 646
Cannot print over a NetWare network.....................666
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Tray...........174, 649
Cannot print over a network....................................665
Clearing Jammed Roll Paper..........................122, 641
Cannot print over a TCP/IP network........................665
Close UpperCover...................................................697
Cannot print over AppleTalk or Bonjour networks...666
Color Adjustment Sheet: Color (Windows)..............463
Cannot update firmware..........................................698
Object Adjustment dialog box............................464
Can't DetectPapr.....................................................688
Carriage.....................................................................18
Color Adjustment Sheet: Monochrome
(Windows)...............................................................467
Cassette....................................................................20
Object Adjustment dialog box............................468
Cassette Selectd / Press ↑ Key...............................684
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS 9)..................528
Cassette Undetected...............................................684
Color Adjustment pane: color............................528
Centering originals..................................................380
Matching pane...................................................530
Check Printout.........................................................694
Object Adjustment dialog box............................529
Check Supported Paper..........................................689
Color Settings Pane: Color (Mac OS X)..................502
Checking for Nozzle Clogging.................................608
Color Adjustment pane: color............................502
Checking Images Before Printing............................413
Matching pane...................................................503
Checking Ink Tank Levels........................................605
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS 9)......531
Checking the Layout Before Printing
(Mac OS X)......................................................417, 494
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome...............531
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before
Printing....................................................................413
Color Settings Pane: Monochrome (Mac OS X)......504
Open Preview When Print Job Starts
(Windows).........................................................413
Colors in printed images are uneven.......................662
Preview (Macintosh)..........................................414
Configuring the Communication Mode Manually.....551
Checking the Layout in a Preview Before Printing
(Windows).......................................................415, 449
Checking the Maintenance Cartridge Capacity.......624
Checking the Print Quality.......................................607
Choosing a Paper for Printing.................................236
If the paper type is not listed for selection.........236
Media type.........................................................236
Choosing Paper for Printing....................................236
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Mac OS 9)............................................233
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Mac OS X)............................................230
Choosing the Document Type and Printing
Conditions (Windows).............................................228
Cleaning Inside the Top Cover................................627
Cleaning the Paper Retainer...................................630
Cleaning the Pick Up Roller....................................631
Cleaning the Printer.................................................626
Cleaning the Printer Exterior...................................626
Cleaning the Printhead....................................610, 632
Cleaning the Printhead..............................610, 632
Clearing Jammed Paper (Paper Feed Slot)....125, 640
Object Adjustment dialog box............................532
Color Adjustment pane: monochrome...............504
Configuring NetWare Network Settings...................568
Configuring the Destination for AppleTalk Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................572
Activating AppleTalk on the printer....................572
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS 9)............574
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS X)...........573
Configuring the Destination for Bonjour Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................580
Configuring the Destination for TCP/IP Network
(Macintosh)..............................................................576
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS 9)............578
Configuring the Destination (Mac OS X)...........576
Configuring the IP Address on the Printer...............539
Configuring the IP Address Using ARP and PING
Commands..............................................................543
Configuring the IP Address Using imagePROGRAF
Device Setup Utility.................................488, 540, 569
Configuring the IP Address Using the Printer
Control Panel...........................................................541
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination
(Macintosh)..............................................................570
Configuring the Printer Driver Destination
(Windows)...............................................................555
Clearing Jammed Paper from the Cassette....169, 644
Configuring the Printer's AppleTalk Network
Settings...........................................................547, 571
If Can't DetectPapr / Remove Paper is
displayed...................................................169, 644
Configuring the Printer's NetWare Network
Settings...........................................................548, 558
700 Index
Index
Configuring the Printer's TCP/IP Network
Settings...................................................................545
Digital Photo Front-Access......................................483
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS 9).....................514
Documents are printed in monochrome..................663
Checking a preview of the settings....................514
Checking a print preview...................................515
Confirming Print Settings (Mac OS X).....................492
Documents are printed crooked..............................663
E
Checking a preview of the settings....................492
Email Notification When Printing is Finished or
Errors Occur............................................................553
Checking a print preview...................................493
Enhanced Printing Options......................................213
Confirming Print Settings (Windows).......................447
Checking a preview of the settings....................447
ERROR Exxx-xxxx
(x represents a letter or number).............................697
Checking a print preview...................................448
Error Message.........................................................674
Conserving roll paper..............................................397
Error Messages.......................................................676
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins.........................................405
Error messages (if action can be taken)............676
No Spaces at Top or Bottom
(Conserve Paper)..............................................405
Other Messages................................................677
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS 9)...................... 411
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Mac OS X)......................408
Error messages (if no action can be taken).......677
Warning messages............................................676
F
Favorites Sheet (Windows).....................................476
Conserving Roll Paper by Printing Originals Without
Top and Bottom Margins (Windows).......................406
Feed Limit................................................................688
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees...................................................................397
Feeding Roll Paper Manually..................................126
Rotate Page 90 degrees (Conserve Paper)......397
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Mac OS 9)...............................................403
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Mac OS X)...............................................400
Conserving Roll Paper by Rotating Originals 90
Degrees (Windows).................................................398
Consumables Low...................................................697
Control Panel.......................................................21, 23
Correcting Print Misalignment.................................581
Cutting Error............................................................688
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing..............................437
Automatic Cutting..............................................437
Feeding Paper from the Roll Feed Unit...................141
Fine Scratches Appear on Glossy Paper from the
Cassette..................................................................659
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................222
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Mac OS X)..............................................................219
Fine-Tuning Colors of Photos and Images
(Windows)...............................................................216
Finishing Pane (Mac OS 9).....................................525
Frequently Asked Questions...................................638
Front..........................................................................13
G
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS 9)..........441
GARO Wxxxx (x represents a number)...................697
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Mac OS X)..........439
Giving Priority to Particular Graphic Elements and
Colors for Printing....................................................225
Cutting Roll Paper After Printing (Windows)............438
Cutting the Leading Edge of Roll Paper
Automatically...........................................................135
D
Depression on the leading edge is left....................652
Desktop Stacker................................................72, 178
Detection of the Remaining Roll Paper...................127
Device Settings Pane (Mac OS 9)...........................526
Device Settings Sheet (Windows)...........................480
Advanced Settings............................................225
Color settings....................................................226
Enhancing printing quality.................................227
Print Priority.......................................................225
Print Quality.......................................................226
GL2: Unsup. papr....................................................696
GL2:W0502.............................................................696
GL2:W0504.............................................................696
GL2:Wxxxx (xxxx is 0501, 0903, or 0904)...............696
Device Setup Utility.................................................487
Index 701
Index
H
Lines Are Printed Too Thick or Thin During HP-GL/2
Printing....................................................................669
Handling Paper........................................................103
Handling rolls........................................................... 111
Handling sheets.......................................................145
How to use this manual...............................................1
HP-GL/2 jobs are printed in monochrome
(or color)..................................................................669
HP-GL/2 Printing.....................................................201
HP-GL/2 printing takes a long time.........................669
HP-GL/2 problems...................................................669
HTML Version of the Manual for Printing.....................5
Printing a group of individual topics in the
manual...................................................................7
Lines or images are missing in the HP-GL/2 data
that was printed.......................................................669
Load Papr in Cas / Press Online.............................684
Loading and Printing on Rolls...................................82
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Cassette.......87
Loading and Printing on Sheets in the Paper Feed
Slot............................................................................89
Loading Rolls in the Roll Feed Unit......................... 116
Loading Rolls on the Roll Holder............................. 114
Loading Sheets in the Cassette..............................152
Loading Sheets Manually........................................155
If the optional Roll Feed Unit is installed...........159
Printing a group of topics in the manual................5
If the standard Paper Tray Unit is installed........155
Printing selected topics.......................................10
Loading heavyweight paper in the Front Paper
Feed Slot...........................................................161
I
Loading paper in the Top Paper Feed Slot........155
Loading the Roll in the Printer................................. 117
IEEE 1394 Expansion Board.....................................72
If the Printer Makes a Strange Sound.....................671
Image Edges are Blurred or White Banding
Occurs.....................................................................663
M
Mac OS 9 Software................................................. 511
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility.....................487
Mac OS X Software.................................................489
imagePROGRAF Printmonitor (Macintosh).....510, 536
Main Menu Operations..............................................34
imagePROGRAF Status Monitor (Windows)...........482
Entering Numbers in Main Menu Settings...........35
Improving the Print Quality......................................607
Selecting Menu Items..........................................34
Initializing the Network Settings..............................554
Selecting Submenu Items...................................35
Ink Level Detection..................................................672
Main Menu Settings...................................................51
Disabling ink level detection..............................672
Adjust Printer.......................................................56
Ink level detection..............................................672
GL2 Settings........................................................55
Ink Lvl: Chk xx (xx represents an ink color).............691
Information..........................................................60
Ink Tank / Check xx (xx represents an ink color).....691
Interface Setup....................................................57
Ink Tank / Replace xx (xx represents an ink color)..692
Maintenance........................................................58
Ink Tank Cover (Inside)..............................................19
Med.Detail Set.....................................................53
Ink Tank Cover / Close Please................................691
Paper Settings.....................................................52
Ink Tanks.................................................................599
System Setup......................................................58
Installation problems...............................................667
Main Menu Settings (During Printing).......................61
Installing imagePROGRAF Device Setup
Utility................................................................487, 569
Information..........................................................61
Main Pane (Mac OS 9)............................................520
Installing the Paper Tray Unit..................................177
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............521
Installing the Roll Feed Unit....................................143
Configuration using Easy Settings....................520
Introduction..................................................................1
Main Pane (Mac OS X)...........................................496
L
Layout Sheet (Windows).........................................472
Line thickness is not uniform (Windows).................664
Lines are misaligned...............................................664
702 Index
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............497
Configuration using Easy Settings....................496
Main Sheet (Windows)............................................457
Configuration using Advanced Settings.............458
Configuration using Easy Settings....................457
Index
Maint Cartridge / Load Cartridge.............................695
No data....................................................................696
Maint Cartridge / Replace Cart................................695
No Ink Left...............................................................690
Maint Cart Error / Replace Cart.........................695
Not Enough Ink........................................................690
Maint Cart Full / Replace Cart...........................695
Maintenance............................................................599
O
Maintenance Cartridge............................................618
Online Key / and recalibrate............................693, 694
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation...............................................................424
Band Adj Error / Please Readjust..............693, 694
Mirror.................................................................424
Orientation.........................................................424
Rotate 180 degrees...........................................424
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS 9)...........................................429
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Mac OS X)...........................................427
Making the Original Orientation Match the Paper
Orientation (Windows).............................................425
Matching Sheet (Windows).....................................465
Driver Matching Mode.......................................465
ICC Matching Mode, Driver ICM Mode and
Host ICM Mode.................................................466
Printhd Adj Err / Please Readjust..............693, 694
Optional accessories.................................................70
Other Maintenance..................................................633
Other Messages......................................................697
Other problems........................................................671
Other useful settings...............................................419
Output Stacker........................................................178
P
Page Options Dialog Box (Windows)......................474
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS 9).................................523
Page Setup Pane (Mac OS X)................................505
Media Check / Please Cancel.................................679
Page Setup Sheet (Windows).................................469
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9).....533
Paper.......................................................................103
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS X)....500
Paper / Please Reload............................................687
Media Detailed Settings Dialog Box (Windows)......461
Paper Askew / Please Reload.................................687
Menu Structure..........................................................36
Paper cannot be cut................................................652
Main Menu...........................................................36
Paper Feed Slot / SpcfdPapr NotFit........................684
Main menu during printing...................................50
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box
(Mac OS X)..............................................................499
Submenus...........................................................49
Messages advising to check the maintenance
cartridge are not cleared.........................................671
Messages regarding HP-GL/2.................................696
Messages regarding ink..........................................690
Messages regarding paper......................................678
Messages regarding printheads..............................694
Messages regarding printing or adjusment.............693
Messages regarding the maintenance cartridge.....695
Mist Full Soon..........................................................692
MTCart Full Soon....................................................695
N
Paper Information on Printer Dialog Box
(Windows)...............................................................460
Paper is not cut straight...........................................652
Paper Jam / Press ↑ Key.........................................685
Paper Loaded / Crooked.........................................686
Paper loaded askew................................................686
Paper Mismatch......................................................678
Paper Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline........................678
Paper Mismatch / ReplcPap:Press↓........................678
Paper rubs against the Printhead............................657
Paper Size / Please Check......................................682
Paper Too Large / Press ↑ Key..........................682
Paper Too Small / Press ↑ Key..........................682
Need 10 in or Larger Roll........................................680
Paper Size Options Dialog Box (Windows).............471
Need A4/Letter Vert. or Larger................................680
Paper Sizes.............................................................109
Network Environment..............................................537
Roll....................................................................109
Network environment........................................538
Sheets...............................................................109
System requirements........................................537
Paper Too Large / Please Check.............................680
Network Setting.......................................................537
Paper Too Small / Please Check.............................680
Network Setting (Macintosh)...................................570
Paper Type / Please Change...................................693
Network Setting (Windows).....................................555
Index 703
Index
Papr Size Undetected.............................................680
PaprSiz Mismatch...................................................679
PaprSiz Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline.....................680
PaprTyp Mismatch...................................................678
PaprTyp Mismatch / Prnt:PressOnline....................679
PosterArtist..............................................................484
Power On / Again....................................................698
Power On / Again / Multi-sensor Err........................698
Registering a hot folder on your
computer................................................... 211, 277
Scanning the original and print an
enlargement .............................................212, 278
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER (Windows)....................209, 275
Completing the scanning settings on the Color
imageRUNNER. .......................................210, 276
Preparing to Transfer the Printer.............................633
Registering a hot folder on your
computer...................................................209, 275
Previewing Images Before Printing
(Mac OS 9)......................................................418, 516
Scanning the original and print an
enlargement..............................................210, 276
Print Area...................................................................78
Printing enlargements or reductions........................248
Rolls....................................................................79
Printing from Mac OS 9.............................................94
Sheets.................................................................78
Printing from the application software.................95
Printed colors are inaccurate...................................660
Selecting the printer............................................94
Printed Colors in Line Drawings are Inaccurate
During HP-GL/2 Printing..........................................669
Printing from Mac OS X.............................................92
Printer Driver........................................... 443, 489, 511
Registering the printer.........................................92
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS 9).......................... 511
Printing from Windows..............................................91
Printer Driver Settings (Mac OS X).........................489
Printing is faint.........................................................656
Printer Driver Settings (Windows)...........................443
Printing Large Posters (Mac OS 9).........................378
Printer Menu Operations...........................................33
Printing Large Posters (Windows)...........................376
Printer Modes............................................................27
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS 9)...194, 199
Menu mode, and state of the Control Panel........30
Easy Settings....................................................194
Mode transition....................................................28
Print Target........................................................194
Modes..................................................................27
Print targets for line drawings and text..............194
Offline, and state of the Control Panel................29
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Mac OS X)..........197
Online, and state of the Control Panel................28
Printing Line Drawings and Text (Windows)............195
Submenu mode, and state of the Control
Panel...................................................................30
Printing Line Drawings and Text
(Windows, Mac OS X).............................................193
Printer Parts..............................................................13
Easy Settings....................................................193
Printer Specifications.................................................73
Print Target........................................................193
Printhead.................................................................607
Print targets for line drawings and text..............193
Printhead / Check Nozzles......................................694
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other........354
Printhead / Please Replace.....................................694
Free Layout (Windows).....................................354
Printheads...............................................................607
imagePROGRAF Free Layout (Macintosh).......355
Printing at full size...................................................279
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
(Mac OS X)..............................................................358
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS 9)..............................286
Printing at Full Size (Mac OS X)..............................283
Printing at Full Size (Windows)...............................281
Printing banners or at other non-standard sizes.....332
Printing CAD Drawings............................................192
Printing does not start.............................................654
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER......................................209, 275
Printing from the application software.................93
Printing Multiple Originals Next to Each Other
(Windows)...............................................................356
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously......................360
Roll paper (banner)...........................................360
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS 9)..365
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Mac OS X)..363
Printing Multiple Pages Continuously (Windows)....361
Printing Enlargements of Scanned Originals from a
Color imageRUNNER (Mac OS X).................. 211, 277
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet...........................367
Completing the scanning settings on the Color
imageRUNNER.........................................212, 278
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS 9).......373
704 Index
Page Layout......................................................367
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Mac OS X).......370
Index
Printing Multiple Pages Per Sheet (Windows).........368
Print targets for photos and images..................180
Printing Office Documents.......................................202
Printing Posters in Sections....................................375
Easy Settings....................................................202
Page Layout......................................................375
Print Target........................................................202
Printing procedure.....................................................80
Print targets for office documents......................202
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS 9)...................207
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing)...........................................332
Printing Office Documents (Mac OS X)...................205
Fit Roll Paper Width..........................................332
Printing Office Documents (Windows).....................203
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Mac OS 9).........................340
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes...................344
Print the banner.................................................341
Registering non-standard paper size in the
printer driver......................................................344
Register a Custom Paper Size..........................340
Specifying custom media sizes for temporary
use.....................................................................344
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Mac OS X).........................337
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................351
Print the banner.................................................338
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Mac OS X)..............................................................349
Printing Vertical or Horizontal Banners
(Large-Format Printing; Windows)..........................333
Printing on Non-Standard Paper Sizes
(Windows)...............................................................345
Creating the banner in the application...............334
Register a Custom Page Size...........................337
Printing the banner............................................334
Printing by using Custom Paper Size................346
Registering a Custom Paper Size.....................333
Printing by using Custom Size..........................345
Printing With Watermarks........................................419
Printing on Oversized Paper...................................279
Watermark.........................................................419
Oversize............................................................279
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and
so on (Mac OS 9)....................................................422
Printing Options Using Rolls and Sheets..................80
Roll printing.........................................................80
Sheet printing......................................................81
Printing with Watermarks-COPY, FILE COPY, and
so on (Windows)......................................................420
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls.......................380
Printmonitor.....................................................510, 536
Centering originals relative to roll paper width..380
Problems Regarding Paper.....................................640
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS 9)....386
Problems with the printing quality............................656
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Mac OS X)...383
Problems with the printing quality caused by the
type of paper...........................................................664
Printing Originals Centered on Rolls (Windows).....381
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets....................389
Centering originals on sheets............................389
R
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................394
Reducing Dust from Cutting Rolls...........................137
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Mac OS X)..............................................................392
Cannot Feed / Press ↑ Key...............................685
Printing Originals Centered on Sheets
(Windows)...............................................................390
Printing Photos and Images....................................180
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS 9).........182, 189
Remove paper.........................................................685
Removing Heavyweight Paper from the Front Paper
Feed Slot.................................................................168
Removing Installed Printer Drivers..........................668
Removing imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility
(Windows).........................................................668
Print Target........................................................182
Removing imagePROGRAF Status Monitor
(Windows).........................................................668
Print targets for photos and images..................182
Removing printer drivers (Windows).................668
Printing Photos and Images (Mac OS X)................186
Removing Printer Drivers and imagePROGRAF
Printmonitor (Macintosh)...................................668
Easy Settings....................................................182
Printing Photos and Images (Windows)..................184
Printing Photos and Images
(Windows, Mac OS X).............................................180
Removing Paper from the Cassette........................166
Removing Rolls from the Roll Feed Unit.................120
Easy Settings....................................................180
Removing Rolls From the Roll Holder.....................121
Print Target........................................................180
Removing Sheets from the Top Paper Feed Slot....167
Index 705
Index
Removing the Paper Tray Unit................................177
Warning messages............................................674
Removing the Roll Feed Unit..................................142
Roll Feed Unit....................................................70, 140
Removing the Roll from the Printer......................... 119
Roll Feed Unit Cover (Inside)....................................18
Repl Consumables..................................................697
Roll Holder Set..................................................71, 138
Replacing Ink Tanks................................................600
Roll P Unit / Please Check......................................683
Compatible Ink Tank..........................................600
Roll Paper / Please Replace...................................681
Precautions when handling an Ink Tank............600
Paper Level Low / Replace Paper.....................681
Replacing an Ink Tank.......................................600
Paper Not Loaded / Press ↑ Key.......................681
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge.....................618
Roll paper cannot be inserted into the Paper Feed
Slot..........................................................................652
Compatible Maintenance Cartridge...................618
Precautions when handling the Maintenance
Cartridge............................................................618
Roll Paper Chk / Check Width/Spcr........................683
Replacing the Maintenance Cartridge...............619
Roller marks are left across the trailing edge of
paper...............................................................652, 659
Replacing the Printhead.......................................... 611
Compatible Printhead........................................ 611
Precautions when handling the Printhead......... 611
Roll Selected / Load Roll.........................................682
S
Replacing the Printhead....................................612
Searching Topics.........................................................3
When to replace the Printhead.......................... 611
Selecting the Paper Size (Cassette).......................149
Replotting with HP-GL/2 jobs is not possible..........670
Selecting the Paper Size (Tray)...............................150
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value.......265
Selecting the Paper Source............................. 111, 145
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................265
Selecting the Paper Type (Cassette)...............146, 240
Scaling...............................................................265
Selecting the Paper Type (Roll)....................... 112, 237
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................271
Selecting the Paper Type (Tray)......................147, 238
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Mac OS X)..............................................................268
Sharing the Printer in Windows...............................556
Resizing Originals by Entering a Scaling Value
(Windows)...............................................................266
Special Settings Dialog Box (Mac OS 9).................535
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width...................256
Settings Summaries Dialog Box (Windows)............481
Sheets Loaded / Press ↓ To Eject............................682
Special Settings Dialog Box (Windows)..................475
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................256
Specifications............................................................73
Fit Roll Paper Width..........................................256
Ink........................................................................74
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................262
Interface..............................................................74
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Mac OS X)..............................................................259
Paper...................................................................75
Resizing Originals to Fit the Roll Width
(Windows)...............................................................257
Printer..................................................................73
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size............248
Enlarged/Reduced Printing...............................248
Fit Paper Size....................................................248
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................253
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Mac OS X)..............................................................251
Resizing Originals to Match the Paper Size
(Windows)...............................................................249
Responding to Messages........................................674
Error messages (if action can be taken)............674
Maximum stacking capacity................................76
Paper capacity ( Cassette ).................................76
Printing performance...........................................74
Specifying NetWare Print Services..........................563
Choosing the type of print services...................563
Using NWADMIN or PCONSOLE to set up the
print server........................................................564
Specifying NetWare Protocols.................................566
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver.....................241
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
(Mac OS 9)......................................................246, 512
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
(Mac OS X)......................................................244, 490
Error messages (if no action can be taken).......674
Specifying Paper in the Printer Driver
(Windows).......................................................242, 445
Other Messages................................................675
Specifying Printer-Related Information....................550
706 Index
Index
Specifying the Cutting Method for Rolls..................131
The length of printed images is inaccurate..............663
Eject (waiting for ink to dry after printing)..........132
The printer consumes a lot of ink............................671
Manual (when using paper or media that cannot
be cut using the Cutter Unit ).............................133
The printer does not go on......................................671
Paper Cutting (to have the roll cut at your
specified position)..............................................134
The Printer Does Not Respond Even if Print Jobs
are Sent...................................................................654
The printer ejects blank, unprinted paper................655
Specifying the Ink Drying Time for Rolls..................128
The printer stops during a print job..........................655
Mac OS 9..........................................................130
The printer stops when printing a HP-GL/2 job
(the carriage stops moving).............................655, 670
Mac OS X..........................................................129
Windows............................................................128
Specifying the Paper Length (Roll).......................... 113
The remaining level of the following ink cannot be
correctly detected....................................................691
Specifying the Printer's Frame Type........................560
The surface of the paper is dirty..............................659
Specifying the Frame Type Using
imagePROGRAF Device Setup Utility...............560
Thin lines are not printed after switching to Economy
Printing mode..........................................................664
Specifying the Frame Type Using the Printer
Control Panel.....................................................561
Tiling and multiple pages per sheet.........................354
Stand.........................................................................70
Tray Feed Area..........................................................17
Status Monitor.........................................................482
Tray Selected..........................................................683
Status Print................................................................64
Troubleshooting.......................................................638
Checking the information in the Status Print
report ..................................................................64
Turning the Printer On and Off..................................25
Printing Status Print Reports...............................64
Turning the printer on..........................................25
Submenu Display......................................................62
Types of Paper........................................................103
Cassette paper size.............................................62
Updating paper information...............................107
Cassette type .....................................................62
Viewing the Paper Reference Guide.................104
Manual Paper Size..............................................63
Manual Paper Type.............................................63
Remaining ink levels and Maintenance Cartridge
capacity...............................................................62
Roll: width and remaining length.........................63
Top Cover (Inside).....................................................16
Turning the printer off..........................................26
U
Updating the Firmware............................................637
Confirming the firmware version........................637
Roll: width and type.............................................63
Updating the firmware.......................................637
Support Pane (Mac OS X).......................................509
Using Favorites.......................................................431
Support Sheet (Windows).......................................479
Favorites............................................................431
Switching Modes.......................................................31
Using Favorites (Mac OS 9)............................435, 517
Switching the Printer Online/Offline.....................31
Printing using the favorite..........................436, 518
Switching to Menu Mode.....................................32
T
The back side of the paper is dirty..........................659
The contrast becomes uneven during printing........663
The Data lamp on the Control Panel does not
light up.....................................................................654
The Display Screen indicates the system is filling
with ink............................................................654, 692
The edges of the paper are dirty.............................658
Registering a favorite................................435, 517
Using Favorites (Mac OS X)............................434, 495
Using Favorites (Windows).............................432, 451
Printing using the favorite..........................433, 452
Registering a favorite................................432, 451
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals................484
Edit Using PosterArtist......................................484
Using PosterArtist to Compose Originals
(Windows)...............................................................485
Using RemoteUI......................................................544
The Front Tray Guides are in the Front Paper Feed
Slot. ........................................................................653
Using the Output Stacker........................................179
The IEEE 1394 Driver Cannot Be Installed
Correctly..................................................................667
Utility Pane (Mac OS X)..........................................507
Using the Printer With a Color imageRUNNER.......209
Utility Sheet (Windows)...........................................478
Index 707
Index
V
Vents.........................................................................20
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS 9)..............................................................534
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Mac OS X)..............................................................501
View Settings Dialog Box for the Printing Application
(Windows)...............................................................462
W
When to Replace Ink Tanks.....................................606
Before print jobs and maintenance that consume
a lot of ink..........................................................606
If a message for checking the ink is shown on
the Display Screen............................................606
If a message for ink replacement is shown on
the Display Screen............................................606
When to Replace the Maintenance Cartridge.........625
If a message for checking the Maintenance
Cartridge is shown on the Display Screen........625
If a message for the Maintenance Cartridge
replacement is shown on the Display Screen...625
When much of the Maintenance Cartridge
capacity is depleted...........................................625
Windows Software...................................................443
With HP-GL/2, printing is misaligned.......................669
Working With Various Print Jobs.............................180
708 Index
©CANON INC. 2008